435
Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof. Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-1

Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    4

  • Download
    1

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Chapter 1

Introduction and Plan Overview

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-1

Page 2: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Table of Contents

1.1 Plan Overview ___________________________________________________________ 4

1.2 Purpose and Scope________________________________________________________ 5

1.3 Consistency with State and Federal Planning Requirements _____________________ 6 1.3.1 Safety and Security_____________________________________________________ 7

1.3.1.1 Emergency Management Mapping Efforts _______________________________ 8

1.4 Evolution of Current Issues and Strategies from the 2030 LRTP ________________ 11 1.4.1 Implementation of these projects _________________________________________ 14

1.5 Study Area for the 2035 LRTP ____________________________________________ 15

1.6 Regional Vision _________________________________________________________ 18 1.6.1 Planning Considerations________________________________________________ 18 1.6.2 Goal 1: Mobility ______________________________________________________ 19 1.6.2 Goal 2: Livability _____________________________________________________ 19 1.6.3 Goal 3: Intermodalism _________________________________________________ 20 1.6.4 Goal 4: Strategic Planning ______________________________________________ 20

1.8 Public Participation in the 2035 LRTP ______________________________________ 21 1.8.1 Public Input Process ___________________________________________________ 21 2035 Plan Public Meetings ____________________________________________________ 22 1.8.3 Public Input Survey Findings ____________________________________________ 24

1.9 Environmental Justice ___________________________________________________ 26

List of Tables TABLE 1-1: SAFETEA-LU PLANNING FACTORS 6 TABLE 1-2: STATUS OF 2030 TRANSPORTATION ISSUES 12 TABLE 1-3: 2035 LRTP PUBLIC INPUT MEETINGS 23 TABLE 1.4: TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT PRIORITIES IN 2035 PLAN PUBLIC

INPUT SURVEYS 24 TABLE 1.5: RESPONDENT RANKINGS OF TRANSPORTATION GOALS 25

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-2

Page 3: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

List of Figures FIGURE 1.1: FIRE DEPARTMENT RAILROAD ACCESS MAP 9 FIGURE 1.2: FIRE DEPARTMENT STATION MAPPING 10 FIGURE 1-3: TRANSPORTATION ISSUES ADDRESSED IN THE 2030 LRTP 11 FIGURE 1-4: LOCATION OF PUEBLO COUNTY IN COLORADO 15 FIGURE 1-5: PACOG MPO AND PUEBLO TPR 16 FIGURE 1-6: 2035 LRTP STUDY AREA 17 FIGURE 1-7: SURROUNDING MPO’S AND TPR’S 18

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-3

Page 4: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

1.1 Plan Overview The Pueblo Area Council of Governments (PACOG) is the

Metropolitan Planning Organization (federal designation) and Transportation Planning Region (state designation) for the Pueblo County region. The policy board of the Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO) is the PACOG Board, charged with carrying out the metropolitan transportation planning process. The requirement for metropolitan planning is established under the requirements of Title 23 United States Code, Section 134. To carry out the transportation planning process required by this section, a Metropolitan Planning Organization shall be designated for each urbanized area with a population of more than 50,000 individuals by agreement between the Governor and units of general purpose local government that together represent at least 75 percent of the affected population (including the central city or cities as defined by the Bureau of the Census). Since the 1962 Federal-Aid Highway Act, federal enabling legislation for expenditure of surface transportation funds has required metropolitan area transportation plans and programs to be developed through a continuing, cooperative, and comprehensive (3-C) planning process. The PACOG MPO is charged with carrying out a continuing, cooperative, and comprehensive multimodal transportation planning process, including the development of a Metropolitan Transportation Plan and a Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). The plan and the TIP program encourage and promote the safe and efficient development, management, and operation of surface transportation systems to serve the mobility needs of people and freight (including accessible pedestrian walkways and bicycle transportation facilities). They also foster economic growth and development, while minimizing transportation-related fuel consumption and air pollution.

The Metropolitan Transportation Plan refers to the official multimodal transportation plan addressing no less than a 20-year planning horizon that is developed, adopted, and updated by the MPO through the metropolitan transportation planning process.

This document serves as the official transportation plan for both the State of Colorado and for the Federal Government.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-4

Page 5: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

The Pueblo Area Long Range Transportation Plan (LRTP) is a 25+-year plan for the development of transportation programs and projects within the Pueblo Area. The Plan identifies the Existing Conditions for each of the transportation modes and identifies the need for and location of future facilities. The Preferred Plan sets out a strategy to meet the transportation goals of the region between 2005 and 2035 while the Fiscally Constrained Plan applies financial constraints to that same strategy. The LRTP also includes the Coordinated Public Transit—Human Services Transportation Plan, prepared as a locally developed, coordinated public transit-human services transportation plan to assure Pueblo’s eligibility for projects funded through three programs in SAFETEA-LU: the Job Access and Reverse Commute Program (JARC, Section 5316), New Freedom (Section 5317) and the Formula Program for Elderly Individuals and Individuals with Disabilities (Section 5310).

The LRTP has been developed by the Pueblo Area Council of Governments (PACOG) in cooperation with the jurisdictions and agencies responsible for development and maintenance of the transportation system. These jurisdictions and agencies include:

The City of Pueblo Pueblo County Pueblo West Metropolitan District The Pueblo Memorial Airport Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), Region 2 CDOT Division of Transportation Development CDOT Office of Finance, Management, and Budget

The study process, scope, initial results and assumptions were developed in collaboration with City and County Staff and were reviewed by the PACOG Transportation Advisory Commission (TAC), which is comprised of the Transportation Technical Committee (TTC) and the Citizens Advisory Committee (CAC).

1.2 Purpose and Scope

The need for the Pueblo Area Long Range Transportation Plan flows from Federal Legislation adopted in 1991 that requires state and local agencies to develop long range transportation plans for any region that receives federal funding for transportation projects. Section 5303

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-5

Page 6: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

of the 2005 reauthorization of the Federal Highway Act, SAFETEA-LU, requires Metropolitan Planning Organizations to produce long-range plans that are based on the eight SAFETEA-LU Planning Factors summarized below. These factors are meant to establish a comprehensive framework within which individual programs can be funded. In order to accomplish the objectives stated in section 5303(a) of SAFETEA-LU, each State is required to develop a statewide transportation plan and a statewide transportation improvement program for all areas of the State. Table 1 below summarizes the SAFETEA-LU planning factors considered in this LRTP.

Table 1-1: SAFETEA-LU Planning Factors Supporting the economic vitality of the metropolitan area,

especially by enabling global competitiveness, productivity, and efficiency

1. Increase the safety of the transportation system for

motorized and nonmotorized users; 2. Increase the security of the transportation system for

motorized and nonmotorized users; 3. Increase the accessibility and mobility of people and freight; 4. Protect and enhance the environment, promote energy

conservation, improve the quality of life, and promote consistency between transportation improvements and State and local planned growth and economic development patterns;

5. Enhance the integration and connectivity of the transportation system, across and between modes, for people and freight;

6. Promote efficient system management and operation; and, 7. Emphasize the preservation of the existing transportation

system.

Note: Bold indicates expanded Planning Factors in SAFETEA-LU from the TEA-21 Planning Factors

1.3 Consistency with State and Federal Planning Requirements

All processes and procedures contained in this plan were conducted in accordance with the Colorado Department of Transportation Plan Development Guidelines and the FHWA / USDOT requirements

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-6

Page 7: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

contained in §5303 of the SAFETEA-LU legislation.

1.3.1 Safety and Security Two specific Planning Requirements of SAFETEA-LU involve

safety and security. These planning requirements are addressed through: 1) Provision of crash location, road conditions and roadway congestion data; 2) delegation of security issues to the Pueblo County Department of Emergency Management; and 3) provision of access mapping information to local emergency management agencies.

In Chapter 2 of this plan (Existing Conditions), information is presented regarding crash locations, road conditions, and roadways with congestion.

Within Pueblo County, the Pueblo County Department of Emergency Management (DEM) handles most of the focus on the Security element. They are the coordinating agency for the City, County, School Districts, State, Metropolitan Districts, and other communities in the Pueblo region. The MPO has one representative appointed to the DEM Coordinating Committee.

DEM has four principal responsibilities – Emergency Preparedness, Emergency Response Teams, Public Information, and the Pueblo Chemical Stockpile Emergency Preparedness. Much of the information used by DEM is homeland security or law enforcement based and is not generally available for publication. Rather than trying to duplicate the efforts of this local agency that has the responsibilities, the PACOG MPO/TPR defers to the Pueblo County Department of Emergency Management and Coordinating Committee.

The Colorado Department of Transportation, in coordination with local agencies also works toward the elimination of hazards and to improve safety of the roadway system in the PACOG MPO/TPR area. These include guard rail installation, divider installation, installation and upgrading of traffic control devises, working with the local police and Sheriff’s departments to conduct education and enforcement activities.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-7

Page 8: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

1.3.1.1 Emergency Management Mapping Efforts

In developing the 2035 Plan, study staff worked with the City of Pueblo Fire Department to provide improved mapping and information services. Projects included information for the study and recommendation of new and relocated Fire Stations using the socio-economic and demographic information that is maintained by the MPO. Other projects included the creation of specific GIS mapping for the Fire Department of the local roadways, railroad facilities and yards, access points to rail yards and facilities that accommodate Fire Department Vehicles, access to the non-motorized trail system for the two rivers, and information as to the location of schools and employment centers.

Maps were provided at a number of different scales for use in the Fire Station map books that are maintained for each vehicle. Additionally copies of these maps were submitted to the Insurance Service Office Community Rating process.

A map collection packet prepared for Pueblo Fire Station #3 is an example of the MPO services provided to public safety agencies. This map packet utilized the following information used in the preparation of the 2035 LRTP.

• • • • • • • • • • •

City of Pueblo Corporate Map Bike and Trails Map Schools, Colleges, Universities Employment Centers Land Uses – Parks and Recreation Facilities Land Uses – Commercial and Business Areas Land Uses – Heavy Industrial Zoned Areas Railroad Facilities Rail access points from Roadways Major Roadway network State Highway system

Other maps include slopes and terrain as they relate to rural or wild land firefighting.

The following maps (Figures 1.1 and 1.2) are examples from the emergency management planning and security mapping efforts that were provided to the Fire Department.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-8

Page 9: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Figure 1.1: Fire Department Railroad Access Map

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-9

Page 10: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Figure 1.2: Fire Department Station Mapping

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-10

Page 11: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

1.4 Evolution of Current Issues and Strategies from the 2030 LRTP

The planning effort for the 2030 Long Range Plan identified a series of 17 “Transportation Issues” that the transportation plan should address. These issues were presented at the 2035 Long Range Plan Public Open Houses in 2006-07 and provided guidance for the plan.

Figure 1-3 identifies these 17 issues along with their general location.

Figure 1-3: Transportation Issues Addressed in the 2030 LRTP

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-11

Page 12: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 1-2: Status of 2030 Transportation Issues Project 2007-20012

TIP 2035 LRTP

Pinon Road Outer Loop-West This project is not included in the 2035 LRTP due to the development of an open space buffer around Ft. Carson

NO

West Pueblo Connector Part of this project is included in the Honor Farm Master Plan and the issue will be studied as part of the Highway 50 West corridor study in 2007-2009

YES

North Pueblo Boulevard Extension This project is still desired. The funding for the development of this roadway has not been identified and with the loss of the Pinon Loop, the role of this proposed State Highway is greater in the future transportation network.

YES

Congestion along US50 Corridor As more residential and Commercial development occurs in Pueblo West, the issue will grow. The issue will be studied as part of the Highway 50 West corridor study in 2007-2009.

YES

Arkansas River Crossing - West of Lake Pueblo As previously identified, the crossing of the Arkansas River would improve access to and from western Pueblo County

YES

Purcell Road Extension (South of South Pointe) This future Road is needed to connect I-25 with State Hwy 78 and State Hwy 96

YES

Pueblo Blvd Intersections – South Side As development occurs along the southern section of Pueblo Blvd, many of these intersections will be reconstructed.

YES

Pedestrian Safety at St. Clair Ave. This project is still needed due to the traffic on Pueblo Blvd.

YES

27th Lane Realignment This project is needed to provide better

YES

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-12

Page 13: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

connectivity between the St. Charles Mesa and the State Highways – 47, 50, and 96 and the Airport Industrial Park. This roadway is shown as extending to Baculite Mesa and providing additional connectivity. Aspen Road Crossing of Arkansas River With the rebuilding of Aspen Road north of the Arkansas River, the crossing is desired as part of a parallel to I-25.

YES

Broadway / Main Reconstruction Until such time as I-25 is reconstructed, there is a need for better north-south connectivity between portions of Pueblo south of the Bessemer Ditch and the Downtown/Harp areas. Construction and operational changes have been made at this intersection, but improved functions are needed between Lake Ave and Union Ave along Abriendo Ave.

YES

Northern Avenue Improvements Widening and improvements were made to the lane alignments and parking on East Northern from Bohmen to Taylor, to improve traffic and pedestrian safety at Northern and Santa Fe.

NO

Better Access – North to South, East of I-25 (Erie/Joplin/ SH 227) This is a route east of the Fountain Creek parallel to I-25, which would allow traffic from the St Charles Mesa to have access to downtown at 4th and 8th Streets and north to US 50B without using I-25. From US 50B the same traffic could continue along Dillon Drive to major retail and commercial areas.

YES

Access to Pueblo Chemical Depot This project is under construction as part of the Pueblo Chemical Depot demilitarization project. This connection will also create a second major access to the Airport Industrial Park, Pueblo Chemical Depot, and the Transportation Technology Center.

YES

Fountain Creek Crossings – North of State Hwy 47 In the 2035 LRTP, an additional crossing of the Fountain Creek is included north of the Eagleridge/47th crossing. It is expected that the construction of this connection will be

YES

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-13

Page 14: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

funded by development in the area.

Prairie Avenue Extension South From Farabaugh With the beginning of the construction of commercial property along the southern section of Pueblo Blvd and the creation of the Lake Minnequa Urban Renewal Area, this roadway should be extended as part of the development of the surrounding area.

LOCAL

Freeway/Expressway Parallel to I-25 to El Paso County As part of the development of the 2035 LRTP, some consideration is given to a major connection between State Hwy 47 in Pueblo County and State Highway 21 (Powers Blvd) or the Banning-Lewis Ranch Parkway in El Paso County. The need for such a facility will depend on the actual future development in the NE Quadrant of Pueblo County.

YES

1.4.1 Implementation of these projects

Funding for the implementation of transportation projects has been and remains the greatest source of uncertainty since the adoption of the 2030 plan. The cost of constructing projects has risen substantially in the last few years and as a result, many have become simply cost prohibitive under current funding sources.

While the development of a Long Range Transportation Plan is an important part of the regional planning and development process, the primary instrument for project selection and timing will be the six-year Transportation Improvement Program which considers the actual availability of transportation revenues in the region.

This issue is addressed in more detail in Chapter 9 – Fiscally Constrained Plan.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-14

Page 15: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

1.5 Study Area for the 2035 LRTP As with the 2030 Plan, the study area for the Long Range

Transportation Plan includes the entire Pueblo Transportation Planning Region (Pueblo TPR) with a focus on the area of the MPO. The boundaries for the Pueblo TPR are concurrent with those of Pueblo County. Pueblo County is located in the southern portion of the State of Colorado.

Figure 1-4: Location of Pueblo County in Colorado

The primary or “3C”study area is the Pueblo Metropolitan Planning Area designated by agreement of the US Census Bureau, FHWA, FTA, CDOT, and the MPO. It is slightly larger than the Pueblo Urbanized Area as designated by the 2000 Census and is illustrated in Figures 1-4 to 1-7. This area was defined for urban transportation planning under the provisions of TEA-21 and was unchanged in SAFETEA-LU. The “3C” process results in plans and programs that consider all transportation modes and support metropolitan community development and social goals.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-15

Page 16: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Figure 1-5: PACOG MPO and Pueblo TPR

Two communities, the City of Pueblo and the Pueblo West Metropolitan District, comprise the bulk of the 3C area’s population and employment. There are several other smaller unincorporated communities within this area, including Salt Creek, Blende, Baxter, and the Saint Charles Mesa. These are well known to Pueblo area residents, but do not have any official governing organization or town charter. The area of Pueblo County surrounding the MPO area contains two incorporated towns, Boone in the northeast and Rye, located in southwest Pueblo County. Several other unincorporated communities, including Avondale, Beulah, and Colorado City are located in this contiguous region. Pueblo County has a varied topography, ranging from mountain peaks in the southwest to the rolling plains in the eastern half of the County. Major roadways include Interstate 25 running north and south and US Highway 50 (A, B, and C in the Pueblo Area) running east and west.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-16

Page 17: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Figure 1-6: 2035 LRTP Study Area

The MPO is about 15% of the area of the county, but accounts for approximately 90% of Pueblo County’s resident and worker population. However, there are two facilities located outside of the MPO Study Area, the Pueblo Chemical Depot and the Transportation Technology Center, which are among the more important employers in Pueblo. Both of these are located in northeastern Pueblo County. Each accounts for several hundred jobs, and both have the potential of experiencing significant job increases over the next several years.

Figure 1-6 shows the study area for this plan and identifies the urbanized planning area, unincorporated urban areas, and incorporated urban areas that are the focus of this plan. The Pueblo TPR is adjacent to three rural TPR’s – Southeast, South Central, and the Central Front Range. The Pueblo TPR also shares a common boundary with the Pikes Peak Area MPO at the county line between Pueblo and El Paso Counties.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-17

Page 18: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Figure 1-7: Surrounding MPO’s and TPR’s

1.6 Regional Vision

1.6.1 Planning Considerations Transportation systems affect most significant aspects of human

society including:

• Settlement patterns; • Land development and land use; • Economic activity including employment and wages; • Goods movement and trade; • Energy and resource allocation; • Work, education, health care, social life, and commerce; • General social environment and equity; • Environmental quality; and • Overall livability of communities and metropolitan areas.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-18

Page 19: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

How and how well a transportation system functions has deep and long-term consequences for the quality of both the built and natural environments and the persons who inhabit them.

The Pueblo Area Regional Transportation Vision provides for a well-integrated multimodal transportation system that serves individual, local, regional, state, and national needs to support the continued development of a quality community with sustainable growth, economic vitality, and adequate mobility options. This Vision is supported by four goals that together form the basis for the proposed projects and programs of the Long Range Plan.

1.6.2 Goal 1: Mobility Plan, develop, and maintain a safe and efficient transportation system

to preserve and enhance the present and future mobility needs of the Pueblo Region.

1.1 Maintain, protect and improve safety for the multi-modal transportation system users;

1.2 Improve and expand public transportation and transit services to provide access to regional medical facilities, employment centers, social activities, and to other essential life services;

1.3 Develop, improve and maintain pedestrian facilities to create a barrier-free walkable community;

1.4 Minimize traffic congestion by emphasizing transportation system management and operations techniques with travel demand management strategies to improve passenger carrying capacity of the network;

1.5 Develop an alternative roadway connection between Pueblo West and Downtown to reduce congestion on US 50 and I-25;

1.6 Develop plans to improve operation and safety of I-25 through the region;

1.7 Develop alternate routes to accommodate local trips parallel to I-25 and US 50;

1.8 Identify additional crossing locations of the Arkansas River to improve mobility for all transportation modes;

1.6.2 Goal 2: Livability Balance the mobility needs of the community with the community

objective of creating a livable human and natural environment. Plan and develop transportation along with land use planning activities.

2.1 Involve community organizations and neighborhood

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-19

Page 20: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

groups in the transportation planning process; 2.2 Minimize air, noise and other adverse transportation

impacts on residential areas; 2.3 Protect, and support the revitalization of existing

neighborhoods by minimizing the volume of through traffic generated outside the neighborhood;

2.4 Improve pedestrian access and circulation within, and between neighborhoods, and commercial pedestrian oriented business areas such as Downtown;

2.5 Consider plans for new employment centers when planning transportation programs and facilities.

1.6.3 Goal 3: Intermodalism Encourage the use of transportation modes other than the single-occupant

automobile. Focus on developing facilities that link modes together. 3.1 Improve and expand public transportation and transit

services through the urbanized area to provide access between one’s home and the workplace;

3.2 Ensure connectivity between major activity centers by developing and promoting mode transfer points (e.g., park-and- ride facilities, bike-on-bus, etc.) to enhance the use of alternative modes within the inter-modal transportation system;

3.3 Adopt and maintain a Regional Trails Plan that identifies the future alignment of all regionally significant off-street trails and on-street bicycle facilities.

3.4 Identify possible locations for future Park and Ride facilities (bus and commuter rail), trailhead locations, and public transportation transfer locations.

3.5 Identify locations of existing or future freight transfer points.

1.6.4 Goal 4: Strategic Planning Implement and maintain the planned transportation system in a coordinated

and cost-effective manner. 4.1 Adopt and maintain a Corridor Preservation Plan that

identifies the future alignment and classification of all regionally significant roadway corridors.

4.2 Assist local governments in identifying the need for advance corridor preservation, right-of-way reservation and/or dedication, and potential funding sources – public and private – for the construction of identified transportation facilities;

4.3 Prioritize improvements and programs based on the

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-20

Page 21: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

value of community benefits with respect to costs and available funding opportunities.

4.4 Develop a transit operations and funding plan that can guide Transit System service area enhancements, service expansion, and service efficiency.

1.8 Public Participation in the 2035 LRTP

The PACOG Long Range Transportation Plan has been developed in accordance with the PACOG Public Involvement Program (PIP) adopted in August 2004. The PIP guidelines include the broad goals of keeping people informed and involved on a continual basis and facilitating cooperation and consensus building. Public participation in accordance with the PIP began with the development of Quadrant Studies prepared for the 2030 Plan and continues through the development of the 2035 Plan.

1.8.1 Public Input Process

The public input process for the Plan included several components:

1. The primary ongoing form of public input to the planning process has been the involvement of the MPO Transportation Advisory Commission. The Transportation Advisory Commission (TAC) is made up of the Transportation Technical Committee (TTC) and the Citizens’ Advisory Committees (CAC). The TTC includes representatives from all agencies with responsibilities for various transportation modes including but not limited to automobiles, bicycles, airports, pedestrians, transit systems, passenger and freight rail systems, and commercial vehicles.

The CAC has representatives from the Pueblo County Planning Commission, the City of Pueblo Planning and Zoning Commission, the 2010 Commission (volunteer citizen group), the Pueblo Economic Development Corporation (PEDCO) and three representatives of the community-at-large appointed by the PACOG Board. These members of the CAC have an understanding of the overall community, development processes, and the interaction between development and the transportation system. In early 2007, four meetings of the TAC were partially or entirely devoted to input to the 2035 Plan and the TAC continues to review the plan and process.

2. A series of four independent public meetings was conducted as .

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-21

Page 22: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

part of the planning process. Meetings were held in Colorado City, Pueblo West and two within the City of Pueblo. Four additional public meetings were held in June 2007, primarily focused on input to the Coordinated Human Services Transit Plan (see Chapter 5), but also with input collected to the broader issues of the 2035 Plan. Planning staff collected verbal and written comments on issues expressed by citizens at the meetings.

3. Written surveys were collected, both from participants at the public meetings and from a web-based version of the same survey.

4. A Long Range Planning contact list was established of parties interested in transportation in the PACOG Region. Email notifications and messages have been sent to this contact list on a continuing basis, with relevant transportation information, notices of meetings, special communications and notification of approaching agenda deadlines for the TAC and PACOG Board. In addition, this information is posted to the MPO website http://www.PACOG.net.

5. Reasonable notice has been provided for all public meetings along with adequate opportunity to comment on issues and draft documents prior to and following the meetings. Public notice has included press releases and public service announcements of regional and statewide transportation planning activities open to the public.

6. Periodic review of the effectiveness of the regional transportation planning public involvement process has been conducted to ensure that the process provides full and open access to all interested parties. Revisions have been made to the process as necessary.

2035 Plan Public Meetings

PACOG hosted 12 meetings for the development and/or amendment of the Long Range Transportation Plan. Meetings included presentations to the Transportation Advisory Commission (TAC), public open houses, and meetings in four quadrants of the community. Table 1-3 below lists the public meetings over the development of the planning process. All public involvement activities have been held in locations that were ADA accessible to disabled populations and those with limited transportation options.

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-22

Page 23: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 1-3: 2035 LRTP Public Input Meetings Meeting Date Location Number in Attendance 1-09-2007 Colorado City

(County, SW Quadrant) 4

1-23-2007 Pueblo West 29 1-30-2007 Rawlings Library, Pueblo

(County, NW Quadrant, City North)

14

1-31-2007 Rawlings Library, Pueblo (City, south)

10

February 1, 2007

Pueblo City Hall Transportation Advisory Committee Meeting, 12

March 1, 2007 Pueblo City Hall Transportation Advisory Committee Meeting, 12

April 5, 2007 Pueblo City Hall Transportation Advisory Committee Meeting, 12

May 3, 2007 Pueblo City Hall Transportation Advisory Committee Meeting, 12

June 14, 2007 Pueblo Transit Authority 15 June 20, 2007 SRDA 12 June 22, 2007 City/County Dept. of

Housing 1

June 28, 2007 AARP 3 Tota ls 12 meetings 136

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-23

Page 24: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

1.8.3 Public Input Survey Findings

A total of 26 surveys were received. Fifteen (57.6%) listed Pueblo West (zip 81007) as location of residence. 19% were aged 66 or over; 27% were 56-65; 11% were 46-55; 31% were 36-45; 11% were 26-35; and .04% were under 25. 42% learned of the meetings through newspaper ads, with 38% listing “other sources” as how they learned of the meeting. 73% drove to the meeting, with a mean distance from residence to the meeting of 3.97 miles.

Table 1.4 below summarizes the percentages of survey respondents indicating a given issue was important to improving the effectiveness of the transportation system. The most often reported issues were better maintenance, improved bicycle access and facilities, and more roadway capacity. Better maintenance was the most strongly reported priority by the on-line respondents. The least often chosen priorities were lower speeds, lower travel times, and better transit connections. Several attendees at the meetings wrote in landscaping and commuter trains as important issues.

Table 1.4: Transportation Improvement Priorities in 2035 Plan Public Input

Surveys

Priorities %

Responding Better maintenance 15.4 Improve Bicycle access and facilities 14.1 More roadway capacity 11.5 Better roadway connections 10.2 Improved sidewalks & pedestrian paths 10.2 Less congestion 8.9 Better traffic control devices 6.4 Improve Public Transportation 5.1 Safety improvements 3.8 Lower speeds 3.8 Lower travel times 2.5 Better Transit connections 2.5 Landscaping along roads 2.5 Commuter Train north 2.5

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-24

Page 25: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Respondents were also asked to rank the importance of four broad transportation system goals. Results are summarized in Table 1.5. Implementing and maintaining the planned transportation system in a coordinated and cost-effective manner was ranked significantly higher than other goals. Planning, developing and maintaining a safe and efficient transportation system to preserve and enhance the present and future mobility needs of the Pueblo region was the lowest ranked goal.

Table 1.5: Respondent Rankings of Transportation Goals

Goal Mean Ranking

(4=highest; 1=lowest)

Coordinated & Cost-Effective Implementation 3.16

Encouraging Multi-Modal Transportation 2.75

Balancing Mobility With Livability 2.3

Safe, Efficient Transportation System 2.1

At the Public Input Meetings staff members heard a wide variety of concerns from those in attendance in addition to those reported on the surveys. The results ranged from operations/maintenance to those speaking about improving multi-modal options throughout the community. In Pueblo West, the majority of the concern was the congestion along the Highway 50 West corridor and the desire to create an additional connection to the City of Pueblo. Related to this is an overall desire to have greater connectivity between various activity centers.

Generally there were comments requesting two or three connections or transportation modes to and from where people live. At each meeting, concern was expressed with the overall conditions of roadways throughout the community. The issues of bicycle and pedestrian improvements were made regarding all parts of the community. People understood that they have both a need and desire to get between the places of work and home efficiently, and a strong

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-25

Page 26: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 1-26

desire to make the local community transportation system friendlier for pedestrians and bikes. These are quality of life issues for those who attended the Public Input Meetings.

1.9 Environmental Justice

In accordance with state and federal requirements and policies, the development of the Long Range Transportation Plan considered the three fundamental principles of environmental justice:

1. To avoid, minimize, or mitigate disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental effects, including social and economic effects on minority and low-income populations.

2. To ensure the full and fair participation by all potentially affected communities in the transportation decision-making process.

3. To prevent the denial of, reduction in, or significant delay in the receipt of benefits by minority and low-income populations.

Areas characterized by a predominance of low-moderate income and high minority concentration populations are exhibited and discussed in Chapter 5, the Coordinated Human Services-Public Transit Plan. These areas will need to be further studied in comparison with locations of substantial environmental impact to determine whether disadvantaged populations in Pueblo are disproportionately exposed to environmental hazards. More specific spatial analysis has been initiated by the MPO, combining census data with parcel-level data from the Pueblo County Assessor. This helps to identify portions of the study area that could be affected in the future by transportation related Environmental Justice issues.

Page 27: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Chapter 8: Preferred Plan & Corridor Vision Plan with Project

Priorities

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

DRAFT – January, 2008 Page 8-1

Page 28: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table of Contents

8.1 Methodology for the Preferred Plan ___________________________________________ 4

8.2 Summary of Future Needs – Interchanges ______________________________________ 8

8.2.1 Interchanges ___________________________________________________________ 8

8.2.2 Bridges over Arkansas River _____________________________________________ 9

8.2.3 Bridges over Fountain Creek ____________________________________________ 10

8.3 Downtown Projects ________________________________________________________ 11

8.4 Northwest Quadrant Projects _______________________________________________ 13

8.5 Northeast Quadrant Projects________________________________________________ 18

8.6 Southeast Quadrant Projects________________________________________________ 23

8.7 Southwest Quadrant Projects _______________________________________________ 26

8.8 Corridor Visions and Prioritized Projects______________________________________ 30

8.9 Transit Needs_____________________________________________________________ 36

8.10 Future Bikeways and Trails Network ________________________________________ 38

8.10.1 Priorities from the Trails Master Plan____________________________________ 38 8.10.1.1 Proposed Trails Improvements ________________________________________ 40

List of Tables Table 8.1: Unit Costs For New Roadways By Classification* _____________________________ 4 Table 8.2 Interchanges by Corridor _________________________________________________ 8 Table 8.3 Bridges over Arkansas River ______________________________________________ 10 Table 8.4 Bridges Over Fountain Creek _____________________________________________ 11 Table 8.5 Roadway Costs Downtown Area __________________________________________ 12 Table 8.6 Roadway Costs in Northwest Quadrant _____________________________________ 14 Table 8.7 Roadway Costs in Northeast Quadrant______________________________________ 19 Table 8.8 Roadway Costs in Southeast Quadrant______________________________________ 23 Table 8.9 Roadway Costs in Southwest Quadrant _____________________________________ 27 Table 8.10 Prioritized On-System Corridor Vision Costs _______________________________ 30 Table 8.11 Prioritized Off-System Corridor Vision Costs _______________________________ 33 Table 8.12 Proposed Transit Improvements _________________________________________ 37 Table 8.13 Non-Motorized Facility Plan _____________________________________________ 39

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-2

Page 29: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

List of Figures Figure 8.1: PACOG Right of Way Corridor Preservation Plans ____________________________ 6 Figure 8.2: Bicycle Routes and Recreational Trails Map ________________________________ 39

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-3

Page 30: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.1 Methodology for the Preferred Plan The Preferred Plan for the Pueblo MPO/TPR consists of needed

improvements for each of the three major corridors – I-25, US50/47, and SH96A, as well as additional off-system improvements and transit needs, all of which meet the following criteria:

They are consistent with the regional transportation vision and goals developed and adopted by the PACOG Board;

They are consistent with the long-term corridor vision, goals, and objectives developed in Chapter 7 (Corridor Visions) and provide a viable contribution to a system that meets regional transportation needs in the PACOG MPO/TPR area;

They are compatible with the human and natural environment, and the physical constraints of the corridor (Chapter 4); They address justifiable needs as identified in Chapter 5 (Transit Element) and/or Chapter 6 (Mobility Demand and Alternatives Analysis).

Unit cost standards used throughout to derive cost estimates for roadway segments were derived from analyses conducted by the Denver Regional Council of Governments as described in Table 8.1 below.

Table 8.1: Unit Costs For New Roadways By Classification*

Roadway Type Cost per Mile 2008 $

Cost per Linear Foot 2008 $

Freeway/Expressway $ 10,810,000 $ 2,723

Principal Arterial 9,400,000 2,368

Minor Arterial 7,220,000 1,819

Collector 6,020,000 1,516

* Adapted from extensive research by DRCOG (2006) and converted from 2005 to 2008 dollars. These average costs are also used for significant reconstruction and upgrading of facilities in existing corridors.

For completeness and future planning updates, an extensive database

was created of every roadway segment or unit identified in the

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 8-4

Page 31: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Roadway Corridor Preservation Plan as a Collector or higher classification (See Figure 8.1). The database contains about 600 entries and includes an estimated cost calculation for each entry based on the construction costs shown in Table 8.1. The I-25 New Pueblo Freeway Project, now nearing completion of an EIS, is not included in the database. Instead, CDOT provided the most recent corridor cost estimate for this urban freeway reconstruction as a total of approximately $846 million. That figure is used throughout this Plan.

If every identified project were built today, the estimated total cost would exceed $5.6 billion. The prioritized projects limited to only the attainment of on-system and off-system major corridor visions appears in Section 8.8 with an estimated total cost of $2.1 billion on-system and $874 million off-system. The Corridor Vision Plan total cost of approximately $3.0 billion is some 46% less than the cost of the Preferred Plan.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-5

Page 32: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Figure 8.1: PACOG Right of Way Corridor Preservation Plans

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-6

Page 33: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-7

Page 34: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.2 Summary of Future Needs – Interchanges

8.2.1 Interchanges

One of the most significant investments in the future transportation system will be grade separated interchanges that will be required in the near and long term future. Some of the Interchanges listed in Table 8.2 below are in need of rebuilding; many are located at major intersections; and others will be needed to accommodate future traffic generated by growth and development.

Table 8.2 Interchanges by Corridor

Future Interchanges 2008 $ Cost

Interstate 25 (Rural Only) Bohart (County Line) Road Interchange 23,000,000Independence Camp (Young Hollow) Interchange 23,000,000Pinon / Pace Interchange 23,000,000Bragdon / Purcell Interchange 23,000,000Porter Draw Interchange 23,000,000Platteville / Dillon Interchange 50,000,000South Pueblo EX Interchange 40,000,000Burnt Mill / Fort Reynolds Interchange 23,000,000

TOTAL (Rural Only) 228,000,000 State Hwy 50 West McCulloch Interchange 23,000,000McCulloch Interchange 23,000,000Purcell Interchange 23,000,000Pueblo Blvd Interchange 50,000,000Hwy 50 Bypass / SH47 Interchange 23,000,00027th Lane Interchange 23,000,00036th Lane / SH 96 Interchange 23,000,00036th Lane / Relocated SH50 Interchange 23,000,000Relocated Hwy 50 / Hwy 96 Interchange 23,000,000

234,000,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-8

Page 35: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

State Hwy 47 Hwy 47 / East of Troy Ave 23,000,000

23,000,000

State Hwy 96 South Pueblo Expressway Interchange 23,000,000

23,000,000

State Hwy 78 South Pueblo Expressway Interchange 23,000,000

23,000,000

Total Interchanges $531,000,000

I-25 - Major Reconstruction CDOT Total Cost Estimate

2008 $

New Pueblo Freeway (Urban) $846,000,000

8.2.2 Bridges over Arkansas River

The Arkansas River is a significant obstacle to creating a roadway network, with numerous existing options for crossing. Currently vehicles can cross the Arkansas river at the following locations: Lake Pueblo Road (fee through Park), Pueblo Blvd, 4th Street, Union Ave, Main Street, Santa Fe Ave, I-25, Baxter Road, 36th Lane, Nyberg Road, and Avondale Road. The Preferred Plan recommends many of the existing facilities be expanded by reconstruction.

The unit cost estimate of $125 per square foot of bridge deck is based on recent costs of the 4th Street Bridge in Pueblo and the I-25 structures in Trinidad. For an 80-foot wide bridge deck (consistent with Arterial crossings) the estimated cost is $10,000 per linear foot.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-9

Page 36: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.3 Bridges over Arkansas River

Location *Estimated Length in Ft Cost 2008 $

Swallows (west of nature preserve) 1000 10,000,000Portland/Joplin – SH 227 100 1,000,000Aspen Road/Troy Ave 300 3,000,00027th Lane 100 1,000,000SH 233 - Baxter Road 100 1,000,000SH 231 - 36th Lane 100 1,000,000Highway 50 East 200 2,000,000

TOTAL $19,000,000*Planning Estimate Only. Not based on engineering studies of geology, topography, etc.

8.2.3 Bridges over Fountain Creek

With much of the potential for development in Pueblo County shifting to the northeast quadrant, additional crossings of the Fountain Creek may be required to provide access from interchanges along I-25. Currently, the crossings are: Pinon/Pace, State Highway 47, US Highway 50 Bypass, Eighth Street, and Fourth Streets. The Preferred Plan has a number of new crossings that may be needed during the planning horizon of the 2035 LRTP. Many of the existing crossings have been in place for more than 30 years and may require replacement as traffic volumes increase.

A unit cost estimate of $125 per square foot of bridge deck is based on recent costs of the 4th Street Bridge in Pueblo and the I-25 structures in Trinidad. For an 80-foot wide bridge deck (consistent with Arterial crossings) the estimated cost is $10,000 per linear foot.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-10

Page 37: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.4 Bridges Over Fountain Creek

Location *Estimated Length in Ft Cost 2008 $

Bohart Road/County Line Road 300 3,000,000Independence Camp Road 300 3,000,000Pinon / Pace 300 3,000,000Porter Draw 300 3,000,000Box T Ranch Road 300 3,000,000Eagleridge/47th Street 300 3,000,000 TOTAL $18,000,000

*Not based on engineering studies of geology, topography, etc.

8.3 Downtown Projects

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-11

Page 38: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

The Downtown area has seen revitalization in the last few years with

new developments along the Historic Arkansas River Project and as a result of new job creation activity in the Downtown area. As a result, there are a number of improvements that need to be made to improve the connectivity between Downtown and the suburban developments of Pueblo West and St. Charles Mesa. The most significant connection, as in the 2030 Plan, would be the development of the radial West Pueblo Connector between Pueblo West, Western Pueblo along Pueblo Blvd, and Downtown Pueblo.

Table 8.5 Roadway Costs in the Downtown Area

Downtown From To Class Length in Ft 2008 $ Cost

4th / 5th One Way Pair I-25 Midtown Circle PA 9,600 2,500,000

4th Street Bridge over Arkansas - Under Const. (currently funded 2008-2011) Midtown Circle Elmhurst PA 2@1147 36,000,000

D Street Extension Lamkin 4th Street MA 2,600 4,700,000

Union Railroad tracks MA 1,000 1,800,000

Railroad tracks Santa Fe Ave MA 1,500 2,700,000

Santa Fe Ave Interstate 25 MA 500 900,000

Interstate 25 Moffat MA 500 900,000 Railroad Yard Crossing 15,000,000

13th Street Francisco West Pueblo Conn. MA 1,800 3,300,000

Moffat Ilex / D Street Arkansas River MA 1,300 2,400,000

Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges MA

TOTAL

78,200,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-12

Page 39: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.4 Northwest Quadrant Projects

This quadrant shows significant changes in the future roadway network from the 2030 Plan due to the development of a conservation buffer around Ft. Carson Army Base. This resulted in the removal of the Pinon Loop that had been included in the 2030 LRTP. The most significant transportation issue in the quadrant is the congestion along US 50 between I-25 and McCulloch Blvd in Pueblo West. Several off-system priorities are corridors that would provide parallel alternative routes to US 50 to minimize congestion and disperse traffic volumes to those alternative routes.

A second significant change is the recommendation that the northern leg of Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) be extended approximately two miles to cross I-25 at Pinon rather than terminating at I-25 and Purcell Blvd.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-13

Page 40: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.6 Roadway Costs in Northwest Quadrant

From To ClassLength in Ft 2008 $ Cost

Swallows Road Arkansas River Hwy 50 West MA 25,500 46,400,0001/2 Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges MA

Joe Martinez Purcell Pueblo Blvd PA 17,800 42,100,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Spaulding 11th 18th CO 2,800 4,200,000 22nd 24th CO 1,300 2,000,000 24th 29th CO 1,900 2,900,000 29th 31st MA 1,900 3,500,000

Pueblo Blvd Existing End - PWMD MA 6,300 11,500,000

Widen & ImproveExisting End - PWMD Pavement End MA 5,000 9,100,000

Widen & Improve Pavement End Purcell Blvd MA 2,000 3,600,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

West Pueblo Connector 4th Street 8th Street PA 1,300 3,100,000

8th Street 13th Street PA 1,400 3,300,000

13th Railroad Crossing PA 2,000 4,700,000

Railroad Crossing Atlanta PA 1,200 2,800,000

Atlanta 18th PA 1,300 3,100,000

Large Railroad Yard Crossing 15,000,000

8th Street Blake Street West Pueblo Connector MA 1,600 2,900,000

At-Grade Railroad Crossing ? 1,500,000

At-Grade Railroad Crossing ? 1,500,000

High Street 24th Street 17th Street MA 3,200 5,800,000

17th Street 13th Street MA 1,400 2,500,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-14

Page 41: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

29th Street Wills Blvd Railroad Crossing CO 600 900,000

Railroad Crossing Wildhorse Creek CO 1,400 2,100,000

Wildhorse Creek Pest House Creek CO 1,000 1,500,000

Pest House Creek Spaulding Blvd CO 600 900,000

Spaulding Blvd 24th Street CO 2,500 3,800,000

Railroad Crossing CO 3,000,000

Bridge over Pest House Creek CO 2,000,000

Bridge over Wildhorse Creek CO 2,000,000

Wills Blvd 29th Kachina CO 3,900 5,900,000 Meadowlark Sunrise CO 1,400 2,100,000 Sunrise Eagleridge CO 3,100 4,700,000 Mesa View Outlook CO 1,600 2,400,000 Outlook Pueblo Crossing CO 800 1,200,000

Pueblo Blvd Hwy 50 West Wildhorse Road EX 2,300 6,300,000 Wildhorse Road States Ave EX 2,600 7,100,000 States Ave Railroad Crossing EX 1,200 3,300,000 Railroad Crossing Eagleridge Blvd EX 2,900 7,900,000 Eagleridge Blvd Platteville Blvd EX 2,700 7,400,000 Platteville Blvd Dillon Drive EX 3,100 8,400,000 Dillon Drive Porter Draw EX 7,100 19,300,000 Porter Draw Railroad Crossing EX 4,100 11,200,000 Railroad Crossing Purcell Blvd EX 3,900 10,600,000 Purcell Blvd Pinon / Pace Road EX 10,400 28,300,000

Pinon / Pace RoadIndependence Camp EX 21,100 57,500,000

Independence Camp El Paso Cnty EX 24,200 65,900,000

Railroad Crossing EX 3,000,000Railroad Crossing EX 3,000,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures EX

Platteville States Ave Railroad Crossing PA 2,000 4,700,000 Railroad Crossing Pueblo Blvd PA 1,500 3,600,000 Pueblo Blvd Dillon Drive PA 1,400 3,300,000 Dillon Drive Outlook Blvd PA 2,800 6,600,000 Outlook Blvd Elizabeth PA 1,200 2,800,000 Elizabeth I-25 PA 1,600 3,800,000

Railroad Crossing PA 3,000,000

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 8-15

Page 42: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Elizabeth Street Dillon Drive Platteville Blvd MA 2,000 3,600,000

Platteville Blvd Porter Draw MA 10,800 19,600,000

Porter Draw End MA 5,500 10,000,000

Outlook Ridge Drive Wills Blvd MA 1,400 2,500,000

Wills Blvd Dillon Drive MA 1,900 3,500,000 Dillon Drive Platteville Blvd MA 2,400 4,400,000 Platteville Blvd Pueblo Blvd MA 5,500 10,000,000

Porter Draw Pueblo West States Ave PA 8,900 21,100,000

States Ave Railroad Tracks PA 3,900 9,200,000

Railroad Tracks Pueblo Blvd PA 1,800 4,300,000 Pueblo Blvd Elizabeth PA 2,000 4,700,000 Elizabeth Interstate - 25 PA 1,600 3,800,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures PA Railroad Crossing PA 3,000,000

Midway Road Pinon / Pace Independence Camp PA 18,300 43,300,000

Independence Camp Antelope PA 4,800 11,400,000

Antelope Bohart Road PA 10,800 25,600,000

Bohart Road El Paso County Line PA 4,100 9,700,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Buckboard Ave Purcell Blvd Pueblo West Boundary PA 10,300 24,400,000

Pueblo West Boundary Pueblo Blvd PA 11,600 27,500,000

Pueblo Blvd Midway Road PA 6,000 14,200,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Independence Camp Road Midway Road Interstate - 25 PA 4,800 11,400,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures PA Bohart Road Midway Road Interstate - 25 PA 7,800 18,500,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures PA

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-16

Page 43: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Antelope Road Midway Road Interstate - 25 CO 11,400 17,300,000 Multiple Stream & Creek Structures CO

The total cost of major facilities in the NW Quadrant is estimated to be $775,000,000.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-17

Page 44: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.5 Northeast Quadrant Projects

As noted previously in this plan, the northeast quadrant may become the source of much development in the future. The transportation network shown is conceptual and represents only the major facilities likely to be common among many special areas. If or when fully developed to urban standards, the arterial network required to serve the area could account for as much as 250 miles of additional major roadways. Crossings over the Fountain Creek and improvements to I-25 interchanges will be largely based on development of special area plans for significant areas of the quadrant.

The most significant corridor is the potential for development of an inter-regional freeway linking the east side of Pueblo at SH 47 and US 50 to proposed freeways on the east side of Colorado Springs at Powers Blvd (now SH 21) and in the Banning-Lewis Ranch development. This facility will relieve traffic on I-25 and should be a candidate for inclusion in any expansion of the state highway system.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-18

Page 45: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.7 Roadway Costs in Northeast Quadrant

From To Class Length in Ft 2008 $ Cost

Hwy 50 Relocation SH 47 Pueblo Chemical Depot FR 61000 166,100,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures 0

Erie Ave Joplin 4th Street PA 4,400 10,400,000

4th Street Hwy 50 Bypass PA 6,100 14,400,000

SH 227 S to Salt Creek/Santa Fe Ave (US 50C) Portland

Santa Fe Ave (US 50C) PA 6,200 14,700,000

Troy Ave Arkansas River 4th Street MA 6,700 12,200,000

4th Street Hwy 50 Bypass MA 4,300 7,800,000

Alamosa 47th Street PA 9,200 21,800,000

47th Street Porter Draw PA 17,100 40,500,000

Porter Draw Pinon / Pace Road PA 23,100 54,700,000

Pinon / Pace Road Trappers Trail PA 5,600 13,300,000

Trappers Trail de Anza Drive PA 6,700 15,900,000

de Anza Drive Jerry Murphy PA 2,000 4,700,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures PA

Railroad Crossing PA 3,000,000

Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges PA

27th Lane Arkansas River US Hwy 50 East PA 3,200 7,600,000

US Hwy 50 East Pete Jimenez PA 4,000 9,500,000

Pete Jimenez Relocated Hwy 50 PA 6,000 14,200,000

Relocated HWY 50 Rawlings Blvd PA 4,500 10,700,000

Rawlings Blvd Pueblo-CS Fwy PA 3,600 8,500,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures PA

Railroad Crossing PA 3,000,000

Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges PA

Baxter Road Arkansas River SH 50 / 96 PA 7,300 17,300,000

Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 8-19

Page 46: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-20

36th Lane Arkansas River US Hwy 50 East PA 3,100 7,300,000 Us Hwy 50 East DOT Road PA 6,000 14,200,000 DOT Road Reloc. Hwy 50 PA 10,400 24,600,000 Relocated Hwy 50 Pueblo-CS E Fwy EX 29,000 79,000,000

Railroad Crossing 3,000,000Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges

Pete Jimenez Pkwy Hwy 47 Airport Ind. Park MA 8,000 14,500,000

0

Constitution Troy Hwy 47 MA 4,400 8,000,000

0

Dillon Drive SH 50 Bypass 29th Street MA 2,700 4,900,000

Eagleridge/ 47th Street

Box T Ranch Road MA 2,700 4,900,000

Box T Ranch Road Interstate - 25 MA 4,600 8,400,000

Railroad Crossing W/ Dillon-Eden Intchg

I-25 Fly-over W/ Dillon-Eden Intchg

Drew Dix Troy City Limits CO 2,200 3,300,000 City Limit Constitution CO 2,800 4,200,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Beaumont 17th Constitution CO 1,400 2,100,000

Alamosa Extension Troy City Limits MA 5,400 9,800,000

Rawlings University Troy Ave PA 2,000 4,700,000

Troy Ave Baculite Mesa PA 3,200 7,600,000

Baculite Mesa Pueblo-CS Fwy PA 1,300 3,100,000 36th Lane PA 24,000 56,800,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Jerry Murphy/Overton Road Eagleridge/ 47th Street

Box T Ranch Road PA 2,200 5,200,000

Box T Ranch Road Porter Draw PA 14,700 34,800,000

Porter Draw Pinon / Pace Road PA 22,400 53,000,000 Pinon / Pace Road Troy Ave PA 10,400 24,600,000

Page 47: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Troy Ave Independence Camp PA 10,400 24,600,000

Independence Camp Pueblo-CS E Fwy PA 5,300 12,500,000

Pueblo-CS E Fwy Bohart Road PA 5,300 12,500,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Eagleridge/47th Street Dillon Drive Railroad Tracks MA 1,300 2,400,000

Railroad Tracks Fountain Creek MA 600 1,100,000

Fountain Creek Jerry Murphy MA 1,600 2,900,000

University Hills Walking Stick MA 3,200 5,800,000 Walking Stick Troy Ave MA 4,500 8,200,000

Troy Ave Box T Ranch Road MA 1,800 3,300,000

Railroad Crossing 3,000,000Bridge over Fountain Creek Listed with Bridges

Walking Stick Blvd Golfcourse College Trail MA 2,100 3,800,000

College Trail City Limit CO 4,200 6,400,000

City limit Box T Ranch Road MA 2,600 4,700,000

Box T Ranch Road Porter Draw MA 14,500 26,400,000

Porter Draw Bragdon MA 10,800 19,600,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

College Trail Walking Stick Blvd Troy Ave MA 2,000 3,600,000

Troy Ave Baculite Mesa Road MA 2,800 5,100,000

Baculite Mesa Road Box T Ranch Rd MA 1,700 3,100,000

Pueblo – Colorado Springs Freeway Hwy 47 El Paso Cty Line EX 109,900 299,300,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Box T Ranch Road Dillon Drive Railroad Crossing PA 500 1,200,000

Railroad Crossing Fountain Creek PA 600 1,400,000

Fountain Creek Jerry Murphy PA 3,000 7,100,000

Jerry Murphy Walking Stick PA 6,000 14,200,000

Walking Stick Troy Ave PA 4,700 11,100,000

Troy Ave 27th Lane PA 6,700 15,900,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-21

Page 48: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Troy Ave 27th Lane PA 6,700 15,900,000

27th Lane Pueblo-CS E Fwy PA 10,100 3,600,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Railroad Crossing 3,000,000Bridge over Fountain Creek Listed with Bridges

Porter Draw Interstate - 25 Railroad Tracks PA 650 1,500,000

Railroad Tracks Fountain Creek PA 1,200 2,800,000 Fountain Creek Jerry Murphy PA 2,500 5,900,000 Jerry Murphy Troy Ave PA 9,000 21,300,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures Railroad Crossing 3,000,000

Bridge over Fountain Creek Listed with Bridges

Pinon/Pace Road Interstate - 25 Railroad Tracks EX 500 1,400,000

Railroad Tracks Fountain Creek EX 2,400 6,500,000

Fountain Creek Jerry Murphy EX 2,600 7,100,000 Jerry Murphy Troy EX 5,600 15,200,000 Troy PSR Parkway EX 5,300 14,400,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures Railroad Crossing -2 6,000,000

Bridge over Fountain CreekListed Above with Bridges

Avondale Road Hwy 96 PCD PA 4,700 11,100,000 PCD DOT Road PA 30,700 72,700,000

Railroad Crossing PA 3,000,000 DOT Road DOT Road Boone Road MA 57,600 104,800,000

Total Length Feet 518,950 Miles 98.3

The total cost of major facilities in the NE Quadrant is estimated to be $1,610,800,000 (i.e. more than $1.6 Billion).

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-22

Page 49: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.6 Southeast Quadrant Projects

In the development of the 2035 LRTP, there have been some changes made to the future roadway network. A significant change is the downgrading of the South Pueblo Expressway to a Principal Arterial, the addition of what is called the Fort Reynolds Blvd between I-25 and Highway 50 East of Pueblo. Fort Reynolds would create a bypass to the south and east of the St. Charles Mesa area. Some of the projects are associated with the I-25 project through Pueblo and are believed to stand as valid projects to improve the roadway network with or without changes to the existing I-25 corridor. Recommendations in the draft I-25 EIS that would augment the effectiveness of those proposed here would include the connection of Abriendo Ave. with Santa Fe Drive, and the crossing of the Arkansas near the existing Moffat St. to provide additional connections to Downtown from the St Charles Mesa.

Table 8.8 Roadway Costs in Southeast Quadrant

From To Class Length in Ft 2008 $

Moffat street Part of I-25 Project MA 900 0

Part of I-25 Project MA 1,100 0Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges MA

Salt Creek Bypass Roselawn Road La Salle Road PA 7,300 17,300,000

Aspen Road Arkansas River Aspen Circle MA 1,000 1,800,000 Aspen Circle Santa Fe Drive MA 3,300 6,000,000

Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges MA

27th Lane Arkansas River Everett Road PA 5,300 12,500,000

Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges PA

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-23

Page 50: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Baxter Road - Widen Arkansas River HWY 50 C PA 5,100 12,100,000 0

36th Lane - Widen Arkansas River Hwy 50 C PA 7,800 18,500,000 Hwy 50 C South Road PA 6,600 15,600,000

Bridge over Arkansas River Listed with Bridges PA

Pueblo Blvd Interstate - 25 Railroad Tracks PA 9,100 21,500,000 Railroad Tracks Lime Road PA 13,600 32,200,000 Lime Road St. Charles Road PA 10,200

St. Charles Road Bessemer Ditch PA 150 400,000 Bessemer Ditch 27th Lane PA 1,800 4,300,000

Bridge over Bessemer Ditch PA 1,000,000Railroad Crossing PA 3,000,000

South Pueblo Expressway Interstate - 25 Greenhorn Drive PA 1,500 3,600,000

Greenhorn Drive Railroad Tracks PA 4,300 10,200,000

Railroad Tracks Lime Road PA 7,100 16,800,000

Lime Road St. Charles River PA 500 1,200,000

St. Charles River Doyle Road PA 20,200 47,800,000 Doyle Road 36th Lane PA 26,100 61,800,000

Railroad Crossing PA 3,000,000Bridge over St. Charles River PA 3,000,000Bridge over Bessemer Ditch PA 6,000,000

Fort Reynolds Road Interstate - 25 St. Charles River MA 1,600 2,900,000

St. Charles River Railroad Tracks MA 14,000 25,500,000Railroad Tracks Thompkins Arroyo MA 22,200 40,400,000

Thompkins Arroyo Doyle Road MA 15,300 27,800,000Doyle Road 40th Lane MA 21,100 38,400,000

40th Lane Avondale Blvd MA 22,100 40,200,000Avondale Blvd Huerfano River MA 4,800 8,700,000Huerfano River Huerfano Road MA 5,800 10,500,000Huerfano Road US Hwy 50 MA 27,900 50,700,000

Railroad Crossing MA 3,000,000Bridge over St Charles River MA 2,000,000

Bridge over Greenhorn Creek MA 2,000,000Bridge over Huerfano River MA 3,000,000

24,200,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-24

Page 51: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Bridge over Huerfano River MA 3,000,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures MA

Total Length Feet 265,750

Miles 50.3 The total cost of major facilities in the SE Quadrant is estimated to be $578,900,000.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-25

Page 52: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.7 Southwest Quadrant Projects

Development in the Southwest Quadrant has steadily progressed since the adoption of the 2030 LRTP. The character of the development differs from that anticipated in the 2030 Plan, with the proliferation of 35+ acre tracts in this quadrant. The low-density development creates many challenges for the establishment of an adequate roadway system. Since these developments are approved outside of the typical subdivision process, there is no way of ensuring that adequate rights-of-way are being created to accommodate possible future traffic. As a result, the future roadway system in this quadrant has been reconfigured to reflect the possible development of remaining large tracts of land near the City of Pueblo, creating a network of ring roads such as the South Pueblo Expressway. The preservation of ROW in this quadrant for future roads may be an important concern if mobility and connectivity remain high priority goals.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-26

Page 53: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.9 Roadway Costs in Southwest Quadrant

From To Class Length in Ft 2008 $

Bandera Parkway Thatcher Ave St. Clair Ave MA 2,500 4,500,000 St. Clair Ave Goodnight Creek MA 350 600,000

Goodnight Creek Red Creek Springs Road MA 2,400 4,400,000

Red Creek Springs Road Lehigh Ave MA 2,400 4,400,000

Lehigh Ave Siena Drive MA 4,400 8,000,000 Siena Drive SH 78 MA 1,700 3,100,000 SH 78 Pastora Ranch MA 5,300 9,600,000 Pastora Ranch Nolan Trace MA 2,400 4,400,000 Nolan Trace Lake Ave MA 1,800 3,300,000 Lake Ave South Pueblo EX MA 3,100 5,600,000

Bridge over Goodnight Arroyo MA 2,000,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures MA

Red Creek Springs Suncrest Goodnight Creek PA 600 1,400,000

Goodnight Creek Bandera Pkwy PA 1,200 2,800,000

Bandera Pkwy McCarthy Blvd PA 2,700 6,400,000

McCarthy Blvd Lake Ave PA 6,300 14,900,000

Lake Ave SH 96 PA 6,200 14,700,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Bridge over Goodnight Arroyo PA 2,000,000

.

Lake Ave SH 96 Top of Mesa PA 3,800 9,000,000

Top of Mesa Red Creek Springs Road PA 2,500 5,900,000

Red Creek Springs Road Lehigh Ave PA 1,900 4,500,000

Lehigh Ave Siena Drive PA 5,100 12,100,000 Siena Drive SH 78 PA 3,800 9,000,000 SH 78 Bridle Trail PA 1,700 4,000,000 Bridle Trail Bandera Pkwy PA 6,000 14,200,000 Bandera Pkwy Little Burnt Mill Road PA 5,500 13,000,000 Little Burnt Mill Road Hollywood Drive PA 2,800 6,600,000 Hollywood Drive Prairie Ave PA 2,500 5,900,000 Prairie Ave St Charles Pkwy PA 2,700 6,400,000 St Charles Pkwy South Gate PA 4,900 11,600,000 South Gate Pueblo Blvd PA 1,300 3,100,000

Bridge over Ark Valley Conduit 2,000,000

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 8-27

Page 54: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-28

Bridge over Bessemer Ditch 1,000,000

Lehigh Lynn Meadows Drive Goodnight Creek MA 600 1,100,000 Goodnight Creek Bandera Pkwy MA 1,900 3,500,000 Bandera Pkwy McCarthy Blvd MA 1,600 2,900,000 McCarthy Blvd Lake Ave MA 6,200 11,300,000 Lake Ave South Pueblo EX MA 7,900 14,400,000 South Pueblo EX Boggs Creek MA 11,800 21,500,000 Boggs Creek Minnequa Canal Road MA 12,800 23,300,000

Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Bridge over Goodnight Arroyo MA 2,000,000Bridge over Boggs Creek MA 1,000,000

Bridge over Minnequa Canal MA 1,000,000

McCarthy Blvd Stonemoor Hills Red Creek Springs MA 2,900 5,300,000

Red Creek Springs Lehigh Ave CO 1,600 2,400,000

Lehigh Ave Goodnight Creek CO 3,000 4,500,000

Goodnight Creek Siena Drive CO 3,300 5,000,000

Siena Drive SH 78 CO 2,900 4,400,000Bridge over Goodnight Arroyo CO 2,000,000Bridge over Goodnight Arroyo CO 2,000,000

Nolan Trace SH 78 Bridle Trail CO 2,200 3,300,000

Bridle Trail Bandera Pkwy CO 4,500 6,800,000

Bandera Pkwy Encino Drive CO 2,800 4,200,000

Encino Drive Little Burnt Mill Road CO 2,600 3,900,000

Little Burnt Mill Road Hollywood Drive CO 2,600 3,900,000

Hollywood Drive Prairie Ave CO 3,000 4,500,000

Prairie Ave Palmer Ave CO 4,300 6,500,000

Palmer Ave Lake Ave CO 650 1,000,000Bridge over Ark Valley Conduit 1,000,000

Ventana Ventana Circle McCarthy Blvd CO 2700 4,900,000

McCarthy Blvd Lake Ave CO 3,000 0

Lake Ave South Pueblo EX CO 5,700 2,900,000Multiple Stream & Creek Structures

Bridge over Goodnight Arroyo 2,000,000

Bridle Trail City Limit Nolan Trace CO 3,200 7,600,000

Page 55: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Bridle Trail City Limit Nolan Trace CO 3,200 7,600,000

Nolan Trace Lake Ave CO 1,900 4,900,000

Lake Ave South Pueblo EX CO 5,000 2,900,000

South Pueblo EX Boggs Flat Road 6,600 7,600,000

Hollywood Drive Raccoon Lane Nolan Trace CO 1,000 1,500,000

Nolan Trace Lake Ave CO 2,400 3,600,000

Lake Ave South Pueblo EX CO 5,500 8,300,000

The total cost of major facilities in the SW Quadrant is estimated to be $987,100,000.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-29

Page 56: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.8 Corridor Visions and Prioritized Projects The cost of the Preferred Plan as detailed in the four quadrants, plus the cost of individual projects shown in Sections 8.2 and 8.3, is in excess of $5.6 Billion. It is unlikely that the entire system could be built and that the future assumptions underlying it will actually be realized. Thus, the following tables show the costs of attaining the Visions for specific Corridors and a priority listing for projects on the State Highway System and a separate priority listing for Off-System projects.

Table 8.10 Prioritized On-System Corridor Vision Costs

MAJOR ON-SYSTEM CORRIDOR COSTS From To Cost in 2008 $ I-25 - The New Pueblo Freeway Cost Eagleridge Pueblo Blvd S (SH 45) 846,000,000I-25 Interchanges outside of Pueblo Bohart/County Line Road INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Independence Camp INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Pinon / Pace INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Bragdon / Purcell INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Porter Draw INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Platteville / Dillon INTERCHANGE 50,000,000South Pueblo EX INTERCHANGE 40,000,000Burnt Mill / Fort Reynolds INTERCHANGE 23,000,000I-25 Interchange Cost outside of Pueblo 228,000,000I-25 TOTAL CORRIDOR COST N County Line S County Line 1,074,000,000 US 50 (includes SH 47) West County Line East County Line West McCulloch INTERCHANGE 23,000,000McCulloch INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Purcell INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Pueblo Blvd INTERCHANGE 50,000,000Hwy 50 Bypass / SH47 INTERCHANGE 23,000,00027th Lane INTERCHANGE 23,000,00036th Lane / SH 96 INTERCHANGE 23,000,00036th Lane / Relocated SH50 INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Relocated Hwy 50/Hwy 96 INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Hwy 47 / East of Troy Ave INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Pueblo Chemical Depot Defense Access Road FINAL PHASE 6,000,000Hwy 50 Relocation SH 47 Pueblo Chem Depot 166,100,000Highway 50 East BRIDGE 4,000,000US50/SH47 Corridor Cost 433 100 000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-30

Page 57: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

SH 45 Corridor Pueblo Blvd N Extension Hwy 50 West Wildhorse Road 6,300,000 Wildhorse Road States Ave 7,100,000 States Ave Railroad Crossing 3,300,000 Railroad Crossing Eagleridge Blvd 7,900,000 Eagleridge Blvd Platteville Blvd 7,400,000 Platteville Blvd Dillon Drive 8,400,000 Dillon Drive Porter Draw 19,300,000 Porter Draw Railroad Crossing 11,200,000 Railroad Crossing Purcell Blvd 10,600,000 Purcell Blvd Pinon / Pace Road 28,300,000 Pinon / Pace Road Independence Camp 57,500,000 Independence Camp El Paso Cnty 65,900,000

Railroad Crossing 0Multiple Stream & Creek Structures 0

Pueblo Blvd East Extension Interstate - 25 Railroad Tracks 21,500,000 Railroad Tracks Lime Road 32,200,000 Lime Road St. Charles Road 24,200,000 St. Charles Road Bessemer Ditch 400,000 Bessemer Ditch 27th Lane 4,300,000

Bridge at Bessemer Ditch 1,000,000Railroad Crossing 3,000,000

SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) Corridor Cost 319,800,000 SH 227 (Joplin-Erie) Corridor Erie Ave (possible relocation or extension of SH 227) Joplin/Portland 4th Street 10,400,000 4th Street US 50B 14,400,000SH 227 S to Santa Fe Ave (US 50C) Portland Santa Fe Ave (US 50C) 14,700,000SH 227 (Joplin-Erie) Corridor Cost 39,500,000 SH 96 Corridor S Pueblo Expwy Wilson South Pueblo EX INTERCHANGE 23,000,0004th Street Bridge Mid-Town Circle Wilson 36,000,000Upgrade to Expressway S Pueblo Expwy Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) 71,900,000SH 96 Corridor Cost 130,900,000 SH 78 Corridor South Pueblo EX INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Pueblo Blvd to South Pueblo EX Principal 43,800,000SH 78 Corridor Cost 66,800,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-31

Page 58: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

SH 231 (36th Lane) Corridor 36th Lane - Reconstruct Arkansas River Hwy 50 C 18,500,000 Arkansas River US Hwy 50 East 7,300,000

Bridge - Arkansas River - SH 231 - 36th Lane

Cost assumes 80' width and $125 per sq ft = $10,000 per linear foot 2,000,000

SH 231 (36th Lane) Corridor Cost 27,800,000 SH 233 (Baxter Road) Corridor Baxter Road - Reconstruct Arkansas River HWY 50 C 12,100,000Baxter Road Arkansas River SH 50 / 96 17,300,000

Bridge - Arkansas River - SH 233 - Baxter Road

Cost assumes 80' width and $125 per sq ft = $10,000 per linear foot 2,000,000

SH 233 (Baxter Road) Corridor Cost 31,400,000 State Hwy System Corridor Vision Cost 2,123,300,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-32

Page 59: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.11 Prioritized Off-System Corridor Vision Costs

OFF SYSTEM CORRIDOR COSTS From To 2008 $ Cost West Pueblo Connector 4th Street 8th Street 3,100,000 8th Street 13th Street 3,300,000 13th Railroad Crossing 4,700,000 Railroad Crossing Atlanta 2,800,000 Atlanta 18th 3,100,000

Large Railroad CrossingStructure = 1,500 l.f. at $10,000 per l.f. 15,000,000

Joe Martinez Purcell Pueblo Blvd 42,100,000

West Pueblo Connector Cost 74,100,000 Eagleridge/47th Street Connection Dillon Drive Railroad Tracks 2,400,000 Railroad Tracks Fountain Creek 1,100,000 Fountain Creek Jerry Murphy 2,900,000 University Hills Walking Stick 5,800,000 Walking Stick Troy Ave 8,200,000 Troy Ave Box T Ranch Road 3,300,000

Railroad Crossing 3,000,000

Bridge over Fountain CreekCost assumes 80' width and $125 per

sq ft = $10,000 per linear foot 3,000,000

Eagleridge/47th Street Connection Cost 29,700,000 Erie Ave (possible ext or reloc of SH 227) Joplin/Portland 4th Street 10,400,000

4th Street Hwy 50 Bypass (US 50B) 14,400,000

Erie Ave (possible ext or reloc of SH 227) Cost 24,800,000 Bandera Parkway Thatcher Ave St. Clair Ave 4,500,000 St. Clair Ave Goodnight Creek 600,000

Goodnight Creek Red Creek Springs Road 4,400,000

Red Creek Springs Road Lehigh Ave 4,400,000 Lehigh Ave Siena Drive 8,000,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-33

Page 60: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Bandera Parkway (cont.) Siena Drive SH 78 3,100,000 SH 78 Pastora Ranch 9,600,000 Pastora Ranch Nolan Trace 4,400,000 Nolan Trace Lake Ave 3,300,000 Lake Ave South Pueblo EX 5,600,000

Bridge over Goodnight Arroyo 2,000,000

Bandera Parkway Cost 49,900,000 Platteville Rd Extension and Improvement States Ave Railroad Crossing 4,700,000 Railroad Crossing Pueblo Blvd 3,600,000 Pueblo Blvd Dillon Drive 3,300,000 Dillon Drive Outlook Blvd 6,600,000 Outlook Blvd Elizabeth 2,800,000 Elizabeth I-25 3,800,000

Railroad Crossing 3,000,000Platteville / Dillon Interchange INTERCHANGE 50,000,000

Platteville Road Cost 77,800,000

Prairie Ave Thatcher Ave Farabaugh Lane 37,400,000 Farabaugh Lane Nolan Trace 4,500,000 Nolan Trace Lake Ave 6,400,000 Lake Ave South Pueblo EX 14,400,000 South Pueblo EX Boggs Flat Road 35,800,000 Boggs Flat Road St Charles Pkwy 13,000,000 St Charles Pkwy Burnt Mill Road 24,600,000

Bridge over Salt Creek 1,000,000

Prairie Ave Cost 137,100,000

Pueblo - Co Sprgs Freeway Hwy 47 (W Leg) El Paso Cty Ln - Meridian 299,300,000

36th Lane - East leg of Freeway Reloc Hwy 50 - E Pueblo-E CS Fwy 79,000,000Railroad Crossing 3,000,000

36th Lane Interchange INTERCHANGE 23,000,000Pinon / Pace Interchange INTERCHANGE 23,000,000

Pinon/Pace Road Interstate - 25 Railroad Tracks 1,400,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-34

Page 61: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Railroad Tracks Fountain Creek 6,500,000 Fountain Creek Jerry Murphy 7,100,000 Jerry Murphy Troy 15,200,000 Troy Pueblo-CS Fwy 14,400,000

Railroad Crossings - 2 6,000,000Bridge over Fountain Creek 3,000,000

Pueblo - Colorado Springs Freeway Cost 480,900,000

Off-System Corridor Vision Cost 874,300,000

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-35

Page 62: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.9 Transit Needs

Transit Needs are discussed and summarized in Chapter 5, the Coordinated Human Services – Public Transit Plan. Based on discussions and recommendations from the TAC and the Transit Sub-Committee as well as review by Pueblo Transit staff, the three alternatives approved for the Long Range Transit Element include:

Alternative A – No Build: Continue to serve existing riders with existing system. Replace vehicles as needed. Route productivity would likely remain the same or decline as continued inefficiencies prevent or discourage use.

Alternative B - Expand System: Expand system to new areas including Pueblo West, Airport Industrial Park and St. Charles Mesa. Would require substantial additional funding for vehicles, increased operations and infrastructure. Would require expansion of Citi-Lift program for all locations within ¾ mile of routes. Funding agreement would need to be secured from areas being served.

Alternative C - Modified System: Reconfigure fixed routes to improve service and increase route productivity. Convert existing “radial pulse” system to a series of three circulators linked to the Downtown transit center by existing routes.

Alternatives A and C are included in the Six Year Plan. Alternative B is recommended as part of the Long Range Transit Plan.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-36

Page 63: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.12 Proposed Transit Improvements

Continued Operations: Pueblo’s fixed route transit system and demand response operate from a mix of local revenue, user fees, and federal operating grants. Funds are required for operations and for fleet replacement.

$ 131.5 M*

Expanded Service to Sundays and Peak Hour : Expanding the service hours for the Transit system would improve ridership and increase the benefits of the transit system. Based on 2030 costs, adjusted to 2008 and converted into year-of-expenditure dollars.

$ 5.8 M

Expanded Service Area: Provide service to the major activity centers outside of the City of Pueblo. Funds are required for both operations and for fleet expansion. Based on 2030 costs, adjusted to 2008 and converted into year-of-expenditure dollars. Adds funding from Sections 5309, 5316, and 5317.

$ 44.1 M

*Total year-of-expenditure dollars 2008 – 2035, including local share in Sec 5307.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-37

Page 64: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

8.10 Future Bikeways and Trails Network

8.10.1 Priorities from the Trails Master Plan

The PACOG Trails Master Plan is described in Chapter 2, Existing Transportation System, and can be used to identify both existing facilities and future planned facilities. For the Trails Master Plan Map, bikeway alignments were selected based on the 2030 LRTP – Regional Trails Plan, the 2006 Bicycle Route Plan, the future roadway plan, facility spacing, and connectivity considerations. The City’s current Trails Master Plan, County Trail Plans for the St Charles Mesa and current trails plan for Pueblo West were incorporated into the plan as well.

Table 8.12 contains a summary of the Non-Motorized Facility Plan. Route designations include four types of facilities. A description of each is listed below.

Off-Street Multi-Use Trails include existing and future trail alignments from the City’s Trails Plan, as well as from roadway alignments that could warrant adjacent off-street paths. For major trails, constructed as concrete 10 feet wide, the approximate cost per mile is $500,000.

Experienced-Rider Bicycle Routes include CDOT highways that are designated as having adequate shoulders for bicycle travel (4 foot or greater), along with major roadways through the urbanized and rural areas of Pueblo County.

All-Riders On-Street Bicycle Routes include roadways that have low traffic volumes and offer bicycle access to important destinations or neighborhoods. These also include lower volume County roads that accommodate bicycles on-street.

The Plan also includes important non-motorized destinations. High priority destinations for pedestrians and bicyclists include recreational trailheads, major employers, government offices, commercial centers, and schools.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-38

Page 65: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Table 8.13 Non-Motorized Facility Plan

Existing Planned Total Multi-Use Paths (off-street) 44 miles 493 miles* 537 miles

Experienced Riders Bike Routes

288 miles 109 Miles 397 miles

All Riders On-street Bicycle Routes

199 miles 110 miles 309 miles

Total 531 miles 712 miles 1243 milesCalculated from Bike and Trails Map for Entire County

* Constructed as 10’ concrete, the 2008 dollar cost would be $246.5 million.

Figure 8.2: Bicycle Routes and Recreational Trails Map

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-39

Page 66: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 8-40

8.10.1.1 Proposed Trails Improvements Funding for Trail improvement projects using state/federal

Transportation Enhancement funds should be based on the following priorities:

Wildhorse Creek Trail: Complete the Wildhorse Trail from its existing northern terminus at 17th and Tuxedo north to Highway 50, about three miles, in conjunction with the development of the YMCA Complex. The approximate cost for constructing a 10’ wide concrete trail is $1,500,000 in 2008 dollars.

Dry Creek Trail: This ten-mile trail extends north from the Arkansas River on the east side of Pueblo. When completed, the Dry Creek Trail will form a loop with the Fountain Creek Trail around the east side neighborhood and will link the CSU Pueblo campus with the residential areas to the south. The approximate cost for constructing a 10’ wide concrete trail is $5,000,000 in 2008 dollars.

Goodnight Arroyo: The Goodnight Arroyo extends south from the Arkansas River. The 6-mile trail will provide a link between the Arkansas River and the large reservoirs to the south. The approximate cost for constructing a 10’ wide concrete trail is $3,000,000 in 2008 dollars.

Page 67: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Chapter 7: Corridor Visions

(see also Appendix 7 for Details)

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 7 - 1

Page 68: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Table of Contents

Pueblo MPO / TPR Corridors ___________________________________________________ 3 Introduction _________________________________________________________________ 3 Corridors with Investment Categories_____________________________________________ 3

I-25 – New Mexico State Line to Stem Beach __________________________________ 3 I-25 - Stem Beach to Purcell Blvd (Exit 108) * _________________________________ 3 I-25 - Purcell to Future S Powers Blvd (Exit 123) _______________________________ 3 US 050A – Canon City to McCulloch Blvd West________________________________ 4 US 050A - McCulloch Blvd West to I-25 * ____________________________________ 4 US 050B - I-25 to Kansas State Line * ________________________________________ 4 US 050C - I-25 (Ilex) to US 50B ____________________________________________ 4 SH 010 – I-25 to US 50____________________________________________________ 4 SH 045 - Pueblo Boulevard – I-25 S to US 50 to I-25 North _______________________ 4 SH 047 - I-25 to US 50B * _________________________________________________ 5 SH 078 – Beulah (incl Spur) to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd.)____________________________ 5 SH 078 - SH 165 to Beulah_________________________________________________ 5 SH 096 - SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) to SH 231 (36th Lane)____________________________ 5 SH 096 - SH 231 (36th Lane) to Crowley County Line ___________________________ 5 SH 096 - Westcliffe to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd.) ___________________________________ 6 SH 165 - SH 96 to I-25 (Colorado City) _______________________________________ 6 SH 209 - Boone Cutoff (US 50 to SH 96)______________________________________ 6 SH 227 - US 50C (Santa Fe) to SH 96 (4th Street)_______________________________ 6 SH 231 (36th Lane) _______________________________________________________ 6 SH 233 (Baxter Rd.) - US 50B to US 50C _____________________________________ 7

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 7 - 2

Page 69: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

7.1 Pueblo MPO / TPR Corridors

7.1.1 Introduction

The Pueblo area is blessed with a relatively mild climate and gentle topography that makes travel by non-motorized modes an enjoyable experience. Over the past twenty years, the City of Pueblo, Pueblo County, and other local and state agencies have continued to improve sidewalk and trail facilities to enhance non-motorized travel throughout the region. Further enhancements to the non-motorized transportation system could play an ever-increasing role in accommodating the travel needs of the Pueblo residents and visitors.

7.1.2 Corridors with Investment Categories

I-25 – New Mexico State Line to Stem Beach Rural Freeway Corridor serving principally interstate and inter-regional transportation.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SYSTEM QUALITY (3) SAFETY

I-25 - Stem Beach to Purcell Blvd (Exit 108) * Urban Freeway through Pueblo including downtown business district, shopping center, and civic attractions.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

I-25 - Purcell to Future S Powers Blvd (Exit 123) Rural/suburban freeway connecting Pueblo urban area to Colorado Springs urban area

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SYSTEM QUALITY (3) SAFETY

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 7 - 3

Page 70: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

US 050A – Canon City to McCulloch Blvd West Rural expressway connecting employment centers in Canon City and Florence to Pueblo Urban Area.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

US 050A - McCulloch Blvd West to I-25 * Urban Expressway with substantial retail and commercial development at intersections and interchanges.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

US 050B - I-25 to Kansas State Line * Urban and Rural Expressway with substantial adjacent retail, commercial, industrial, and residential development.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

US 050C - I-25 (Ilex) to US 50B Urban-Suburban Arterial serving moderate commercial and retail with low density residential and agriculture.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

SH 010 – I-25 to US 50 Rural highway cuts across county between La Junta and Walsenburg.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) SYSTEM QUALITY (2) SAFETY (3) MOBILITY

SH 045 - Pueblo Boulevard – I-25 S to US 50 to I-25 North Expressway and major arterial loop connecting US 50 to I-25 on west side of Pueblo. Residential, Retail, and Commercial development. Future connection North of US 50 back to I-25

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 7 - 4

Page 71: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

at Purcell blvd (Exit 108).

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

SH 047 - I-25 to US 50B * Urban Expressway providing a continuous route for east and westbound traffic on US 50 and some local access.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

SH 078 – Beulah (incl Spur) to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd.) Rural highway serving adjacent low density residential, transitioning to urban arterial with adjacent moderate density residential, commercial, and retail land uses.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) SYSTEM QUALITY (2) MOBILITY (3) SAFETY

SH 078 - SH 165 to Beulah Unpaved mountain pass through undeveloped portions of the San Isabel National Forest.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) SAFETY (2) SYSTEM QUALITY (3) MOBILITY

SH 096 - SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) to SH 231 (36th Lane) Urban Arterial with substantial adjacent retail, commercial, industrial, and residential development. INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

SH 096 - SH 231 (36th Lane) to Crowley County Line Rural highway serving adjacent low density residential, transitioning from urban arterial with adjacent moderate

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 7 - 5

Page 72: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

density residential, commercial, and retail land uses.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) SAFETY (2) SYSTEM QUALITY (3) MOBILITY

SH 096 - Westcliffe to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd.) Rural highway serving adjacent low density residential, transitioning to urban arterial with adjacent moderate density residential, commercial, and retail land uses.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) SYSTEM QUALITY (2) MOBILITY (3) SAFETY

SH 165 - SH 96 to I-25 (Colorado City) Rural highway serving adjacent low density residential, transitioning from recreational and tourist functions in the San Isabel National Forest.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) SYSTEM QUALITY (2) SAFETY (3) MOBILITY

SH 209 - Boone Cutoff (US 50 to SH 96) Connector from US 50 to Boone. Rural highway with adjacent low-density residential and agriculture.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) SYSTEM QUALITY (2) SAFETY (3) MOBILITY

SH 227 - US 50C (Santa Fe) to SH 96 (4th Street) Urban arterial connecting St. Charles Mesa, Salt Creek, and Northern Avenue areas to east side areas of Pueblo with Arkansas River crossing.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

SH 231 (36th Lane) Rural connector between US 50B and US 50C with an Arkansas River crossing and some low density residential.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2)

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 7 - 6

Page 73: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 7 - 7

SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

SH 233 (Baxter Rd.) - US 50B to US 50C Semi-urban connector between US 50B and US 50C with an Arkansas River crossing and adjacent residential.

INVESTMENT CATEGORIES: (1) MOBILITY (2) SAFETY (3) SYSTEM QUALITY

*Corridors should be considered for inclusion in major statewide improvements efforts such as the current “7

th Pot” projects, although not currently included in the Strategic

Corridors identification.

Page 74: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

CHAPTER 6: MOBILITY DEMAND & ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Page 75: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 2

Intentionally blank page

Page 76: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 3

Table of Contents

6.0 Mobility Demand Analysis____________________________________________________ 5

6.1 Forecasting Methodologies ___________________________________________________ 5

6.2 Problem Identification _______________________________________________________ 7

6.2.1 Roadway Capacity _______________________________________________________ 8

6.3 Existing Traffic Volumes____________________________________________________ 10 State Highway System _____________________________________________________ 10

6.4 Current Volume & Classification Issues _______________________________________ 12 4th Street (SH 96) _________________________________________________________ 12 Pueblo Blvd (SH 45)_______________________________________________________ 12 Highway 50 West _________________________________________________________ 12 Combined Graphic ________________________________________________________ 12

6.5 Forecast of Future Traffic Volume____________________________________________ 13 US Hwy 50 West _________________________________________________________ 14 4th Street (SH 96) _________________________________________________________ 14 Pueblo Blvd (SH45) _______________________________________________________ 14 Interstate 25______________________________________________________________ 15

6.6 Future Volume & Classification Issues ________________________________________ 15 Interstate 25______________________________________________________________ 16 Highway 50 Bypass _______________________________________________________ 16 4th Street (SH 96) _________________________________________________________ 16 Pueblo Blvd (SH45) _______________________________________________________ 16 Highway 50 West _________________________________________________________ 17 Santa Fe Drive____________________________________________________________ 17

6.7 Existing and Forecast Congestion ____________________________________________ 18 Existing Congestion _______________________________________________________ 18 Future Congestion_________________________________________________________ 19

6.8 Addressing Congestion _____________________________________________________ 22

6.9 Alternatives Analysis _______________________________________________________ 23

6.9.1 Corridor Approach______________________________________________________ 24 Regional Corridors & Inter-Regional Connectors ________________________________ 24 Interstate 25 Corridor ______________________________________________________ 25 US Highway 50 / SH47 Corridor _____________________________________________ 25 SH96 Corridor____________________________________________________________ 25 SH78 Corridor____________________________________________________________ 25 Community Connectors ____________________________________________________ 25

Page 77: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 4

6.10 Roadway Alternatives______________________________________________________ 26

6.10.1 Urban Alternatives for I-25______________________________________________ 27

6.10.2 Rural Alternatives for I-25 _____________________________________________ 28

6.10.3 US Highway 50 West Alternatives _______________________________________ 29

6.10.4 US Highway 50 East Alternatives________________________________________ 30

6.10.5 State Highway 45 _____________________________________________________ 30

6.10.6 SH96 Alternatives ____________________________________________________ 30

6.10.7 SH47 Alternatives & Potential Connections _______________________________ 31

6.11 Demand for Transit Service and Non-motorized Facilities ________________________ 32

6.11.1 Transit Alternatives___________________________________________________ 34

6.20 Prioritization Process______________________________________________________ 35

List of Tables

Table 6-1 – Growth by Quadrant 2030 LRTP to 2035 LRTP_______________________________ 7 Table 6-2: Roadway Capacities and Associated “Evaluation Thresholds” ___________________ 9 Table 5-3: Future Priorities—Regionally Significant Corridors __________________________ 35

List of Figures

Figure 6-1: Areas with Significant Change in Population, 2005-2035_______________________ 7 Figure 6-2: 2006 CDOT State Highway Traffic Volumes (AADT) _________________________ 11 Figure 6-3: 2006 Volumes to Future Roadway Classification ____________________________ 13 Figure 6-4: CDOT 2035 State Highway Traffic Volumes (AADT) _________________________ 14 Figure 6-5: 2035 Volumes to Future Classification ____________________________________ 15 Figure 6-6: Current Congestion ___________________________________________________ 19 Figure 6-7: 2035 Forecasted Congestion (On Existing System)___________________________ 22 Figure 6-8: General Area of US Highway 50 West Study Area ___________________________ 24 Figure 6-9: Pueblo Transportation Corridors and Connectors ___________________________ 26 Figure 6-10: I-25 Daily Traffic, 1992 - 2030 _________________________________________ 29 Figure 6-11: Pueblo Transit Service Area and Areas of High Growth Forecasts _____________ 34

Page 78: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 5

6.0 Mobility Demand Analysis Mobility demand analysis is a way to identify future needs for

transportation facilities and/or services. By identifying locations where future demand for transportation services is expected to approach or exceed the capacity of the existing transportation networks, transportation plans can prioritize future improvements to that area. Future demand analysis for the 2035 LRTP is especially uncertain at the time of this writing because of several large land development proposals that have emerged during the past year. If these proposed developments actually materialize, they would result in population and employment estimates that are far beyond those forecasted for Pueblo County by the State Demographers Office (required for use in this Plan).

As a result of the uncertainty, this analysis will concentrate on only the State Highway system and utilize data from the Colorado Department of Transportation. This methodology, continued from the 2030 LRTP, shows off-system transportation demand growth consistent with the on-system growth.

6.1 Forecasting Methodologies Demand for transportation is forecasted in one of two ways. The first

is to examine past growth in traffic volumes along individual corridors and apply similar “growth factors” to traffic along the corridor. This “growth factor” methodology has been used by CDOT to calculate future traffic volumes along the state highways.

The second methodology is to estimate the additional travel demand based on amount and location of future growth in residential population and employment for each area within the region. This “travel demand forecasting” methodology can estimate traffic on more complex networks such as local roadway networks.

PACOG is continuing to develop a Travel Demand Forecasting Model that can be used to identify the impacts of land use and roadway improvements on regional traffic flow. This preliminary model has been released to consultants who may modify and tailor it to analyze impacts from large developments, particularly in the northeast quadrant of the MPO/TPR area.

Page 79: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 6

Until the final model is validated and calibrated based on additional critical information, interim estimates of future travel demand are used to identify future traffic on the Pueblo area roadway network.

In the 2030 LRTP, a comparison of the CDOT estimates of future travel demand with those modeled in the I-25 Corridor study revealed similar results. This plan continues to use the CDOT traffic counts and forecasts provided by CDOT for consistency across the 15 Regional Transportation Plans in CDOT’s Statewide Transportation Plan. The primary concern of this section is to analyze the Regionally Significant Corridors of the state highway system and the system’s ability to accommodate current and forecast future traffic volumes.

As shown in the Socio-economic Profile and Trends chapter, the State Demographers Office population forecast for Pueblo county is expected to reach over 250,000 people by 2035. Figure 6-1 shows the future growth projections between the 2030 LRTP and the 2035 LRTP. Overall the total forecast is approximately 10% higher for the 2035 Plan.

The population forecasts in the Socio-economic Profile and Trends chapter show lower growth rates in the southeast, southwest, and northwest quadrants. These trends imply that increased growth rates can be expected for the northeast quadrant of Pueblo County. As discussed elsewhere in this plan, recent changes to the Pueblo Comprehensive Plan and the potential for several large developments in the quadrant increase the attraction of growth to this area.

The type and location of this growth in population and the associated employment is expected to generate the need for additional transportation facilities and services. The existing forecast of 2035 State Highway traffic volumes could not anticipate the possible impacts to the roadway system that would be created by potential large developments. Historically there has been little development in the northeast quadrant of Pueblo County, thus the State Highway system has limited connectivity to this area. As a result, the large uncertainties reflected in this Plan may be clarified as additional data becomes available in the future.

Page 80: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 7

Table 6-1 – Growth by Quadrant 2030 LRTP to 2035 LRTP Quadrant 2030 LRTP 2035 LRTP Change % Change

Northwest 78,009 78,218 209 0.27%

Northeast 49,360 71,621 22,261 45.10%

Southeast 22,665 19,885 -2,780 -12.26%

Southwest 76,278 80,753 4,475 5.87%

Total 226,311 250,477 24,166 10.68%

Figure 6-1: Areas with Significant Change in Population, 2005-2035

6.2 Problem Identification Roadway capacity is of critical importance when looking at the

growth of a community. As traffic volumes continue to increase, roadway congestion also increases, and vehicle flow deteriorates. When traffic volumes approach and exceed the available capacity, the

Page 81: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 8

road begins to fail. For this reason it is important to look at the size and configuration of the current roadways and determine if these roads need to be expanded to accommodate the existing or future traffic needs. The capacity of a road is a function of a number of factors including the number of lanes, interchange functionality, adjacent land use, access and intersection spacing, road alignment and grade, operating speeds, turning movements, vehicle fleet mix, adequate shoulders, street network management, and effective maintenance and operations. In practice, the number of lanes is the primary factor in evaluating road capacity since any lane configuration has an upper volume limit regardless of how carefully it has been designed. For the purpose of examining the major roadway system in the Pueblo area, the CDOT 2035 Planning Dataset information is used for the analysis of current congestion, comparison of future roadway classifications, and future traffic volumes on the system roadways.

6.2.1 Roadway Capacity Table 6-2 shows the assumed capacity for four types of roadways and

an “evaluation threshold” representing the point at which congestion begins to occur and auxiliary lanes or additional widening may be needed to maintain good operations. This information was included in the 2030 LRTP, and this plan therefore utilizes these same values. The reiterate what each of these classifications means to the average driver, these descriptions are included.

Freeways: Freeways are high-capacity roadways that accommodate high speed, long-distance travel through the metro area. Access is strictly controlled, and limited to Major Arterials connected by grade-separated interchanges at a minimum spacing set by the Colorado Department of Transportation and by the Federal Highway Administration.

Expressways: Expressways accommodate high speed, long distance travel to and through the surrounding area. Access to adjacent land uses is limited. Full movement intersections are at-grade and signalized or grade-separated interchanges.

Principal Arterials: Principal Arterials provide a high level of mobility and favor mobility over access to adjacent land uses. They provide access between lower classification streets (minor arterials and collectors) and higher classification streets (expressways and freeways).

Minor Arterials: Minor arterial streets balance mobility of through traffic with access to adjacent land uses. Travel speeds and capacity are lower than for Principal Arterials. Separate

Page 82: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 9

turn lanes, especially continuous left turn lanes, may be used to permit access to land uses on both sides of the street.

Collectors: Collectors collect traffic from nearby local streets. Neighborhood collectors remain in the neighborhood and are residential in character. Mixed-use collectors form the edge of neighborhoods and have a wider ROW to allow for future turn lanes or additional width in the future. Residential homes are typically not allowed to face mixed-use collectors. Business collectors serve commercial development and may be in industrial areas, mixed use neighborhoods, or regional commercial shopping areas. Access is provided to many businesses, and speeds are lower than on arterial roadways.

As a matter of practice, evaluation of existing and future demand for transportation is based on the ratio of existing traffic volumes with the capacity of the roadway segment. As traffic volumes along a roadway segment approach the capacity of the roadway, unacceptable levels of congestion can occur. For the purposes of this plan, the CDOT standard of a volume-to-capacity ratio of .85 or higher is considered “congested”. Roadway links with v/c ratios over .65 are considered to have “some congestion” and users may experience some delay.

Table 6-2: Roadway Capacities and Associated “Evaluation Thresholds”

Street Type

Roadway Capacity

Evaluation Threshold*

Freeway – 4 lane 66,000 vpd 56,000 vpd

Expressway – 5 lane 42,000 vpd 36,000 vpd

Principal Arterial Roadway – 5 lane 35,000 vpd 30,000 vpd

Principal Arterial Roadway – 4 lane 30,000 vpd 26,000 vpd

Minor Arterial Roadway – 2 or 3 lane 15,000 vpd 12,000 vpd

Collector Roadway 12,000 vpd 10,000 vpd Volume-to-Capacity Ratio is 85%

Source: PACOG 2030 LRTP - SEH

Page 83: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 10

6.3 Existing Traffic Volumes Two important factors to consider along with higher volumes are

peak hour demand and access control. The volumes shown in TABLE 6-2 are 24-hour averages; however, traffic is not evenly distributed during the day. The major street network has significant peak demands usually during the morning and evening “rush” hours when many people travel to and from work or school. These limited times create the greatest stress on the transportation system when short-term capacity is exceeded and users experience congestion. To reduce or spread the AM and PM peak volumes, urban areas may use Travel Demand Management (TDM) measures, public transit enhancements, or improved pedestrian and bicycle programs. Such smoothing or spreading of the peaks extends the adequate service life of a given roadway configuration. Because of the severe financial constraints discussed in Chapter 9, this Plan strongly encourages the continuation and expansion of these approaches as a lower-cost means of meeting a portion of expected transportation demand.

State Highway System State Highways define the Regionally Significant roadway system in the Pueblo area and handles a significant amount of the total traffic volume each day. There are many factors that cause traffic to utilize the State Highway system instead of local roadways. One of the most significant is the number of physical barriers such as rivers, creeks, and railroads that exist in the Pueblo area. These barriers often prevent local connectivity because of the significant costs associated with providing crossings. As a result, most of the routes that cross these barriers are on the State Highway system, or were part of the system in the past. There are few local roads that cross these major features, resulting in a funneling of traffic to the highway system crossings. Because of this funnel effect, the long-term result is that many of these roadway segments will continue to become more congested within the 28-year time horizon of this plan.

The color-coded table shown below depicts the future roadway classifications and the roadway capacities listed as evaluation threshold volumes in Table 6-2. To the maximum extent possible, this same color scheme has been used consistently in this Plan.

Page 84: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 11

Color Traffic Volumes Up to Interstate – 4 lane > 56,000 vpd * Freeway – 4 lane 36,000 * Expressway – 5 lane 30,000 Principal Arterial 26,000 Minor Arterial 10,000

* These classifications utilize grade separated interchanges with other

roadways

The purple color range is associated with the Interstate and the daily traffic capacity associated with Interstate functional classifications. The yellow color range represents capacities associated with Freeways. The red color range represents those volumes associated with Expressways. The blue color range represents those volumes associated with Principal Arterials. And finally, the green color range represents those volumes associated with Minor Arterials.

The following graphic Figure 6-2 shows the traffic volumes on the State Highway system in the Pueblo area utilizing the coding scheme described above.

Figure 6-2: 2006 CDOT State Highway Traffic Volumes (AADT)

Page 85: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 12

6.4 Current Volume & Classification Issues The following is a review of current volumes that are above the

Evaluation Threshold values from table 6-2 for the future classification of the roadway. This means the volume on the road today is potentially approaching the capacity, current and planned, of the roadway, resulting in significant or persistent congestion. These sections are those where improvements could provide additional capacity. If enough additional capacity cannot be provided on the existing facility, these corridors may require options to divert traffic and construct alternate routes. At present, there are significant financial and policy barriers to the use of state highway funds for the development of off-system routes to relieve congestion on the State Highway system.

4th Street (SH 96) 4th Street between Abriendo and Elizabeth is now carrying a volume above the evaluation threshold value for a Principal Arterial. Replacement of the 4th Street Bridge (2008-2011) will provide some additional capacity, but the section between Midtown Circle and Elizabeth will continue to experience congestion.

Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) Traffic volume on Pueblo Blvd between Thatcher (SH 96) and Lehigh Ave is currently above the evaluation threshold value for a Principal Arterial.

Highway 50 West Hwy 50 West from I-25 and Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) currently has a traffic volume above the evaluation threshold for an Expressway.

Combined Graphic The following graphic overlays the 2035 Functional Classification with current traffic volumes for comparison and analysis. This analysis necessarily assumes that the current roadways can be improved from their current status to that of the future classification. The following graphic shows that there are several sections of existing roadways currently carrying traffic volumes that would require additional improvements to increase their capacity to reflect the standards associated with their future classification..

Page 86: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 13

Figure 6-3: 2006 Volumes to Future Roadway Classification

6.5 Forecast of Future Traffic Volume The following is a review of future traffic volume on the State

Highway system (as calculated by CDOT) that are above the evaluation threshold values from Table 6-2 for the future roadway classification. The projected volume on the road will exceed the proposed capacity of the roadway, resulting in significant and persistent congestion. The volumes may exceed the Future Capacity of the roadway even with improvements consistent with that classification.

If more additions to capacity cannot be provided through adding lanes or grade separations, these routes will need specific corridor studies to determine if options may be available for traffic diversion and/or the creation of alternate routes. The data in Table 6-2 does not cover all possible cross-sections or the development of alternate routes for the different classifications because of the considerable uncertainty about potential future development patterns.

Page 87: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 14

Figure 6-4: CDOT 2035 State Highway Traffic Volumes (AADT)

US Hwy 50 West The traffic volume projected for the US Highway 50 corridor is comparable to, or greater than the highest area traffic volume on Interstate 25 in 2006. Such volumes exceed the capacity of the future roadway classification of that facility.

4th Street (SH 96) Parts of the 4th Street corridor are projected to experience traffic volumes associated with Freeways and Expressways although it is classified only as a Principal Arterial. This is particularly the case for the section from Prairie Ave to Elizabeth Street.

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) Pueblo Blvd between I-25 and Prairie Ave is projected to have a significant increase in traffic volume as adjacent commercial areas continue to develop. By 2035, the projected volumes exceed the Principal Arterial classification and move well into the Expressway range. Between Thatcher to Lehigh Ave, the volume forecast for 2035 is the same as the 2006 volume on Interstate 25 near US 50/47.

Page 88: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 15

Interstate 25 I-25 continues to experience growth in current traffic volumes and that growth is projected to continue unabated in the future. While capacity improvements are proposed in the New Pueblo Freeway Project no funding source has been identified for the $846 million estimated cost. Elsewhere, interchange reconstruction/addition would be financed privately or locally through the CDOT 1601 process.

Figure 6-5: 2035 Volumes to Future Classification

6.6 Future Volume & Classification Issues In this analysis, the future roadway classifications and their related

capacity are compared to the future traffic volume projections on the State Highway system. This comparison identifies future capacity deficiencies indicating either the need to change the future roadway classification (or design standard) or the need for alternative solutions in the same corridor. Changes in classification may or may not be possible given the physical and human environment of the roadway.

Development and funding of alternative routes or solutions may be problematical because of existing Transportation Commission

Page 89: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 16

policies. Specifically, the “no new centerline miles on-system” policy and the policy denying the use of Federal and State funds on “off-system” improvements combine to create severe impediments for any significant alternatives to widening existing highways. Within the Pueblo area, development of only the existing system to accommodate future traffic volumes may be difficult or impossible. Individual corridor studies will be needed to address higher future congestion levels.

Note: All volumes and the following evaluation do not include the impact of proposed developments within the Northeast Quadrant of the Pueblo Area. Since these developments are regional in size, the evaluation of the entire State Highway system in Pueblo County will need to be completed once details of these developments are released.

Interstate 25 Outside the New Pueblo Freeway limits from 29th Street to Pueblo Blvd, the projected volumes for I-25 in rural Pueblo County do not exceed the capacity of the roadway. I-25 through Pueblo, where severe congestion is forecast, is addressed in the EIS for the New Pueblo Freeway Project. Three options are under analysis – do nothing, rebuild to current standards in the existing alignment, or construct a modified alignment through central Pueblo. Details of the projections used to develop these options are available via the project website – www.i25pueblo.com.

Highway 50 Bypass Between I-25 and Bonforte/Hudson projected volumes exceed the capacity of the future roadway classification. This area is included in the New Pueblo Freeway Project.

4th Street (SH 96) The 4th Street corridor has projected traffic volumes associated with Freeways and Expressways, particularly the section from Prairie Ave to Elizabeth Street. In the short term, the ongoing replacement of the 4th Street Bridge will lessen congestion in this section. The bridge has been designed for a maximum future cross section of 6 lanes; however significant acquisition of rights-of-way and removal of houses and businesses would be required to widen 4th Street along the remainder of its length.

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) Pueblo Blvd between I-25 and Prairie Ave is expected to have a significant increase in traffic volumes beyond the proposed classification of a Principal Arterial. Access limitations or roadway expansion will be required to accommodate the future volume.

Page 90: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 17

Between Lehigh Ave and Thatcher projected volumes are similar to existing volume on Interstate 25 north of the Highway 50 Bypass interchange. This section has limited access from the east side of the roadway, but some access exists for establishments located along the west side. Improvements will be required to increase future capacity of the roadway for projected increases in traffic volumes. North of Thatcher (SH 96) projected volumes exceed the standards for the proposed classification of Expressway.

Highway 50 West Hwy 50 West between Purcell in Pueblo West and I-25 and east of I-25 to Jerry Murphy is projected to carry more traffic than the roadway capacity of a freeway classification. The projected daily traffic volume of 78,000 between Purcell and Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) exceeds the highest existing volume on I-25 in Pueblo.

Santa Fe Drive Santa Fe Drive (US 50C) just east of Northern Ave and SH 227, the future traffic volumes are expected to exceed the capacity of the roadway.

Page 91: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 18

6.7 Existing and Forecast Congestion Comparing existing and projected traffic volumes with the existing

capacity of roadway identifies present and future levels of traffic congestion.

Existing Congestion Figure 6-6 shows the existing congestion for the Pueblo Urban Area based on the criteria discussed earlier in this Chapter.

The sections of the State Highway system with some congestion are:

Hwy 50 West between McCulloch and Purcell Blvd.

Hwy 50 West between Club Manor Drive and Jerry Murphy Blvd.

Highway 50 Bypass between I-25 and Bonforte/Hudson

I-25 between 13th Street and Indiana Street

Santa Fe Drive between Northern Ave and 21st Lane on the St. Charles Mesa

4th Street (SH96) between Midtown Circle and Elizabeth Street

The sections of the State Highway system that are congested are:

I-25 Between Highway 50 Bypass and 13th Street

4th Street (SH96) between Abriendo and Midtown Circle

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) between Lehigh Ave. and St. Clair Ave.

The sections of the State Highway system that have severe congestion are:

US Highway 50 west between Purcell Blvd and Pueblo Blvd. -this section is currently at 106% of capacity.

US Highway 50 west between Pueblo Blvd. and Baltimore Street - this section is currently at 105% of capacity.

US Highway 50 west between Baltimore Street and Club Manor Drive - this section is currently at 107% of capacity.

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) between St. Clair Ave. and Thatcher Ave. - this section is currently at 103% of capacity.

Page 92: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 19

Figure 6-6: Current Congestion

Future Congestion Figure 6-7 shows forecasted congestion in 2035 if no transportation improvements are made to the system. The most congested sections of US50 and Pueblo Blvd are projected to have volumes in excess of 180% of capacity. Of particular concern is expected congestion where the two intersect. I-25 between 1st Street and the 29th Street Interchange is likely to have volumes that will not only increase congestion, but also are likely to impact the safety of the corridor.

Increased traffic along SH96 increases congestion through downtown and east of the Interstate as motorists try to avoid congestion on I-25.

As growth occurs surrounding the existing City of Pueblo, congestion will increase on sections of the entire State Highway system, but also on nearly all Principal Arterials and many of the Minor Arterials in the older neighborhoods. The few major off-system roadways in Pueblo West and the St. Charles Mesa are also expected to have

Page 93: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 20

significant congestion as spillover from the congested highways.

The sections of the State Highway system forecast to have some congestion in 2035 are:

Hwy 50 West between West McCulloch and McCulloch Blvd.

Hwy 50 East between SH 47 and Paul Harvey (AIP)

Pueblo Blvd between South Prairie Ave. and I-25

Hwy 47 West between Troy Ave and east 13th street

Highway 50 Bypass between I-25 and Bonforte/Hudson

State Highway 78 between La Vista and Pueblo Blvd.

I-25 north of Eagleridge Blvd.

I-25 between 29th Street and Hwy 50 Bypass

I-25 between Indiana Street and Pueblo Blvd.

Santa Fe Drive between Santa Fe Ave and Northern Ave.

Thatcher/Lincoln (SH 96) between Prairie Ave. and Abriendo

4th Street (SH96) between Elizabeth Street and Hudson street

The sections of the State Highway system that are forecast to be congested in 2035 are:

I-25 between Eagleridge Blvd and 29th Street

I-25 between Highway 50 bypass and Indiana Street

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) between US Highway 50 West and West 11th Street

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) between Lehigh and state Highway 78/Northern Ave.

Highway 50 Bypass between I-25 and Bonforte/Hudson

Santa Fe Drive between Northern Ave and State Highway 227/Roselawn

Santa Fe Drive between Aspen Lane and 21st Lane

The sections of the State Highway system that are forecast to have severe congestion in 2035 are:

Page 94: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 21

US Highway 50 West between McCulloch and Purcell Blvd -this section is calculated at 116% of capacity.

US Highway 50 West between Purcell Blvd and Pueblo Blvd. -this section is calculated at 198% of capacity.

US Highway 50 West between Pueblo Blvd. and Baltimore Street - this section is calculated at 177% of capacity.

US Highway 50 West between Baltimore Street and Club Manor Drive - this section is calculated at 189% of capacity.

US Highway 50 West between Club Manor Drive and I-25 - this section is calculated at 135% of capacity.

State Highway 47 between I-25 and Jerry Murphy - this section is calculated at 126% of capacity.

Interstate 25 between Highway 50 Bypass and 13th Street - this section is calculated at 138% of capacity.

Interstate 25 between 13th Street and 1st street- this section is calculated at 103% of capacity.

Interstate 25 between Ilex Street and Abriendo - this section is calculated at 125% of capacity.

4th Street (SH96) between Abriendo and Midtown Circle - this section is calculated at 112% of capacity.

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) between West 11th Street and Thatcher Ave. - this section is calculated at 105% of capacity.

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) between St. Clair Ave. and Thatcher Ave. - this section is calculated at 182% of capacity.

Pueblo Blvd (SH45) between St. Clair Ave. and Lehigh - this section is calculated at 165% of capacity.

Santa Fe Drive between state Highway 227 and Aspen Lane - this section is calculated at 114% of capacity.

Notes: Neighborhoods where there is a grid network are not expected to suffer the same levels of congestion as are those with single or very few points of connectivity to the major roadways. Volumes and evaluations do not include the impact of the proposed large-scale developments within the Northeast Quadrant of Pueblo County. the evaluation of the entire State Highway system in Pueblo County will need to be completed once details of these development become available.

Page 95: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 22

Figure 6-7: 2035 Forecasted Congestion (On Existing System)

6.8 Addressing Congestion Reducing or minimizing future congestion is one of the most

significant factors to consider in planning the transportation system. Based on the review of current and future forecasts of congestion, one feature is significant. Areas with limited connectivity have greater levels of congestion than do areas with multiple access points. This will be a significant factor in planning for the future development of the northeast quadrant. Not only is planning needed, but also the implementation/construction of these routes will be critical

Traditionally, additional increases in the capacity of existing facilities, or the development of alternate or parallel facilities could address or reduce areas of congestion. Local agencies can also implement measures to reduce the demand for transportation services. These “TDM” strategies include developing incentives for using alternate modes of travel such as carpooling, public transportation, traveling off-peak, or telecommuting.

Page 96: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 23

The next section of the transportation plan presents some alternatives for addressing congestion in the Pueblo Region.

6.9 Alternatives Analysis Addressing existing and future congestion in the Pueblo Area will

require a careful assessment of facility needs with available revenue (see Chapter 9). Current plans for improvements to address roadway safety and capacity include the reconstruction of I-25 from Pueblo Boulevard to 29th Street, currently under an EIS review and the tiered EIS study of US50 from Pueblo east to the Kansas state line. A current project to improve SH96 is the reconstruction of the 4th Street Bridge across the Arkansas River.

No improvements are currently planned for US50 West of Pueblo, although the corridor is already experiencing significant congestion. A study of the US Highway 50 West corridor is scheduled to begin in 2008. The broadest definition of this corridor has boundaries encompassing Baltimore on the east, Platteville Blvd on the north, Pueblo West Metropolitan District boundary on the west, and the Lake Pueblo State Park boundary on the south (see figure 6-7).

Development of the Long Range Transportation Plan included an examination of alternatives along each of the major corridors through Pueblo for addressing the mobility, safety and system quality concerns. Alternatives for the delivery of transit services were also developed and evaluated. This section provides the results of that analysis.

Page 97: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 24

Figure 6-8: General Area of US Highway 50 West Study Area

6.9.1 Corridor Approach In the development of the 2030 LRTP, the Colorado Department of

Transportation began evaluating statewide transportation needs through the development of Corridor Visions. This corridor-based approach allows for flexibility in addressing regional transportation needs and a “broad-brushed” examination of statewide transportation needs. At the MPO/TPR level, this corridor approach must be tempered with a regional, landscape-scale analysis of environmental concerns, as outlined and examined above in Chapter 3.

Regional Corridors & Inter-Regional Connectors As discussed more detail in Chapter 7, the Pueblo MPO/TPR, in addition to many regionally significant corridors, contains four significant statewide transportation corridors, each of which contain a wide variety of modes and facilities to move goods and people to destinations within and through the SE Colorado region. Figure 6-9 shows these major corridors. They include:

Page 98: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 25

Interstate 25 Corridor Primary North-South Corridor through the Pueblo region. Includes Interstate-25, 48 miles of interstate highway running through Pueblo County; SH227 paralleling the Interstate; and the Fountain Creek Trail and associated planned trail networks south of the Arkansas River. The corridor also includes SH45 (Pueblo Boulevard) that is planned to form a parallel route west of I-25, north of US50 West.

US Highway 50 / SH47 Corridor Primary East-West Corridor through the Pueblo region. Includes US50A, SH47, US50B, US50C, and SH96, in addition to parallel local facilities. Major trail network includes the Arkansas River Trail that encompasses sections of both the American Discovery Trail and the Colorado Front Range Trail.

The US Highway 50 Corridor connects the region’s major residential areas (Pueblo and Pueblo West) with three of the region’s major employment centers (the Pueblo Mall, Colorado State University, and Airport Industrial Park).

SH96 Corridor East-West Corridor that passes through Downtown Pueblo. Includes rural highway, urban arterial sections, downtown commercial land use, and suburban commercial roadways. Corridor includes the 4th Street Bridge, a critical crossing over the Arkansas River; and one of only four roadway crossings of the Fountain Creek.

SH78 Corridor Main Corridor connecting Beulah with the City of Pueblo. Corridor includes State Highway 78 that turns from a rural highway to a major commercial arterial. Construction of intersections along the rural to urban interface is guided by the SH78 Access Management Plan.

Community Connectors As described earlier, many of the State Highways not only serve as regional corridors, but they also perform a critical role as the main connectors between portions of the Pueblo area. They are the primary routes that cross the physical barriers that divide portions of the Pueblo Area. They cross the five main railroad lines that are found within the Pueblo area and the three primary water features that join in Pueblo: Fountain Creek; Arkansas River above Fountain Creek; and Arkansas River below the confluence with Fountain Creek.

Page 99: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 26

Figure 6-9: Pueblo Transportation Corridors and Connectors

6.10 Roadway Alternatives At the development of the PACOG 2035 LRTP, funding for projects

to improve mobility (reducing congestion), improve safety, and improve system quality within the PACOG MPO/TPR is quite uncertain and problematical. This will be discussed further in Chapter 9 (Fiscally Constrained Plan).

Addressing congestion issues and roadway safety concerns along I-25 will eventually require a major reconstruction of I-25. Part of this project also needs to address the connection between south and western portions of the Pueblo urban area north to El Paso County and Fort Carson. An extension of SH45 north of US50 to a new connection with I-25 has been proposed as an extension of the 1999 Pueblo Blvd Extension study that determined a preferred centerline alignment of a future extension of State Highway 45. At present this has not been added to the Highway System, so public funding for the development of the extension of State Highway 45 is uncertain.

Page 100: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 27

From the review of the current and future congestion, the US Highway 50 corridor will need significant improvements to accommodate the forecast traffic volumes. Based on the future classification of this roadway, it still does not appear that capacity improvements alone could accommodate the future traffic volumes without further upgrades. The shift of some development to the northeast quadrant does not impact the forecast growth of population and traffic within western Pueblo, Pueblo West and along the US Highway 50 West corridor.

The cost and complexity of these projects, however, suggest a need for interim solutions that could forestall the need for these projects by improving connectivity between population and employment centers along parallel facilities. The goal of providing these lower-cost alternatives would be to remove local traffic off of the state highways and onto more direct routes to major destinations.

6.10.1 Urban Alternatives for I-25 The purpose of the New Pueblo Freeway project is to improve safety

for north-south travel and to improve local and regional mobility within and through the City of Pueblo to meet existing and future travel demands.

Much of I-25 through Pueblo was actually built between 1949 and 1959 as US 85/87 before the creation of the Interstate Highway System in 1956. As a result of its age and outdated design standards, this segment of I-25 contains structural and operational deficiencies. Today, these deficiencies are evident through high accident rates, areas of reduced speed, traffic congestion, and poor traffic operations.

Two “build” alternatives were developed through an extensive community-wide public process that exemplifies Context Sensitive Design. The Alternatives were developed from the Community Vision for the project, input from numerous stakeholders, and thorough qualitative and quantitative evaluation of how well it meets the Vision, goals and criteria for the New Pueblo Freeway.

The two alternatives—the Existing Alignment Alternative and the Modified Alignment Alternative—differ only in the middle one-third of the corridor, where the Modified Alignment shifts the interstate east to enable improvements to the local street network - especially along a relocated Santa Fe Drive.

For I-25, alternatives to a reconstruction of the entire facility would be a series of phased improvements to select sections of the interstate

Page 101: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 28

as well as connectivity improvements to parallel facilities. By addressing select areas of the interstate where an influx of local traffic onto the system is creating “spikes” in traffic volumes, these phased improvements could extend the functional lifespan of I-25 through Pueblo.

Alternative phases in the I-25 Corridor could include:

Reconstruct the US50B / 29th Street Interchange along I-25;

Reconstruct the Ilex interchange section to remove significant safety concerns:

Improve connectivity between SH47 and US50C by completing the Dillon Drive Extension south to US50B;

Rebuild the Abriendo Interchange to create a direct connection between the St. Charles Mesa and the Mesa Junction area of the City of Pueblo:

Realign part of SH227 west to connect to Erie Avenue and extend Erie Avenue to a new intersection with US50B to provide direct access to the Dillon Drive extension.

EIS Schedule

The Draft EIS is scheduled to be published for public review in Fall 2008.

6.10.2 Rural Alternatives for I-25 With the potential for significant development of the northeast

quadrant, portions of I-25 north of Eagleridge may experience the need for significant improvements at interchanges. This includes the potential for a new split diamond interchange at Dillon-Eden-Platteville (mile marker 104), a new interchange at Porter Draw (mm 106), and the rebuilding to current standards of 4 existing interchanges – Purcell (mm108), Pinon (mm 110), Steel Hollow (mm114) and County Line (mm116) to provide access to and from the Interstate in the northeast quadrant. At some point in the future, expanding I-25 from Pueblo to Colorado Springs may need to be considered, or the development of parallel high-capcacity regional and inter-regional connections.

Page 102: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 29

Figure 6-10: I-25 Daily Traffic, 1992 - 2030

6.10.3 US Highway 50 West Alternatives US50 is the only existing route between I-25 and the major business

and population centers west of the Interstate. Increased traffic along this corridor may require additional capacity plus the extension of SH45 north to I-25. While these could improve traffic flow in the Northwest quadrant and two major corridors, there is also a substantial demand for travel between Pueblo West and Downtown Pueblo, especially for work trips.

The cost and complexity of these projects, however, suggest a need for interim solutions that could forestall the need for these projects by improving connectivity between population and employment centers along parallel facilities.

The City of Pueblo Honor Farm Master Plan provides for an arterial parkway connection between Joe Martinez Blvd in Pueblo West and Pueblo Blvd at 24th Street. This parallel to US Highway 50 West would reduce US 50 traffic by providing a second connection between the southern parts Pueblo West and the city of Pueblo. This connection does not, however, address congestion within the City of Pueblo which needs a more direct western connection to Pueblo Blvd.

The proposed West Pueblo Connector provides a continuous corridor between Downtown and Pueblo Blvd. Similar western connections have appeared as part of many earlier plans – first as part of “Possible Radials to Downtown” in 1962, then as part of the “Pueblo

-

20,000

40,000

60,000

80,000

100,000

120,000

Pueblo Blvd 1st Street 13th Street US 50A 29th Street Eagleridge

South <---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------> North Source : Colorado Department of Transportation, 2/04

AA

DT

1992

2002

Proj

ecte

d C

DO

T 20

yr

Proj

ecte

d C

DO

T 30

yr

Page 103: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 30

Tomorrow…” in 1968, in the 1992 “Pueblo Blvd. (SH45) Access Study”. The current corridor alignment was identified in special studies of the Northwest Quadrant and Downtown Pueblo Access in 2002 and adopted in the 2030 LRTP as the highest off-system priority.

6.10.4 US Highway 50 East Alternatives At the request of many residents and towns, a long-term project is

underway to improve US Highway 50 to a four lane cross section form Pueblo east to the Kansas State Line. This corridor is being studied as part of a Tiered EIS. In the 2030 LRTP, an alternative corridor was proposed for US Highway 50 north of Pueblo Memorial Airport. This would also provide a direct connection to the current route of SH 47 to US Highway 50 at I-25. With the direct connection established, SH 47 could be re-designated as US 50 and eliminate the need for the current US50B highway.

6.10.5 State Highway 45 The North Pueblo Boulevard Extension study in 1999 estimated the

cost of the SH45 extension to be $168 Million including a grade-separated interchange with US50. Since 1999, highway construction costs have more than doubled, so such an extension would be an investment in excess of $350 million. The completion of an alternative route between Pueblo West and the Pueblo CBD south of US50, as discussed earlier, could relieve the congestion along US50 enough to postpone the need for the full reconstruction of the interchange.

Due to the purchase of conservation easements extending about two miles from the Ft. Carson boundaries, Pueblo Blvd north of Hwy 50 will also replace the western Pinon Loop shown in the 2030 LRTP. With the loss of the proposed Pinon Loop, CDOT has been asked to update the study of the alignment of Pueblo Blvd and consider extending it as far north as the Pinon/Pace Interchange (mm 110). With an improved interchange this could also provide a connection to the potential developments in the northeast quadrant of Pueblo County.

6.10.6 SH96 Alternatives Traffic along SH96 is expected to increase as population centers

continue to grow west of SH45 and south of the Arkansas River. This vital link to downtown Pueblo will require both safety and capacity

Page 104: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 31

improvements between Prairie Avenue and Interstate 25. Two special studies are needed to:

Examine the benefits and costs of developing a one-way-pair for 4th Street and 5th Street through Downtown Pueblo.

Analyze safety improvements along SH96 between Prairie Avenue and Abriendo. In that area, the roadway was built in an existing neighborhood where residential homes and businesses have direct access on the State Highway.

In 2007, CDOT completed a paving project on SH 96 from Abriendo west to the edge of the City of Pueblo. Although there were no significant capacity improvements, sidewalks were installed and the entire section is now ADA accessible.

6.10.7 SH47 Alternatives & Potential Connections This section of the roadway system is a non-Interstate highway that

has some existing grade separated interchanges. Traffic along SH47 is expected to increase as population centers continue to grow east and north of SH47 and east of the Fountain Creek. This vital link connects Pueblo West via US Highway 50 to the Airport Industrial Park and portions of eastern Pueblo county. If large-scale development actually materializes in the northeast quadrant of Pueblo County, major freeway/expressway corridors (as well as supporting arterials and collectors) will be required to accommodate future traffic growth. Schematic general locations for these corridors are shown as extensions from interchange points on existing SH 47 all the way north into El Paso County.

From a broader inter-regional perspective, if planned employment centers in southern El Paso County and eastern Colorado Springs are developed, similar major connections will be needed to provide continuity from northeast Pueblo County to proposed major corridors such as Powers Blvd and Banning-Lewis Pkwy in the eastern Colorado Springs area. Because of the distance and potential future traffic volumes, consideration should be given to begin now working with CDOT and the Transportation Commission to designate one or more of these parallel major facilities as an extension of the State Highway system. Such a designation would recognize both the inter-regional and inter-state implications of major connectors between existing system highways in both Pueblo and El Paso counties. From a planning perspective, the Pueblo area should take the lead in the following:

Continue to provide timely information to the US 50 East

Page 105: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 32

Tiered EIS study about proposals near the Airport and in the northeast quadrant of Pueblo County which could impact a relocated US 50 corridor from SH 47 to the east county line;

Work with CDOT Region 2 to consider the potential impacts of locating a new interchange east of Troy to connect SH47 to future north-south corridors east and west of the Baculite Mesa;

Continue to coordinate the planning and evaluation of future major transportation connections and facilities with the Pikes Peak Area Council of Governments MPO, the Central Front Range TPR, El Paso County, Colorado Springs, and CDOT.

6.11 Demand for Transit Service and Non-motorized Facilities For estimates of future demand for transit services and transit

improvement options, please see the detailed analysis and discussion in Chapter 5 (Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services) of this Plan. Given the current policy of providing Transit services only to areas within the City of Pueblo, projecting growth of the transit ridership can be significantly tied to the growth projections of the City of Pueblo. From the information from Table 4.1: Regional Population and Table 5.3: Potential Transit Dependent Populations is used to project the future Transit Demand.

Looking at population estimates for Adults, Students, Persons with Disabilities, and resident 60+ years of Age that are predicted to live within the City of Pueblo, the ridership is forecast to reach 1.6 million unlinked trips by 2035. There are a number of factors that may impact these numbers – greater annexations into the City of Pueblo of the overall estimated growth, the impact of rising fuel costs, and the possible greater use of Transit by the aging “baby-boomers” may increase the numbers of transit riders. As noted in Chapter 5, there are a number of service improvements that would also offer transit services to more of the population within Pueblo County and the City of Pueblo. These include longer operating hours, expanded service to regional employment centers, and service extensions to areas outside the City of Pueblo. There is significant public desire for expanded bus services to reach greater percentages of the various transit populations. The PACOG Board has requested that the PACOG MPO/TPR staff research various funding opportunities in 2008 to enable the expansion of Transit Services and greater funding for all modes of transportation system improvements.

Page 106: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 33

The rate of growth in the demand for non-motorized facilities and transit service is likely to exceed that of roadway facilities due to the rising cost of automobile fuel. Continued planning and programming of improvements for pedestrians, bicyclists and transit riders will address the increased demand. Where warranted, major roadways should be designed with appropriate bicycle and sidewalk facilities, based on criteria and design standards of the local jurisdictions.

From a transportation operations planning standpoint, some additional consideration may become necessary to ensure year-round access to sidewalks. On roadways with significant vehicular traffic, or where winter snow plowing may occur, detached sidewalks should be considered to prevent “splashover” icing of sidewalks. Planning work will be done over the next few years to address the issue of developing a much more robust multi-modal transportation system – increased transit funding, complete streets studies, pedestrian connectivity through residential and commercial developments, multi-use trail development and extensions to connect the region wide amenities found throughout the Pueblo County area.

Page 107: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 34

Figure 6-11: Pueblo Transit Service Area and Areas of High Growth Forecasts

6.11.1 Transit Alternatives The Pueblo Transit fixed-route and demand-response system provides

just over one million one-way passenger trips per year to residents of the city of Pueblo and a small area outside the City Limits. Transit demand and ridership are discussed in detail in the Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Coordination Plan (See Chapter 5). The estimates include potential ridership of transit dependent groups such as the elderly, low income, and mobility limited.

Within the 2030 LRTP Transit Element there were three options proposed for changes to the Transit Services. At the time of the development of the 2035 LRTP, Pueblo Transit initiated a number of changes to the existing routes to provide expanded service within the City of Pueblo. Future transit service expansion within the City will be evaluated in the context of physical growth patterns, population growth location, and major employment locations.

Transit service outside the City to areas such as Pueblo West, the St. Charles Mesa, and the Airport Industrial Park remain in this Plan for

Page 108: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 35

future consideration. Under current policies, such extensions may be implemented if sufficient funding for new vehicles and operating expenses is provided by the appropriate local jurisdictions served by new or extended routes.

6.20 Prioritization Process Assigning specific priorities to individual projects is very difficult

because of the extreme uncertainty in long term funding for CDOT. This uncertainty is discussed in more detail in Chapter 9 (Fiscally Constrained Plan).

Based on the forecast levels of future congestion, the following major corridors and sections are included as priorities for funding of major system improvements by 2035. Individual projects within these corridors will be selected and programmed through the shorter-term (6-year) Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) based on more précised estimates of actual funding levels and availability.

Table 5-3: Future Priorities—Regionally Significant Corridors Priority Corridor Section 2035 V/C

US Highway 50 West Purcell Blvd. to Pueblo Blvd 198%

Joe Martinez Parkway Extension Optional off- system project

US Highway 50 West Baltimore to Club Manor 189%

West Pueblo Connector Optional off-system project

Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) St. Clair to Thatcher Ave 182%

Bandera Parkway

US Highway 50 West Pueblo Blvd to Baltimore 177%

West Pueblo Connector Optional off-system project solution

Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) Lehigh to St. Clair Ave 165%

Bandera Parkway Optional off-system project solution

Interstate 25 Highway 50 Bypass to 13th Street

138%

Dillon south to 4th Street Optional off-system project solution

Page 109: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Mobility Demand & Alternative Analysis

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 6 - 36

US Highway 50 West Club Manor to I-25 135%

State Highway 47 I-25 to Jerry Murphy 126%

Interstate 25 Ilex Interchange – 1st to Ark. River

125%

SH227 Extension to 4th Street Optional off-system project solution

US Highway 50 West McCulloch to Purcell Blvd. 116%

Santa Fe Dr (SH 50C) SH 227 to Aspen Lane 114%

4th Street (SH96) Abriendo to Elizabeth 112%

Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) West 11th Street to Thatcher Ave 105%

West Pueblo Connector Optional off-system project solution

Interstate 25 13th Street to 1st Street 103%

Pueblo Blvd Extension US Hwy 50 West to I-25

Page 110: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Chapter 5

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation

Element

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5-1

Page 111: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5-2

Table of Contents

5.1 Introduction _____________________________________________________________ 5 5.1.1 Purpose ______________________________________________________________ 5 5.1.2 JARC and New Freedom Funding _________________________________________ 7 5.1.3 Time of Transition _____________________________________________________ 8 5.1.4 Overview of the Chapter _______________________________________________ 10

5.2 Community Characteristics _______________________________________________ 11 5.2.1 Introduction _________________________________________________________ 11

5.2.1.1 Study Area Overview ______________________________________________ 11 5.2.2 Population___________________________________________________________ 12 5.2.3 Transit Dependant Populations __________________________________________ 14 5.2.4 Activity Centers and Employment Centers _________________________________ 22 5.2.5 Employment and Wages________________________________________________ 26 5.2.6 Minority Populations, Housing and Poverty ________________________________ 29

5.3 Inventory of Transit Service Providers ______________________________________ 35 5.3.1 Pueblo Transit________________________________________________________ 37

5.3.1.1 Pueblo Transit Operations___________________________________________ 38 5.3.1.2 Organization, Vehicles & Facilities ___________________________________ 45 5.3.1.3 Pueblo Transit Fleet Conditions ______________________________________ 48 5.3.1.4 Pueblo Transit Facilities ____________________________________________ 49 5.3.1.5 HARP Phase III Impacts to Pueblo Transit______________________________ 49 5.3.1.6 Pueblo Transit Finances ____________________________________________ 50 5.3.1.7 Transit System Performance _________________________________________ 52 5.3.1.8 Demand-Response Services _________________________________________ 53 5.3.1.9 Pueblo Transit Short-Term and Long-Term Needs________________________ 54 5.3.1.10 Citi-Lift Paratransit Changes, December 2007 __________________________ 55

5.3.2 Senior Resource Development Agency ____________________________________ 56 5.3.2.1 Transportation Goals _______________________________________________ 58 5.3.2.2 Short Term and Long Term Transportation Needs ________________________ 58

5.3.3 Pueblo County Department of Social Services ______________________________ 60 5.3.4 City Cab Company ____________________________________________________ 60 5.3.5 Colorado Bluesky Enterprises, Inc. _______________________________________ 61 5.3.6 Shuttle Service Of Southern Colorado _____________________________________ 61 5.3.7 Ramblin’ Express, Inc _________________________________________________ 61 5.4 Assessment Of Existing Fixed Route Transit Service__________________________ 62 5.4.1 Transit Demand ______________________________________________________ 64

5.4.1.1 Amy Ostrander’s 2004 Demand Estimates ______________________________ 65 5.4.1.2 Transit Demand by Quadrant ________________________________________ 67

5.5 Key Findings from the Literature Review and Public Input Process: Service Gaps and Unmet Transportation Needs ___________________________________________________ 67

5.5.1 Alternatives For Service Improvement ____________________________________ 69 5.5.2 Additional Proposed System Improvements ________________________________ 72

5.5.2.2 Potential Alternatives For Expanded Service ____________________________ 72

Page 112: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5-3

5.6 Potential Sources Of Transit Funding_______________________________________ 74 5.6.1 Federal Funding Sources _______________________________________________ 74 5.6.2 State Funding ________________________________________________________ 76 5.6.3 Local Funding________________________________________________________ 76 5.6.4 User Fees ___________________________________________________________ 77

List of Tables TABLE 5.1: 2007-9 AVAILABLE PROGRAM FUNDING FOR SMALL UZAS 7 TABLE 5.2: PUEBLO COUNTY COMMUNITY POPULATIONS 13 TABLE 5.3: POTENTIALLY TRANSIT-DEPENDENT POPULATIONS 22 TABLE 5.4: PUEBLO COUNTY EMPLOYMENT, 2005 27 TABLE 5.5: SUMMARY OF TRANSIT SERVICE PROVIDERS 36 TABLE 5.6: PUEBLO TRANSIT SERVICE FREQUENCY 39 TABLE 5.7: PUEBLO TRANSIT SERVICE TYPE 42 TABLE 5.8: PUEBLO TRANSIT FARES 42 TABLE 5.9: PUEBLO TRANSIT RIDERSHIP DEMOGRAPHICS 45 TABLE 5.10: FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION RECOMMENDED SERVICE LIFE 47 TABLE 5.11: PUEBLO TRANSIT OPERATING AND CAPITAL COSTS, 2006 51 TABLE 5.12: 2006 OPERATING REVENUE 52 TABLE 5.13: 2006 SOURCES OF CAPITAL FUNDS EXPENDED 52 TABLE 5.14: PUEBLO TRANSIT PERFORMANCE MEASURES, 2006 53 TABLE 5.15: DEMAND RESPONSE SERVICE CHANGES 54 TABLE 5.16: 2006 SRDA ELDERLY RIDERSHIP 56 TABLE 5.17: SENIOR RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT AGENCY VEHICLES 57 TABLE 5.18: PUEBLO TRANSIT 2006 SERVICE PRODUCTIVITY 63 TABLE 5.19: TNBS ESTIMATE FOR PUEBLO COUNTY 65 TABLE 5.20: TRANSIT RIDERSHIP MODELS 65 TABLE 5.21: ESTIMATES OF TRANSIT DEMAND BASED ON AVERAGE VALUES FROM

VARYING METHODOLOGIES* 66 TABLE 5-22: ESTIMATES OF TRANSIT DEMAND* BY PLANNING QUADRANT 67

Page 113: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5-4

List of Figures FIGURE 5.1: FHWA PROGRAM AREAS 8 FIGURE 5.2: THE PUEBLO 3C PLANNING AREA 12 FIGURE 5.3: GROWTH TRENDS IN PUEBLO COUNTY COMMUNITIES 13 FIGURE 5.4: POPULATION DENSITIES IN THE CITY OF PUEBLO 14 FIGURE 5.5: PERCENTAGE OF LOW-INCOME HOUSEHOLDS 16 BY CENSUS TRACT 16 FIGURE 5.6: GROWTH IN POPULATION AGED 65 AND OLDER, 2005-2035 17 FIGURE 5.7: CONCENTRATION OF PERSONS AGED 65 AND OVER 18 FIGURE 5.8: CONCENTRATION OF PERSONS WITH MOBILITY LIMITATIONS 20 FIGURE 5.9: CONCENTRATION OF HOUSEHOLDS WITH NO MOTOR

VEHICLE AVAILABLE 21 IN PUEBLO COUNTY 22 FIGURE 5.10: MAJOR EMPLOYMENT CENTERS 24 FIGURE 5.11: MAJOR EMPLOYMENT CENTERS AND AREAS WITHIN ¼ MILE OF FIXED

ROUTE TRANSIT SERVICE 25 FIGURE 5.12: EMPLOYMENT/WAGE DISTRIBUTION BY INDUSTRY 28 FIGURE 5.13: CONCENTRATION OF MINORITY POPULATION BY CENSUS TRACT 30 FIGURE 5.14: RENTER OCCUPANCY RATE 31 FIGURE 5.15: DENSITY OF LOW-MOD INCOME HH’S 32 FIGURE 5.16: PERCENTAGE OF BIRTHS BELOW POVERTY 34 FIGURE 5.17: PUEBLO TRANSIT EXISTING FIXED ROUTE SYSTEM 40 FIGURE 5.18: AREAS WITHIN ¼ MILE (TYPICAL WALKING DISTANCE) OF FIXED

ROUTE LOCATIONS 41 FIGURE 5.19: REQUIRED ADA SERVICE AREA WITHIN ¾ MILE DISTANCE

FROM FIXED ROUTES 44 FIGURE 5.20: PUEBLO TRANSIT ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 46 FIGURE 5.21: PUEBLO TRANSIT VEHICLE SUMMARY 48 FIGURE 5.22: TRANSIT FACILITIES, BUS ROUTES, AND HARP PHASE III 50 FIGURE 5.23: 2007 CHANGES TO FIXED ROUTE TRANSIT SERVICE 71

Page 114: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 5

5.1 Introduction

5.1.1 Purpose

Three programs in SAFETEA-LU fund coordinated transit and human services. They are the Job Access and Reverse Commute Program (JARC, Section 5316), New Freedom (Section 5317) and the Formula Program for Elderly Individuals and Individuals with Disabilities (Section 5310). All three are required to be derived from a locally developed, coordinated public transit-human services transportation plan. SAFETEA-LU guidance issued by the Federal Transportation Administration (FTA) indicates that the plan should be a “unified, comprehensive strategy for public transportation service delivery that identifies the transportation needs of individuals with disabilities, older adults, and individuals with limited income, laying out strategies for meeting these needs, and prioritizing services.”1 The three funding programs focus on the needs of transportation for disadvantaged persons, or those with special transportation needs that cannot be met through traditional means (access to automobile or public transportation). For purposes of this plan, the definition of people with special transportation needs is: “those people, including their attendants, who because of physical or mental disability, income status, or age, are unable to transport themselves or purchase transportation.”2

Projects funded with the above three sources of grant funds are selected through a competitive process derived from the coordinated planning effort. Many if not all of the suggested strategies and solutions could be structured to take advantage of available program funds. The sources of funds and examples of eligible projects are described below: Job Access and Reverse Commute (JARC Section 5316): The purpose of the JARC program is to fund local programs that offer job access services for low-income individuals. JARC funds are distributed to states on a formula basis, depending on that state’s proportion of low-income population. This approach differs from previous funding cycles, when grants were awarded purely on an “earmark” basis. JARC funds will pay for up to 50% of operating funds to support the project budget, and 80% for a capital project. The remaining funds are required to be provided through local match

1 1 SAFETEA-LU does not require that Section 5311 funds (non-urbanized area formula transit funding) be subject to the Coordinated Plan. 2 State of Washington House Bill 1694

Page 115: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 6

sources. Examples of eligible JARC projects include: Late-night and weekend service Guaranteed Ride Home Programs Vanpools or shuttle services to improve access to employment or training sites Car-share or other projects to improve access to autos Access to child care and training New Freedom Program (Section 5317): The New Freedom Program provides funding to serve persons with disabilities. Overall, the purpose of the program is to go “beyond” the minimal requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Funds are distributed to states based on that state’s population of persons with disabilities. The same match requirements for JARC apply to the New Freedom Program. Examples of eligible New Freedom Program projects include: Expansion of paratransit service hours or service areas beyond minimal requirements Purchase of accessible taxi or other vehicles Promotion of accessible ride sharing or vanpool programs Administration of volunteer programs Building curb cuts, providing accessible bus stops Travel Training programs Elderly and Disabled Program (Section 5310): Funds for this program are allocated by formula to states for capital costs of providing services to elderly persons and persons with disabilities. Typically, vans or small buses are available to support nonprofit transportation providers. A 20% local match is required. General Public Transportation: Non-urbanized areas (Section 5311): Federal Section 5311 funds are intended to enhance the access of people in non-urbanized areas to health care, shopping, education, employment, public services, and recreation. Services are available to the general public, but may also be used to support services for elderly and disabled. The match requirement is consistent with the JARC and New Freedom programs. SAFETEA-LU does not require that Section 5311 funds be subject to the Coordinated Plan. Examples of eligible projects include:

Page 116: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 7

Wheelchair accessible passenger vehicles Communications equipment Purchase and installation of bus shelters or other amenities Operating Assistance

5.1.2 JARC and New Freedom Funding

As required by SAFEA-LU, the Federal Transit Administration provides funding for these new programs to the states on a formula basis. Funds are provided within three population categories:

• Large Urbanized Areas (UZAs) – Population over 200,000; in Colorado, the large UZA’s are Colorado Springs, Denver-Aurora, and Fort Collins/Loveland/Berthoud.

• Small UZAs – population between 50,000 and 200,000; in Colorado, the small UZAs are Boulder, Grand Junction, Greeley, Longmont, Louisville/Lafayette, and Pueblo.

• Non-urbanized (rural) area – all the rest of the state not within a UZA.

Within Colorado, the Large UZAs will receive direct funding of their proportion of the state allocation from FTA. The Colorado Department of Transportation is the designated recipient for the small UZA and rural area funds. CDOT will establish two ‘pots’ of funds, one for small UZAs and the other for rural areas.

Table 5.1: 2007-9 Available Program Funding for Small UZAs Small Urbanized

Areas - Boulder, Grand Junction, Greeley, Longmont, Louisville/Lafayette, and Pueblo.

Grant 2007 2008 2009 5316 JARC $ 483,031 $ 523,283 $ 551,795 5317 New Freedom $ 183,913 $ 198,671 $ 210,023

Source: Communication with CDOT. Estimated based on SAFETEA-LU language.

Within Pueblo County, the Federal Transit Administration has designated a portion of the County to be a UZA. This area is wholly within the MPO boundary but does not encompass all of it. Projects

Page 117: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 8

falling within the UZA are eligible to compete for JARC and New Freedom funding. Areas within the County but outside the UZA are eligible to compete for the rural areas project funds. The boundaries of each of these areas are summarized in figure 5.1 below.

Figure 5.1: FHWA Program Areas

5.1.3 Time of Transition Federal guidelines for coordinated public transit-human services

transportation plans have not yet been finalized. The State of Colorado (on behalf of the rural regions of Colorado), the small MPO’s (including Pueblo Area Council of Governments) and the three large urbanized areas will need to transition to a coordinated transportation planning and service delivery process that represents the stakeholders, provides a mechanism for improving the efficiency of the transportation delivery system, and addresses critical transportation needs. This will require new relationships between entities and decisions on how Colorado and the metropolitan planning organizations can best achieve the goals of the area.

Page 118: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 9

The State of Colorado is beginning to address coordination in two ways. The first is that CDOT is leading an interagency coordinating council bringing together the various state departments with programs that either provide or depend on transportation services for clients. Representatives of organizations at other levels of government, including metropolitan planning organizations, cities, counties, transit providers, and consumers are also participating. It is anticipated that this Statewide Coordinating Council will address issues involving funding and regulatory requirements at the state level and also how to support local efforts to increase coordination. The initial round of meetings has focused on identifying issues and understanding the roles of various state agencies. The Statewide Interagency Coordinating Council has not yet tackled issues such as the structure and role of Local Coordinating Councils or the specific barriers to coordinated services that exist in Colorado. The second role for CDOT is to integrate the new federal planning regulations into its regional planning process, fulfilling its role of representing the rural and small-urbanized areas of the state. CDOT is gathering initial information in the current round of regional transportation plans to identify both transit and human service transportation needs. Local Coordinating Councils have been proposed to provide an ongoing framework for coordinating services at the local level. These local councils have not yet been identified or integrated into the planning process. The Local Coordinating Councils are envisioned to be responsible for establishing a local process for coordinating services (including standards and evaluation criteria). They may also directly contract for services. They will also provide feedback to the Statewide Coordinating Council regarding problems that need to be addressed at the State level in order to facilitate improved coordination.

One objective of this plan is to identify a local coordinating council for the Pueblo region. One specific issue to address is the limited service area of the existing Pueblo Transit. This service area is only within the City of Pueblo. The development of the Coordinated Plan will require the identification of opportunities to expand service delivery to persons outside the City of Pueblo.

Characteristics of this planning process are: • The process is occurring in a time of transition at the

Federal and state levels. • The various coordination efforts are taking place

simultaneously and final regulatory guidance is not yet

Page 119: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 10

available. • Many entities at different levels of government will

need to participate for successful coordination. • The actions of agencies outside the region could have

significant impacts on how coordination proceeds at a local level

• Coordination evolves in different communities in different ways. The way in which coordination can best benefit a particular community or region will reflect the needs of the area, services available, funding streams, interest of local entities, and the support for coordination that exists at the state level.

• Many steps are involved in coordination and there is not a linear path to coordination of transit and human services for a community. Rather, the process will need to respond to issues as they arise. Some issues will be resolved at the local level. Others may need State or Federal action in order to be resolved.

The Pueblo Area Council of Governments has an active Transit

Advisory Committee (TAC) that provides a forum for addressing issues related to specialized transportation. A list of TAC members is included in Appendix 5. The TAC was involved in developing the Coordinated Plan, representing a variety of viewpoints. Those TAC members representing agencies were able to keep their agencies informed of progress through the development of the plan.

Once completed, the Transit Advisory Committee will recommend adoption of the Coordination Plan to the Transportation Advisory Commission of the MPO. The Plan will be adopted as a part of the 2035 Long Range Transportation Plan for the PACOG region.

5.1.4 Overview of the Chapter This report is a condensation of the content of the Pueblo Coordinated

Human Services—Transit Plan, produced as a requirement for eligibility for 5310, 5316, and 5317 funds. The chapter describes the characteristics of the community and existing services in sections 5.2 and 5.3. It then provides an assessment of needs in Section 5.5 and identifies basic issues to consider as the region moves forward with coordination. New service components to increase access to jobs for individuals with low incomes and criteria for evaluating projects are also presented in this section. Potential sources of funding are summarized in Section 5.6

Page 120: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 11

5.2 Community Characteristics

5.2.1 Introduction This section describes key community characteristics that impact the

need for transit services. It includes a description of the study area, key demographic characteristics, the location of activity centers, and information on the location of employment, key employers, and training facilities in the area.

5.2.1.1 Study Area Overview The primary study area is the Pueblo, Colorado 3C Planning Area,

illustrated in Figure 5.2 and described in detail in Chapter 1 (pgs. 10-12) of this plan. The 3C Planning Area is the Pueblo UZA. This area has been defined for purposes of transportation planning under TEA-21, and the joint planning regulations (23 CFR Part 450 and 49 CFR Part 613) of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) and Federal Transit Administration (FTA). These legislative mandates require that metropolitan areas have a continuing, comprehensive, and coordinated transportation planning process (3C) that results in plans and programs that consider all transportation modes and support metropolitan community development and social goals. The focus of the work for coordination of human services transportation and for employment transportation falls within the 3C boundary.

Page 121: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 12

Figure 5.2: The Pueblo 3C Planning Area

5.2.2 Population Demographic information for the 3C Study Area is presented in

Chapter 2 (p. 4). The 3C Study Area contains 93 percent of Pueblo County’s estimated 2005 population of 151,104 residents, concentrated in 2 large urbanized communities, the City of Pueblo and Pueblo West. Between 1990 and 2005 the percentage of the County’s population living in the City of Pueblo shrank from 80.2% to 68.9 percent. Population growth in Pueblo has been moderate in recent years, growing 0.4 percent per year from 2000-2005. From 1990 to 2000, Pueblo West’s population almost quadrupled, increasing from 4,386 residents to nearly 17,000. In 2005, Pueblo West had an estimated population of 25,000. This translates into an estimated annual population increase of 8.0 percent per year. Table 5.2 and Figure 5.3 below summarize the relative sizes of the Pueblo County communities and the contrast in their growth rates between

Page 122: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 13

1980 and 2005.

Table 5.2: Pueblo County Community Populations

Area 2005 Population

Percent of County

PUEBLO COUNTY 151,104 100.0%

Boone 321 0.2%

Pueblo 104,169 68.9%

Pueblo West 25,000 16.5%

Rye 194 0.1%

Unincorporated Area 21,420 14.2%

Source: CO State Demographer's Office, Pueblo Area Council of Governments, Urban Transportation Planning Division

The density of population is an important characteristic when

considering the delivery of transit services. Densities based on estimates developed by the Pueblo Area Council of Governments Urban Transportation Planning Division are depicted in Figure 5.4. It can be seen that higher urban-level densities are distributed fairly evenly across the City of Pueblo, especially the older sections of the City platted before 1970.

Figure 5.3: Growth Trends in Pueblo County Communities

Page 123: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 14

Figure 5.4: Population Densities in the City of Pueblo

5.2.3 Transit Dependant Populations Several characteristics tend to identify population segments that may

be dependent on public transit. In general, these are population characteristics that prevent individuals from driving. Salient characteristics include the number of individuals over age 65, individuals with disabilities, and families with low incomes. Older adults face the decision about curtailing driving due to strength limitations and age-related physical impediments such as reduced vision. Other individuals with temporary or permanent disabilities that limit their ability to drive are another important market served by transit or specialized transportation services. Youth under the age of 16 are often transit riders. Finally, financial limitations make it difficult for some residents to purchase and maintain an automobile. The 2005 American Community Survey, conducted by the U.S. Bureau of the Census, reports 6,749 families below the poverty level in Pueblo County. This is 16.9 percent of all families, higher than either the Colorado statewide average of 8.3 percent or the U.S.

cockrelld
The < 10 persons/acre legend item should be > 10 persons/acre. Also I think this shoulbe be zoomed in somewhat to be more readable.
Page 124: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 15

average of 10.2 percent. Figure 5.5 illustrates the density of low-income households in the study area. This data was extracted from the 2000 Census because income data for small geographic areas more current than 2000 were not available. For purposes of this study, “low income” is defined as those households whose annual income was less than $25,000as recorded by the 2000 Census, or approximately the poorest one-third of county households. The Census also reports that 15.2 percent of Pueblo County’s population (21,456 individuals in 2000) is 65 years of age or older. An average of 9.7 percent of the Colorado population is aged 65 and above, and the U.S. has an average of 12.4 percent. The aging of the population is an important trend for the region, with a continuing aging of the population structure forecasted. Between 2005 and 2015, this population is projected to increase 20.4 percent; between 2015 and 2025 an increase of 30.8 percent is anticipated; and between 2025 and 2035, a gain of 17.0 percent is envisioned. The population of older adults will nearly double from 21,947 in 2005 to over 40,000 in 2035 as illustrated in Figure 5.6. The density of persons aged 65 and over, from the 2000 Census, is illustrated in Figure 5.7. Elderly population density in Pueblo is dispersed into areas throughout the community. The neighborhood of Belmont, located in the northeast portion of the City of Pueblo accounts for a heavy concentration. In the southwest portion of the City, the neighborhood of Sunset Park and several other areas account for significant concentrations. The demographic makeup of the elderly within these areas is diverse, and might typically include elderly, somewhat affluent homeowners, impoverished householders who either own or rent their homes, and residents of nursing homes or other institutional care facilities.

Page 125: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 16

Figure 5.5: Percentage Of Low-Income Households by Census Tract

Page 126: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 17

Figure 5.6: Growth in Population Aged 65 and Older,

2005-2035

Page 127: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 18

Figure 5.7: Concentration Of Persons Aged 65 And Over

Page 128: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 19

The 2000 Census reported 30,269 individuals having a disability, representing 23.5 percent of the population. It should also be noted that disabilities increase as one ages. The 2000 Census reported 38.0 percent of the population aged 65 to 74 as having a disability and 57.3% of the population aged 75 and over with a disability. Figure 5.8 illustrates the density of persons with mobility limitations, as identified in the 2000 Census.

As a corollary to this, a surprisingly large number of Pueblo County households did not have regular access to a motor vehicle. The 2000 Census enumerated 5,109 households, representing 9.4 percent of total households with no motor vehicle available. These are concentrated within the City of Pueblo, as shown in Figure 5.9. No clear pattern of distribution emerges other than the correlation with those areas having concentrations of low-income households.

Table 5.3 below summarizes the possible level of demand for potentially transit-dependent populations in the City. Because of the overlapping nature of these populations, a single summative estimate of demand is not possible, but easily 50,000 to 60,000 citizens of the City are implicated.

Page 129: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 20

Figure 5.8: Concentration Of Persons With Mobility Limitations

Page 130: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 21

Figure 5.9: Concentration Of Households With No Motor Vehicle Available

Page 131: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 22

Table 5.3: Potentially Transit-Dependent Populations

in Pueblo County

Quadrant

NW NE SE SW Total %

Total Population 41,020 4,583 40,214 55,655 141,472

Persons under 15 8,759 960 8,846 11,442 30,007 21%

Persons 65 and over 6,872 796 7,564 12,164 27,396 19%

Mobility Limited Population 2,822 291 3,145 4,429 10,687 8%

Below Poverty Population 4,840 497 6,636 8,476 20,449 14%

Number of Households 15,433 1,530 15,226 22,390 54,579

Zero Vehicle Households 1,188 45 1,560 2,119 4,912 9%Data Source: 2000 Census

Map of Activity Centers

5.2.4 Activity Centers and Employment Centers Throughout the UZA there are various government and non-profit

center offices that provide public services and are frequented by transit-dependent populations. These are distributed across all quadrants of the City, with concentrations in the downtown, Highway 50 West corridor, Belmont and East Side. The Activity Centers include: Shopping Centers Pueblo Work Link Pueblo County Department of Social Services Social Security Office Veterans Administration Clinic

Page 132: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 23

Special Housing and Homeless Services (Baltimore Court, Bluesky properties, Rio Sacramento, La Posada Homeless Services, Wayside Cross Mission, Salvation Army Soup Kitchen, Cooperative Care Center) Senior Housing Facilities Pueblo Diversified Industries, Goodwill, ARC County/City Departments of Housing and Citizen Services Colleges and Universities, Student Housing Community Health Centers, Spanish Peaks Mental Health Center, Crossroads Turning Points, Inc. Parkview Hospital and Clinic, St. Mary Corwin Hospital Centura Center for Occupational Medicine Colorado Bluesky Enterprises Senior Resources Development Agency Pueblo Transit Center Libraries YMCA, YWCA Pueblo Cooperative Care Center, Inc. High Schools Pueblo County Court House, County Judicial Center Pueblo Police Department, Pueblo Municipal Court Sangre de Cristo Independent Living Center Colorado Mental Health Institute at Pueblo Community Correctional Facility Hyde Park Community Center Figures 5.10 illustrates major employment centers, including hospitals, colleges and other educational facilities, major retail centers, and other large manufacturing and service establishments. These are common locations to which low-income workers or people who use specialized transportation services may travel. Downtown Pueblo and its surrounding vicinity remains the location for many large Pueblo employers. Retail activity tends to be concentrated on Pueblo’s north side. The Pueblo Memorial Airport Industrial Park shows a concentration of large manufacturing, warehousing, and other employers, including Trane Co., the Target Distribution Warehouse, Innotrac Corp., Goodrich Corp., Atlas Pacific Engineering, and other public and private sector employers. As is illustrated in Figure 5-11, most major employers are within ¼ mile of existing fixed route transit except those in Pueblo West and the Airport Industrial Park. Employment continues to be concentrated in the downtown area, the northern portion of the City of Pueblo adjacent to the intersection of I-25 with Highway 50.

Page 133: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 24

Figure 5.10: Major Employment Centers

Page 134: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 25

Figure 5.11: Major Employment Centers and Areas Within ¼ Mile of Fixed Route Transit Service

Page 135: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 26

5.2.5 Employment and Wages As shown in Table 5-4, government, health care, retail trade, food and

accommodation, and manufacturing comprise the five largest sectors of the Pueblo economy. Their impact is substantial, accounting for 69.8 percent of all jobs. The accommodation and food services sector accounts for the lowest average annual wages but represents 10.3 percent of the total employed workforce. At an average wage of $10,235, the 5,600 workers employed in this category earn a little over one-third of the average Pueblo wage of $29,667 (CO Department of Labor & Employment, 2007). Individuals working in this and other low wage sectors are often transit-dependent, as low paying jobs often make ownership of an automobile difficult. Table 5.4 and the accompanying graph illustrate the great diversity of wages by economic sector in Pueblo. Additionally, the overall low level of wages relative to other communities adversely impacts Puebloans. A low relative cost of living in Pueblo is of great benefit to its residents in making their dollars stretch. However, it does not entirely negate the problems of low-income residents in owning and maintaining a motor vehicle.

Page 136: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 27

Table 5.4: Pueblo County Employment, 2005

Industry Class # of Jobs% of Jobs Wages

Average Annual Wage

Agriculture, forestry, fishing, hunting 194 0.4% $3,313,927 $17,082Mining 66 0.1% $3,172,980 $48,075Utilities 374 0.7% $24,392,225 $65,220Construction 3,700 6.8% $119,140,768 $32,200Manufacturing 4,915 9.0% $190,169,455 $38,692Wholesale trade 1,287 2.4% $51,332,686 $39,886Retail trade 7,324 13.4% $164,925,603 $22,519Transportation & warehousing 1,182 2.2% $38,335,044 $32,432Information 808 1.5% $28,516,733 $35,293Finance & insurance 1,471 2.7% $52,370,948 $35,602Real estate, rental & leasing 709 1.3% $17,580,975 $24,797Professional & technical services 929 1.7% $34,301,230 $36,923Management of companies & enterprises 147 0.3% $6,644,590 $45,201Administrative & waste services 3,417 6.3% $60,262,580 $17,636Educational services 127 0.2% $2,570,626 $20,241Health care & social assistance 8,997 16.5% $299,064,878 $33,241Arts, entertainment & recreation 719 1.3% $10,498,169 $14,601Accommodation & food services 5,638 10.3% $57,706,522 $10,235Other services 1,382 2.5% $30,183,655 $21,841Non-classifiable D D D DGovernment 11,245 20.6% $426,268,164 $37,907TOTAL 54,631 100.0% $1,620,751,758 $29,667D - Non-disclosed Source: Colorado Department of Labor and Employment, Labor Market Information

Page 137: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 28

Figure 5.12: Employment/Wage Distribution by Industry

There were 67,239 persons reported employed in the region in 2006 with a labor force of 71,260 residents. The annual average 2006 unemployment rate stood at 5.6 percent, according to the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment.

Page 138: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 29

5.2.6 Minority Populations, Housing and Poverty

Pueblo’s minority populations continue to be somewhat concentrated in the City’s low/moderate-income inner city neighborhoods, commonly described as the “Y-Zone”, named after the physical shape of the geographical area included. The highest concentrations are in Bessemer (south of downtown), the East Side, and Hyde Park (west side). The trend across decennial censuses, however, is toward more equal of the distribution of minorities. In the 2000 census, the low/moderate income neighborhoods were 52% minority, while the remainder of the City outside the inner city neighborhoods was 30% minority. This distribution is summarized in Figure 5-13 below. The density of renter-occupied housing can also be related to transit-dependency, as renters are more transient, sometimes with fewer financial resources to dedicate to transportation. The highest concentration of renters in Pueblo is in the City core, especially the Union Ave. district, the Grove and the Blocks. High concentrations of renters are also found in the Y-Zone neighborhoods as well, with new extensions of moderately high renter concentrations in the Minnequa Lake and Highland Park neighborhoods south of Bessemer. Figure 5-14 summarizes the density of low/moderate income households by census block groups in the 2000 census. The highest concentrations were in the lower north side, Highland Park, and East Side, with moderately high concentrations in the remainder of the Y-Zone. Births to mothers with incomes below the poverty line (Figure 5-15) are an indicator of future transit needs. The highest concentrations of such births were in Bessemer and Highland Park, with moderate concentrations throughout the Y-Zone. Thus, all of the above demographic variables focus largely on enhanced public transportation needs in Pueblo’s low-moderate income neighborhoods, along with Highland Park and Minnequa Lake to the south.

Page 139: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 30

Figure 5.13: Concentration of Minority Population by Census Tract

Page 140: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 31

Figure 5.14: Renter Occupancy Rate

Page 141: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 32

Figure 5.15: Density of Low-Mod Income HH’s

Page 142: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 33

Page 143: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 34

Figure 5.16: Percentage Of Births Below Poverty

Page 144: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 35

5.3 Inventory of Transit Service Providers Public transportation in the Pueblo Area is provided by a variety of

public, non-profit, and private for-profit organizations. These services are examined below, along with a more detailed assessment of the publicly funded Pueblo Transit fixed-route system and the corresponding Citi-Lift demand-response service. In late 2007, there will be a significant change in the operations of the Paratransit services. The City of Pueblo requested bids for the Citi-Lift Service in January 2007. The contract was awarded with the service provider changing from SRDA to MV Public Transportation. Table 5.5 lists these providers along with their owner, type of service provided and critical issues that were identified in the PACOG 2030 LRTP.

Page 145: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 36

Table 5.5: Summary of Transit

Service Providers

Service Owner Service Type Critical Issues Pueblo Transit City of

Pueblo Fixed Route service to general public

- Age of bus fleet - Service Hours

Citi-Lift City of Pueblo

On-Demand service to qualified users

- Changes to Medicaid benefits

SRDA Non-Profit

Region-wide on-demand for seniors; meal delivery.

- Growth of elderly population - Vehicle replacement - Need dispatch services

MV Public Transportation Inc.

For Profit

Paratransit service to qualified users

Social Services Pueblo County

Coordinates & subsidizes services

- Changes to Medicaid rules - Limited hours and service area for providers

City Cab Private Private Cab service Contract with Social Services

- Changes to Medicaid rules

Shuttle of Southern Colorado

Private Airport Shuttle Service - None identified

Ramblin’ Express Private Charter bus - None identified

YMCA Pueblo Non-profit

Youth Activities Buses - None identified

Boys and Girls Club of Lower Arkansas

Non-profit

Youth Activities Buses - None identified

Page 146: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 37

5.3.1 Pueblo Transit

As in many communities, with the growth of the City in the late 19th and early 20th century, a need for mass transportation was realized. A horse drawn streetcar system was in place as early as 18781. The early form of mass transportation was an electrically powered streetcar on a fixed rail system, developed by the Southern Colorado Power Company and in use from 1890 to 1947. It was replaced in 1947 and early 1948 with a fleet of diesel buses.

In 1949, a group of New York investors formed the Pueblo Transit Company and purchased the rolling stock from the Power Company. In 1956, local citizens acquired the assets of these New York investors and formed the Pueblo Transportation Company, a Colorado Corporation.

After several years of operation, the Pueblo Transportation Company made application to the Colorado State Public Utilities Commission and the City of Pueblo for the right to abandon and liquidate the corporation. This was necessary due to the declining patronage and increasing costs that prevailed during the late 50's.

The right was granted. However, the City of Pueblo, being unable to interest another company in operating the bus system in Pueblo, persuaded the Pueblo Transportation Company to continue its operations. A lease agreement between the City and Pueblo Transportation Company was entered into, whereby the Pueblo Transportation Company was exempted from several taxes, and paid a direct franchise payment to the City.

In December 1968, the Pueblo Transportation Company notified the City it would no longer continue under the present agreement. The City Council then authorized the acquisition of all assets of the Company and approved a management contract for the continual operation of the now publicly owned mass transportation system.

In January 1969, a Bus Study Committee, consisting of the City Manager, Traffic Engineer, Planning and Development Engineer, and the Finance Director, was appointed. This committee served as a continuing vehicle for the updating and improvement of the bus

1 Thomas, A. (2007). The Northside Intensive Historic Building Survey. Estes Park, CO: Historitecture.

Page 147: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 38

system.

In September 1971, all stock of the previous transportation company was put into a voting trust that could be administered by city officials. The City Council, by Resolution, appointed the City Manager, Director of Finance, and Director of Transportation as trustees of the Pueblo Transportation Company. On September 15, 1971, the Department of Transportation took over management of the publicly owned transit system.

5.3.1.1 Pueblo Transit Operations

The mission of Pueblo Transit is to provide safe, reliable and timely fixed route transit service in a courteous and professional manner to the citizens of Pueblo. It also provides Paratransit transportation to disabled riders who are unable to use the regular transit coaches. With a fleet of 27 vehicles, including 16 heavy-duty coaches and 8 Paratransit vans, Pueblo Transit transports over 1,000,000 passengers annually. This City department is responsible for providing service on 11 fixed routes and a mirrored Paratransit system, operating in a 38.6 square mile area of Pueblo City limits, plus one rural route that extends outside city limits into the Salt Creek area.

Pueblo Transit’s Objectives include the following: • Ensure accessibility to public transportation in the

Pueblo community by carefully planning and executing transit services.

• Support the system’s day-to-day clientele made up of 46% adults, 28% seniors, and persons with disabilities, and Medicare cardholders, 24% students and 2% children less than 6 years of age.

• Fully utilize resources afforded to provide quality transportation services.

• Strengthen safety awareness programs for employees and the public.

• Ensure credible programs to meet the growing demand for reliable, safe and convenient transit services.

Pueblo Transit provides fixed route service on eleven routes through the City of Pueblo. The system is sometimes referred to as a pulse system, with the majority of vehicles arriving at the Downtown Transit Center close to the same time to facilitate transfers. Service frequency varies from every thirty minutes to every hour.

Page 148: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 39

Pueblo Transit services are provided Monday through Saturday from approximately 6:00 am to 6:30 pm. Peak period hours are 6:30 am to 8:30 am and 2:30 pm to 5:30 pm. Table 5.6 and Figure 5-17 summarize current route locations and frequencies, and timing based on the schedule Monday through Friday.

Table 5.6: Pueblo Transit Service Frequency Route Service Frequency Initial Departure Time

Peak Half Hour Service: 1 – Eastside 30 minutes :30 2 – Bessemer 30 minutes :30 3 – Irving Place 30 minutes :30 4 – Berkeley – Beulah 30 minutes :30 Hour Service: 6 – Pueblo Mall * 60 minutes :30 7 – Highland Park 60 minutes :30 8 – Highway 50 West * 60 minutes :00 9 – University 60 minutes :30 10 – Belmont 60 minutes :00 11 – Red Creek Drive 60 minutes :00 12 – Lake Avenue 60 minutes :30

* Routes Modified in April 2007

Page 149: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 40

Figure 5.17: Pueblo Transit Existing Fixed Route System

Page 150: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 41

Figure 5.18: Areas Within ¼ Mile (Typical Walking Distance) of Fixed Route Locations

Page 151: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 42

In 2006, Pueblo Transit provided over one million rides while traveling over 850,000 miles.

Table 5.7: Pueblo Transit Service Type

Service Type

Annual Vehicle Revenue Miles

Annual Vehicle Revenue Hours

Annual Unlinked Passenger Trips

Fixed Route 522,223 35,092 978,577 Citi-Lift 323,951 23,703 54,834 Total 846,174 58,795 1,033,411

Source: 2006 National Transit Database, retrieved 09/2007

Fares are collected for both fixed route and Citi-Lift services. Daily and

monthly passes may be purchased at the Transit Center during operating hours or at the Administrative Office during weekday hours. Exact change is required if a rider does not have a pass. The last fare increase was in 2005. The current fare structure is shown in Table 5.8.

Table 5.8: Pueblo Transit Fares Type of Ride Fare Adult Fare $ 1.00 Student Fare: age 7 through 18 College Student with valid I.D.

$ 0.75

Child Fare - age 6 and under Free Senior Citizen, Disabled, Medicare Recipients - With valid I.D. for 60+, Medicare or Disabled Reduced Fare Card

$ 0.50

Transfer Free Adult Monthly Pass: (unlimited one-way trips) $30.00 Student Monthly Pass $22.50 Senior Citizen, Disabled, Medicare Monthly Pass $15.00 Citi-Lift Monthly Pass (income based) Less than $600.00 / month Between $601.00 – $1,250.00 / month Greater than $1,251.00 / month

$ 20.00 $ 30.00 $ 40.00

Daily Pass $3.00 Source: Pueblo Transit website, 08/2007

Page 152: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 43

The following map shows the areas of the City of Pueblo where paratransit services are

required because they are within .75 mile of an existing fixed route. The fixed routes were buffered by 0.75 miles to show areas where paratransit services are required to be provided.

Page 153: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 44

Figure 5.19: Required ADA Service Area Within ¾ Mile Distance From Fixed Routes

While the fixed-route system provides an essential service to both

disabled and elderly riders, the majority of riders on the Pueblo system may not fall into either category. Table 5.9 shows the ridership numbers for these groups based on on-board surveys conducted throughout the year by Pueblo Transit staff.

Page 154: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 45

Table 5.9: Pueblo Transit Ridership Demographics

Category % of All Trips Adults 46% Seniors 28% Persons with Disabilities 24% Students 2% Total 100 %

Source: Pueblo Transit, 2007

5.3.1.2 Organization, Vehicles & Facilities Pueblo Transit employs 33 full-time and 4 part-time personnel,

including 19 full-time and 2 part-time drivers. All drivers are required to have a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL). Non-management employees are represented by the Amalgamated Transit Union - Local 662.

Figure 5-20 shows the organizational structure of the agency.

Page 155: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 46

Figure 5.20: Pueblo Transit Organizational Structure

The vehicle fleet includes two sizes of vehicles, the larger vehicles seating 30 or more passengers used for the fixed route service and mid-size vehicles, often referred to as cutaways, used to provide the Citi-Lift demand responsive service. The Federal Transit Administration (FTA) has established service life vehicle classes (Table 5-10) to provide transit operators with a standard for comparing characteristics that impact expenditures in capital, operations and maintenance for differing vehicle sizes.

Page 156: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 47

Table 5.10: Federal Transit Administration Recommended Service Life Vehicle Class Length Service Years Service Mileage Large size, Heavy duty transit bus

34-40’ 12 years 500,000

Medium size, Heavy duty transit bus

30’ 10 years 350,000

Medium size, Heavy duty transit bus

30’ 10 years 350,000

Medium size, Medium duty transit bus

30’ 7 years 200,000

Medium size, Light duty transit bus

25-30’ 5 years 150,000

Light duty, small buses and vans 4 years 100,000 Source: Federal Transit Administration

Page 157: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 48

Figure 5.21: Pueblo Transit Vehicle Summary

Fixed Route Fleet Model Year Age Number Avg. Mileage Condition

Large Bus/Heavy Duty 1980 25 3 864,454 Poor

Large Bus/Heavy Duty 1992 13 4 645,530 Fair

Large Bus/Heavy Duty 1996 9 3 499,112 Fair

Large Bus/Heavy Duty 2001-06 6 6 123,291 Good Source: Pueblo Transit, September 2007

Paratransit Fleet Model Year Age Number Avg.

Mileage Condition

Citi Lift Van – Ford Econoline 350 1995 12 years 3 281,000 Poor

Citi Lift Van – Ford Aerolite 350 2001 6 years 3 139,750 Good

Citi Lift Van – Ford Aerolite 350 2002 5 years 1 144,132 Good

Citi Lift Van – Ford E450 2003 4 years 1 83,169 Good

Citi Lift Van – Ford E450 2006 1 year 3 25, 263 Excellent

Source: Pueblo Paratransit Services RFP, April 2007

Values in red represent vehicles past the Federal Transit Administration recommended service life for that type of vehicle.

5.3.1.3 Pueblo Transit Fleet Conditions Based on the FTA recommended standards, Pueblo Transit’s fixed-

route fleet is in very poor condition. Seven vehicles are beyond their recommended service life and three vehicles are within 50,000 miles of the retirement mileage.

Retiring these vehicles without replacements would leave the transit system with a shortage of operable vehicles. Industry standards

Page 158: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 49

recommend that a transit agency the size of Pueblo Transit maintain a spare vehicle ratio of 20 percent - three spare vehicles for the 12 routes to use while other vehicles are scheduled for maintenance. This would require a fleet of 17 vehicles. Retiring the seven vehicles in poor condition would reduce the fleet to nine vehicles with six in fair condition.

The seven vehicles in Citi-Lift service are beyond their recommended service life. Replacement cost for these vehicles is approximately $50,000 each. (The replacement cost for the larger vehicles is a$285,000 each).

5.3.1.4 Pueblo Transit Facilities

A 4,638 square foot Transit Center was built in 1996. In addition to providing a hub for bus transfers, this covered facility has a customer service counter to sell fare instruments and provide route information. Pullouts are provided for eleven buses. Restrooms are available for both employees and the public.

All transit operations are conducted from a building that includes administrative office, bus storage, and bus wash and vehicle and radio shop. This building, built in 1979, is 33,750 square feet and located at 350 S. Grand Avenue. The existing site is part of the Historic Arkansas Riverwalk Project (HARP) expansion. It is expected that all of the operations currently located at this site will need to be relocated as part of the HARP Project.

5.3.1.5 HARP Phase III Impacts to Pueblo Transit The recommendation of Grand Gardens, LLC, as the preferred

developer for HARP Phase III, will result in the needed relocation of the Pueblo Transit Operations and Administration building from the current location at 350 South Grand Ave. A site selection process will need to be undertaking as part of the analysis of possible new locations for the Pueblo Transit Operations and Administration building. This new development is described in more detail in Appendix 5.

Page 159: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 50

Figure 5.22: Transit Facilities, Bus Routes, and HARP Phase III

5.3.1.6 Pueblo Transit Finances Total operating and capital costs for 2006 are shown in Tables 5.7

and 5.8. The total operating cost to provide all service is over $4.02M. Fixed route service accounts for 84% of the total cost, or $ $3,148,135 with Citi-Lift accounting for the remaining 16% or $$530,000. Capital costs for the year were $285,000.

Grant funding, primarily from the FTA Section 5307 program provides 41% of the total revenue. City of Pueblo General Funds contribution is 41%, or $1,461,225. Farebox collections provided $535,942 or 15% of total revenues.

Page 160: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 51

Table 5.11: Pueblo Transit Operating and Capital Costs, 2006

Fixed Demand Route Response Total OPERATING COSTS Driver Salary $970,299 31% $161,465 35% $1,131,764 30% Other Salaries $526,404 17% $72,133 16% $598,537 16% Fringe Benefits $590,937 19% $36,634 8% $627,571 17% Prof. Services $65,000 2% $67,518 15% $132,518 4% Fuel $307,261 10% $80,408 18% $387,669 10% Tire/Tubes/Supplies $35,000 1% $16,890 4% $51,890 1% Utilities $73,853 2% $243 0% $74,096 2% Insurance $42,500 1% $21,479 5% $63,979 2% Misc. Expenses $536,881 17% 0% $536,881 14% Other Pueblo Transit $ $126,895 $126,895 3% Total Operating $3,148,135 100% $583, 665 100% $3,731,800 100% CAPITAL COSTS Vehicles $285,000 59,455 $314,455 TOTAL COSTS $3,433,135 $643,120 $ 4,046,255 Source: Pueblo Transit, 08/2007 & SRDA 09/2007

Page 161: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 52

Table 5.12: 2006 Operating Revenue

Source Revenue Total Fares/Donation - $ 480,454 14 % Local funds - $ 1,484,818 42 % State funds 0 Federal Assistance $ 1,484,818 42 % Other Funds 64,232 2% TOTAL REVENUE $ 3,548,289 100%

Source: 2005 National Transit Database, retrieved 08/2007

Table 5.13: 2006 Sources Of Capital Funds Expended

Source Revenue Total Local funds - $ 55,750 20 % State funds 0 Federal Assistance $ 223,000 80%

TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDED $ 278,750 100%Source: 2006 National Transit Database, retrieved 09/2007

5.3.1.7 Transit System Performance Several yardsticks used by transit agencies could be applied to

measure the operating performance of Pueblo Transit. While these benchmarks are useful, it is misleading to compare one transit system or one type of transit service with another. However, these measurements provide a means of monitoring the on-going performance of the transit service and identify possible changes.

Table 5.14 provides a summary of operating performance. The average operating cost per vehicle hour is $83.09 for fixed route service and $23.68 for Citi-Lift. This is in a large part based on the difference in driver wages. Union starting wage is $14.41 per hour with SRDA drivers starting at $6.85 per hour. All SRDA are part-time, which reduces fringe benefits. Pueblo Transit fixed route operations absorb administrative costs associated with contract

Page 162: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 53

administration and monitoring the eligibility process.

As would be expected, the productivity, expressed as passengers per hour, is much higher for the fixed route with 27.8 trips versus just over 2 for the door-to-door pick-up provided by Citi-Lift. Fixed route service cost per trip is $3.07. Citi-Lift cost per trip is $10.59.

Table 5.14: Pueblo Transit Performance Measures, 2006 Number Percentage

Measure Fixed-Route Demand Response Total Fixed-Route Citi-Lift

Vehicle Revenue Miles 522,223 323,951 846,174 62% 38% Vehicle Revenue Hours 35,092 23,703 58,795 60% 40% Annual Unlinked Trips 978,577 54,834 1,033,411 95% 5% Operating Costs $2,930,657 $583,665 3,548,289 83% 17% Cost per Revenue Hour $83.51 $24.62 Cost per Trip $2.99 $10.64 Pass. per Hour 27.89 2.31

Source: 2006 National Transit Database, retrieved 09/2007

5.3.1.8 Demand-Response Services Citi-Lift is a complementary ADA paratransit transportation service

that supplements larger public transit systems by providing individualized rides without fixed routes or timetables. Service is provided for individuals who, because of their disability, are unable to use the fixed route bus service. This does not include disabilities that only make the use of accessible transit service difficult or inconvenient. Citi-Lift provides comparable service to the regular fixed route in terms of shared rides, door-to-door pickup, service area, and hours and days of service. All rides are $2.00 per one-way trip. The cost of rides may be subject to changes. Rides must be scheduled at least one day in advance, up to 14 days in advance, The ADA allows Pueblo Transit to negotiate a revised pickup that may be up to one hour before or after the requested pickup time.

Page 163: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 54

Demand for Citi-Lift Services In the PACOG 2030 LRTP, the Transit Element anticipated a significant increase in the number of trips provided by the City-sponsored Citi-Lift program. Table 5.15 shows the history of the Demand Responsive Service since 2001. The number of trips was fairly constant through 2003, growing to over 52,000 unlinked trips in 2005, double the number in 2003.

Table 5.15: Demand Response Service Changes

Measure 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006

Vehicle Revenue Miles 165,318 160,831 178,400 239,056 323,236 323,951

Vehicle Revenue Hours 12,577 13,155 13,800 18,612 23,604 23,703

Annual Unlinked Trips 26,659 24,189 26,500 38,388 52,789 54,834

Operating Costs $ 290,098 $ 314,628 $ 296,185 $ 342,766 $ 559,056 $ 583,665

Cost per Revenue Hour $ 23.07 $ 23.92 $ 21.46 $ 18.42 $ 23.68 $ 24.62

Cost per Trip $ 10.88 $ 13.01 $ 11.18 $ 8.93 $ 10.59 $ 10.64

Pass. per Vehicle Revenue Hour 2.12 1.84 1.92 2.06 2.24 2.31

Source: 2006 National Transit Database, retrieved 09/2007

2003 Data from Pueblo Transit – January

5.3.1.9 Pueblo Transit Short-Term and Long-Term Needs As part of the Transportation Provider Survey, Pueblo Transit staff

was asked to provide information about current deficiencies, future needs and project costs for the short and long term. Short-term needs (1 to 6 years)

• Replacement of 10 transit buses (35 foot) at a cost of $325,000 each

• Replacement of 4 paratransit vans at a cost of $60,000 each

• Additional 2 paratransit vans at a cost of $60,000 each • Purchase of security system for 12 buses • Purchase of ASA voice enunciator for 16 buses at

$ 3,000 each

Page 164: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 55

• Maintain current management staff levels • Installation of Electronic fare boxes/smart cards at

$216,000 • Site Selection Study and Design of Administrative

offices, maintenance shop and bus barn buildings as a result of the HARP Phase III Project.

• Construct and relocate administrative offices, maintenance shop and bus barn buildings.

Long-term needs (7 to 20 years)

• Expansion of service area and hours, and initiation of Sunday service

• Provide transit service to Pueblo West and the Airport Industrial Park

• Establish student rider program with Colorado State University Pueblo and Pueblo Community College

• Implementation of "Intelligent Technology Systems" (ITS) to assist with transit daily operations

5.3.1.10 Citi-Lift Paratransit Changes, December 2007

In January 2007, the City of Pueblo, on behalf of Pueblo Transit, requested proposals to provide demand-responsive transportation services for a three-year contract with an option for two one-year extensions. Two vendors responded to the RFP, the existing service provider SRDA and MV Public Transportation Inc. SRDA has had the contract for the past 16 years but did not win the contract for 2008. MV Transportation, a company that operates over 170 bus and Paratransit systems across the country was awarded the contract. This service begins on December 1, 2007. There are no expected changes in service to the customers of the Paratransit transportation services.

Page 165: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 56

5.3.2 Senior Resource Development Agency

The Senior Resource Development Agency (SRDA) transportation service promotes mobility and independence by providing quality transportation to individuals who cannot access or afford other transportation alternatives. These services are in addition to the contract operations provided to Pueblo Transit for Citi-Lift service. All Citi-Lift Paratransit operating statistics and financial information are reported by Pueblo Transit or retrieved from the National Transit Database.

The organization emphasizes safety responsiveness, efficiency and accountability. Some of the other programs that SRDA provides include nutrition support, information and referral, family caregiver support, home repair and maintenance, and recreation services. A volunteer driver program, RSVP, also assists seniors in getting to necessary appointments.

SRDA provides transportation services via several funding sources including: FTA Section 5310 (Elderly and Disabled) FTA Section 5311 (General Public Transportation: Non-urbanized), Pueblo County, and through the Pueblo Area Agency on Aging (Title III funds)

The SRDA provides transportation service within both the FHWA designated Urbanized Area (City of Pueblo, Pueblo West, Blende, and Salt Creek) and the balance of Pueblo County, which has the FHWA Rural Designation (rural Pueblo County including Avondale, Boone, Beulah, Rye, Colorado City. Service is provided Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

The majority of trips provided are for medical appointments for senior citizens. SRDA ridership decreased over the past year based on reduction of funding from various state and federal sources (Table 5.16).

Table 5.16: 2006 SRDA Elderly Ridership

2006

Clients Served (Non-Duplicated)

627

Page 166: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 57

Trips Provided (Unlinked) 10,677

Daily Average 41 Source: SRDA 09/2007

Service is provided by nine part-time drivers operating from the SRDA offices on North Union Avenue in Pueblo. In addition to providing trips to medical appointments, meal sites and other daily activities, SRDA supports other activities with delivery of meals to various senior nutrition sites and back-up services to local senior centers. These centers may have a van for use locally but need the services of a driver temporarily. SRDA has a total of fifteen vehicles in the fleet. However, the vehicle profile is mixed.

SRDA’s annual operations budget is $277,000. Salaries and fringe benefits account for $122,000 or 44% of this amount. Federal, state and county grants account for $211,000 or 76% of the total revenue of $277,000.

Table 5.17: Senior Resource Development Agency Vehicles

Utility/Size Number

Service Van 2

Compact Car 5

Passenger Van 2

Wheelchair Accessible

10

Source: SRDA 09/2007

Page 167: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 58

5.3.2.1 Transportation Goals

The Senior Resource Development Agency (SRDA) Transportation Services promotes mobility and independence by providing quality transportation to individuals who cannot access or afford other transportation alternatives. Transportation services are provided to access regional medical facilities, employment centers, social activities, and other essential life services.

Transportation Service Delivery Goals • Expanded service to the rural Pueblo County areas that

include Avondale, Boone, Beulah, Rye, and Colorado City. The goal is to provide general public transportation Monday thru Friday, and later on as the program grows, on Saturdays.

• Expanded service in the Blende, Salt Creek and Pueblo West

areas. The goal is to provide services with the 5317 New Freedom program to promote service outside the boundaries that the ADA Paratransit system provides now. This project would provide opportunities for people to get to medical appointments, shopping and general activities that are not available to them except through the taxicab system. These areas are in close proximity to the city of Pueblo and they have grown to the point where they are now considered urbanized. However these communities do not have access to public transportation.

• Expanded funding from the Small Urbanized Area funds for

Pueblo West, Blende and Salt Creek, currently not utilized by Pueblo Transit.

5.3.2.2 Short Term and Long Term Transportation Needs

SRDA staff provided the following list of current deficiencies; future needs, and project costs.

Short-term needs (1 to 6 years)

• Expand Section 5310 service to the FHWA designated Urbanized Area outside the City of Pueblo – specifically Pueblo West and the St. Charles Mesa east to the St. Charles River.

• Replace 4 oldest vans with 12 passenger/ 2 W.C. accessible, wide bodied vans at a cost of $60,000

Page 168: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 59

each • Expand fleet by 2 wide bodied vans at a cost of

$60,000 each to better serve the urbanized area outside the Pueblo Transit Service Area

• Replace the 4 existing compact vehicles with Hybrid, or alternative fuel vehicles to reduce the consumption of petroleum and to lower operating costs when serving distant areas in Pueblo County.

• Purchase 1 or 2 small wheelchair accessible vans to serve outlying urbanized and rural areas of Pueblo County.

• Hire one part-time dispatcher at $6,300 annually • Hire two additional part-time drivers at $10,000

each Long-term needs (7 to 20 years)

• Continue to apply for and obtain funding from FTA Section 5310/Elderly and Disabled Capital Program and FTA Section 5311/Rural General Public Operating/Administrative Program

• Funding to address future transportation needs within the community because the elderly population in Pueblo County is growing at a rate that exceeds current funding levels.

Page 169: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 60

5.3.3 Pueblo County Department of Social Services As part of the continuum of services provided for disadvantaged

clients, Pueblo County Department of Social Services attempts to arrange transportation services to medical and other appointments. Social Services serves as a broker to arrange for transportation being provided by others and does not operate any vehicles directly.

Social Services uses Medicaid funds to provide bus passes for Pueblo Transit, arrange for rides with City Cab, and refer clients to the Senior Resource Development Agency (SRDA).

New Medicaid eligibility rules require passengers to obtain a Medical Certification from a physician that identifies a medical condition that prevents the client from using public or private transportation. These conditions are limited to the following:

• Ambulance service for non-emergency / bed-stretcher confined, only.

• Accessible Van service for clients unable to transfer from wheelchair to a passenger car

Funding cuts and changes in Medicaid certification requirements have reduced the number of trips scheduled by Social Services from 400-500 per week to approximately 25 per week.

Other challenges for providing transportation to Social Service clients include limited operating hours and service areas for transit services. City-Lift, the primary local provider of accessible transit, operates on limited days of the week and does not go outside the Pueblo City limits. Limited operating hours cannot meet the needs of dialysis patients, especially for the return trip following dialysis. Because of SRDA’s limited capacity, the option to schedule a ride is a problem, with riders sometimes waiting up to two hours for a return trip.

5.3.4 City Cab Company City Cab Company is authorized by the Colorado Public Utilities

Commission and operates within a 16-mile radius of the City of Pueblo. Based on the Annual Report filed for 2006, City Cab owns and operates 12 cabs. 87,246 vehicle trips provided 109,075 passenger trips. This is down from the 143,337 passenger trips in

Page 170: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 61

2002 and 159,694 passenger trips reported in 1998.

Total revenue was $786,787. Operating costs were reported as $809,729 producing a net loss of $22,942. There is concern that the reduction in Medicaid payment available from the County Social Services discussed previously will erode the viability of this service.

5.3.5 Colorado Bluesky Enterprises, Inc. When the 2030 LRTP was being prepared, Colorado Bluesky

Enterprises, Inc. (CBE) provided transportation services to individuals with developmental disabilities within Pueblo County. Due to problems with funding, these services have been discontinued.

5.3.6 Shuttle Service Of Southern Colorado Shuttle Service of Southern Colorado is authorized by the Colorado

Public Utilities Commission to provide charter or other services in all southern Colorado from Colorado Springs to the state line east and south. A major service is daily scheduled runs from Pueblo to the Colorado Springs Airport.

Based on the 2006 Annual Report filed with the Public Utilities Commission, the Shuttle Service operates four vehicles including one passenger car and three vans. A total of 6,821 passengers were transported. A total of 3093 round trips were provided. Total revenue was $169,121 with carrier operating expenses of $172,157, a loss of $3,035.

5.3.7 Ramblin’ Express, Inc Ramblin’ Express primary service is to the gaming area in Cripple

Creek from Colorado Springs and Pueblo. Operating Authority issued by the Colorado Public Utilities Commission also allows them to provide a wide range of charter service in the Pueblo area. Most recent information available indicates the fleet includes 64 vehicles, including 32 large buses, 12 small busses, 6 large vans and 14 passenger automobiles. 336,742 one-way trips were provided under the scheduled service to Cripple Creek. 9,363 charter and limousine trips were reported.

Page 171: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 62

5.4 Assessment Of Existing Fixed Route Transit Service

Pueblo Transit fixed-route and demand-response system provides just fewer than one million one-way passenger trips per year. With estimates of transit demand ranging from 5.4 million in the CDOT TNBS2 study to approximately 1.3 million trips in the Ostrander Transit Demand Study3 completed for the 2030 LRTP. The first value represents a perfect transit world situation, whereas the second represents a more real world estimate of the transit demand based on the service area and operating hours currently provided.

There appear to be several opportunities to expand ridership to the general population. For example, connecting the CSU-Pueblo campus with the shopping/activity centers near the Pueblo Mall could attract additional riders to the system by providing an east-west connection that does not currently exist.

A realistic strategy for improving transit services without additional funding is to increase the efficiency of the existing route structure. A preliminary framework that adds half hour arterial service between the Pueblo Mall and the Downtown Transit Center connection to a North Circulator has been developed. This would be supported by a consolidation of several routes in all quadrants.

The potential to expand service to new areas such as the Airport Industrial Park, or Pueblo West or extend service hours is restricted in the short-range by limited funding and the lack of concentrated areas for transit service. An alternative would be to introduce a variety of Transportation Demand Management strategies.

Based on input from the Transit Advisory Committee, the alternative to improve fixed route service efficiency by developing an arterial route from the Pueblo Mall to the Downtown Transit Center, a North Circulator, and consolidation of other quadrant routes will be refined with support from Pueblo Transit staff. Transportation Demand Management strategies could be reviewed as an alternative for expanding service to new areas.

2 Colorado Department of Transportation. 1999. Transit Needs and Benefits Study. 3 Ostrander Consulting, Inc. 2004. Prepared for the PACOG 2030 Long Range Transportation Plan.

Page 172: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 63

Route Productivity Productivity for fixed route transit service is measured by the number of riders-per-hour-of-revenue-service. The number of revenue hours of service drives the cost of transit service while ridership indicates the results of this service. High productivity usually indicates routes with a low cost per passenger. Conversely, low productivity routes are expensive on a per passenger basis. Typical productivity for a fixed route in a small urban area has been estimated to be between 15 and 20 riders per hour of operation4.

Table 5.18 shows these productivity measures for the twelve Pueblo Transit Routes that existed in 2006, based on riders per revenue hour. Overall, Pueblo Transit carried 2,597 riders a day with 154 Revenue hours of service daily. Route productivity is relatively consistent across the system with the Eastside, Bessemer, Irving Place, Berkley / Beulah, Pueblo Mall, Centennial, and Red Creek Drive Ride routes performing below the system-wide average of nearly 17 riders-per-revenue-hour. With the changes to the system in 2007, it is expected that the new Highway 50 West Route will have a substantial increase in riders per revenue hours. The extension of the Pueblo Mall route should also increase the use of this route due to new service to the Pueblo Crossing Shopping Center.

Table 5.18: Pueblo Transit 2006 Service Productivity

Route Weekday Revenue Hours

Ave. Daily Ridership (2006) 1

Ave. Riders / Revenue Hour

1 – Eastside 2 14 189 13.502 – Bessemer 2 14.5 191 13.953 – Irving Place 2 14 200 14.304 – Berkley / Beulah 2 15 202 12.765 – Fairmount Park 12 263 21.906 – Pueblo Mall 12 149 12.387 – Highland Park 12 323 26.948 – Centennial 12 149 12.459 – University 12 264 21.97

4 REFERENCE

Page 173: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 64

10 – Belmont 12 205 17.0611 – Red Creek Drive Ride 12 193 16.1112 – Lake Avenue 12 268 22.33Total 154 2,597 16.94

Data Source: Pueblo Transit, 8/2007 1 Calculated Average Utilizing 2006 Quarterly Weekday Ridership Counts

2 Includes Revenue Hours for Peak Half-Hour Service

5.4.1 Transit Demand In addition to an assessment of route productivity, the ability of a

transit system to meet transit demand is an indicator of overall system effectiveness. Estimates of transit demand can vary widely depending on the methodology used. Therefore, several demand calculations need to be examined.

Demographic information relative to groups that rely on transit can be used to develop information about potential ridership. Demand for transit is based on demographic information relative to “transit dependent” populations. The most useful demographic characteristics for demand models are:

• total population • elderly population • low-income population • zero–vehicle families • and persons with mobility limitation.

Transit Needs and Benefits Study (TNBS) In 1999 the Colorado Department of Transportation conducted a statewide Transit Needs and Benefits Study (TNBS), which is based on 1996 data. The study estimated transit needs for each planning region and on a county-by-county basis. An update to the study was completed in 2000, based on 1999 data.

The TNBS estimated a total transit demand of 5,404,000 trips for Pueblo County. With current ridership in Pueblo County of just over one-million, the TNBS report suggests that current transit systems capture less than 20 percent of total demand. The TNBS approach should be viewed as the “perfect” world scenario – a measurement of ridership if unlimited funds were available to develop a full-service

Page 174: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 65

transit system. The transit demand estimate summary based on transit dependent demographic characteristics could be considered a more realistic approach.

Table 5.19: TNBS Estimate For Pueblo County

Year DisabledProgram

TripsUrban

Area Total

1996 13,950 1,472,958 3,916,973 5,404,000 1999 15,700 1,472,958 4,309,344 5,798,000

Source: Colorado Department of Transportation, 2000

5.4.1.1 Amy Ostrander’s 2004 Demand Estimates

As part of the 2030 LRTP, consultant Amy Ostrander developed independent estimates of demand for Pueblo’s transit system. Table 5.20 lists the models she used to estimate demand for transit service. All these models require valid data on population to produce consistent results. They rely on certain assumptions to calculate demand and require assumptions that are valid for the local circumstances.

Table 5.20: Transit Ridership Models

Populations Used

Elderly

Low Income

Mobility

Limited

General Populatio

n

USDOT Regression Model for Zonal Demand

YES YES NO YES

Survey Research Method (Mesa County, Colorado)

YES NO YES YES

Peat Marwick Elderly and Disabled Trip Factor Model

YES NO YES NO

Peterson and Smith Regression Model

NO NO NO YES

Source: Ostrander Consulting, Inc (1/04)

The results of the various transit demand estimation techniques used

Page 175: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 66

to estimate overall transit need for the study area are summarized in Table 5.21. These various techniques provide a snapshot of the various transit rider groups and estimates of need by quadrant. The models make use of the demographic data and trends discussed in the Pueblo Regional Socioeconomic Profile provided in Chapter 4 of this plan and above in Section 5.2.

As could be anticipated, major transit needs are identified for the elderly and mobility limited. These two groups account for over 60 percent of the potential ridership. Need for service is most prevalent in the southwest quadrant, with the lowest potential ridership in the northeast quadrant. The student population of CSU-Pueblo is not represented in northeast census data. College age students are often without immediate access to a car and have consistently proven to be supportive of transit alternatives. Therefore, the potential for ridership from the Northeast Quadrant may be underestimated.

Table 5.21: Estimates of Transit Demand Based on Average

Values from Varying Methodologies*

USDOT Peat

Marwick Mesa

County Peterson &

Smith Value

s Average of

Models Elderly 823,420 213,689 159,993 - 3 399,034

Low Income 207,896 - - - 1 207,896

Mobility Limited - 722,441 187,235 - 2 454,838General Population 362,700 - 108,260 267,188 3 246,049

Total Est. Demand 1,394,016 936,130 455,488 267,188 1,307,817*Number of one-way transit trips per year

Source: Ostrander Consulting, Inc. 1/04

There is a significant difference between the TNBS study results and the average results estimated by the four different models shown above. In the TNBS study, only 20 percent of a theoretical ridership is utilizing the system. In the results shown in figure 42, the estimated ridership would be 1,307,818. Current ridership in 2006 was 1,033,411, therefore the current ridership is 79% of the estimated transit demand.

The opportunity to extend transit service to the additional 300,000

Page 176: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 67

potential riders without increasing overall costs is the focus of the Short Range Coordinated Public Transit - Human Services Transportation Plan. Here, in the Long Range Coordinated Public Transit - Human Services Transportation Plan, alternatives to expand services to the level projected by the TNBS will be reviewed.

5.4.1.2 Transit Demand by Quadrant

Efforts to estimate ridership for the Pueblo area are enhanced by access to Census 2000 data that has been aggregated in a consistent manner for the four quadrants. Many of the commonly used models are designed for rural areas. The more complex modeling used in large urban areas is beyond the scope of this study. As an option, several modeling techniques have been pooled to provide an insight to potential ridership.

Table 5-22: Estimates Of Transit Demand*

By Planning Quadrant

Southwest Southeast Northwest

Northeast Total

Elderly 177,176 110,172 100,093 11,593 399,034

Low Income 89,648 66,040 48,204 4,004 207,896

Mobility Limited 188,498 133,851 120,104 12,385 454,838

General Population

100,949 71,046 66,903 7,152 246,050

Total Est. Demand

556,271 381,109 335,304 35,134 1,307,818

*Number of one-way transit trips per yearSource: Ostrander Consulting, Inc. 1/04

5.5 Key Findings from the Literature Review and Public Input Process: Service Gaps and Unmet Transportation Needs

Appendix 5 summarizes the public input from current Transit users,

Page 177: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 68

along with relevant findings from previous plans and studies that have examined needs for public transportation. It is important in the assessment of need to consider both the “Who” and the “Why” people use Public Transit. Several conclusions from previous work and current users are clear and robust. They include the following: Service Frequency

The Analysis Of Impediments To Fair Housing Choice In Pueblo (May, 2001) report found that the current frequencies on half hour or full hour intervals between buses is a barrier to the usefulness of the system for many users. For example, taking into account the current transfer between routes, single working mothers do not have the time it takes for them to transport their children to day care, go to work and to respond to an emergency with the way the current public transportation system is set up.

Hours of Service

The Mobility Needs Of Low Income And Minority Households Research Study (2001) found that the public transportation system’s hours of availability are not as flexible as the working hours of major employment sectors such as service and retail. Sunday and night service were also the mostly highly demanded service expansion priorities among the participants in four public input meetings held in 2007 for the present Coordinated Public Transit—Human Services Transportation Plan. Seventeen percent and 14% of the total number of comments, respectively, requested night and Sunday service.

Service Area

The Analysis Of Impediments To Fair Housing Choice In Pueblo report also concluded that there are no planned low-moderate housing units available for migrant farm workers in the county where they work in the farm fields. The few housing units available to migrant workers are located within the east end of the city perimeters, with no public transportation to jobs in the County. Lack of Circulators Based on input from the Transit Advisory Committee, the alternative to improve fixed route service efficiency by developing an arterial route from the Pueblo Mall to the Downtown Transit Center, a North Circulator, and consolidation of other quadrant routes will be refined with support from Pueblo Transit staff. Transportation Demand

Page 178: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 69

Management strategies could be reviewed as an alternative for expanding service to new areas. Job Creation / Transit Disconnect Public transportation in Pueblo is an impediment to low-moderate income families as it is primarily available only within the city limits. Primary jobs at the airport industrial park, the Transportation Test Center, in Pueblo West, and on the St Charles Mesa are not accessible by public transportation. Many of these jobs would be in demand by low/moderate income residents, and lack of public transportation is a barrier to their interest. For example, while there is technically migrant worker housing available within the city of Pueblo, the workers do not have reasonable access to their place of employment by means of public transportation.

Accessible Route Barriers to Bus Stops

Several safety issues were highlight at the public input meetings. There are safety issues at the Tinseltown/Walmart shopping area where the bus stops now. It would be safer to stop/pickup (specifically the handicap passengers) in the shopping center due to the traffic on Dillon. An additional issue is cars driving in the bus lanes in front of the Transit Center. It is perceived as unsafe for passengers to cross the street when they leave the bus or catch the bus in and around the Transit Center Area. Service to Educational Facilities

Service to the new Delores Huerta Charter High School on the West Side is now a need.

5.5.1 Alternatives For Service Improvement The challenge to improving the fixed-route transit system is to improve

productivity while serving as much of the transit demand as possible. This section of the Coordinated Public Transit - Human Services Transportation Plan lays out several recently implemented and several proposed changes in service that do this while maintaining the existing service hours offered by Pueblo Transit.

In 2007, Pueblo Transit implemented a number of systems changes. The goal was to improve service without increasing costs. Primarily the changes were the combination of the Fairmount Park and Centennial routes into a new Highway 50 West Route, and by extending the Pueblo

Page 179: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 70

Mall Route to the Pueblo Crossings Shopping Center.

Page 180: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 71

Figure 5.23: 2007 Changes to

Fixed Route Transit Service

Route Symbols Key:

Yellow – Old Fairmount Park Orange – Old Centennial

Red – Updated Pueblo Mall Blue – New Highway 50 West

Page 181: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 72

5.5.2 Additional Proposed System Improvements

The 2030 LRTP recommended that the Transit Advisory Committee (TAC) examine a new alternative system of transit routes. This new alternative increases the efficiency of the system by establishing a series of Neighborhood and Commercial Circulators, connected to the downtown transit station via simultaneous transfers (where two routes arrive at the transfer point at the same time). The alternative relies on a combination of service improvements and efficiency improvements to provide better service without increasing the total revenue hours of service.

Service Improvements The principal service improvement recommended was to establish a Northside Circulator to connect CSU-Pueblo with the commercial centers west of Fountain Creek.

Efficiency Improvements

There were two efficiency improvements recommended. First was to combine Route 9 and Route 10 to establish a “Belmont Circulator” that would serve the Eastside and Belmont neighborhoods and would offer “simultaneous transfers” to the Downtown Transit Center via Route 1 and the Pueblo Mall via the Northside Circulator. Express transfer locations would need to be established along Hudson (at 8th or 4th) and at CSU-Pueblo.

The second was to combine Route 2 and Route 4 to establish a “Bessemer Circulator” that would better serve riders in the Bessemer and Abriendo neighborhoods and provide direct transfers to the Downtown Transit Mall via Route 12 and to the commercial centers on Northern Avenue via Route 7. Express transfer locations would need to be established at the Pueblo Library and at the corner of Prairie Avenue and Wedgwood Lane.

5.5.2.2 Potential Alternatives For Expanded Service In addition to the modifications to transit service within the existing areas,

both the 2030 LRTP and the present analyses have identified three areas for possible expansion of service.

• University / Pueblo Mall connector • Airport Industrial Park • Pueblo West

The opportunities for expanding into these markets are currently limited by

Page 182: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 73

funding restrictions. However, it is important to develop information about these areas and establish a prioritized list for consideration during the development of long-range plans.

University Pueblo Mall Connector The CSU-Pueblo Campus covers more than 275 acres on the north side of Pueblo. Enrollment is more than 4,100 students in 2007. This is a slight gain compared with the previous year and reversed a slow but steady enrollment slide that dates back to the mid-1980’s. The general demand for public transit would be for students to access the Pueblo Mall, Tinseltown Movie Theater, Wal-Mart, and restaurants/bars. Current service connects to these locations. However, all routes currently go to the Downtown Transit Center, requiring a lengthy ride and transfer. A ten-minute auto trip becomes a 45-minute transit trip, making it an unattractive alternative.

The strategy to improve service efficiency by quadrant includes improved service to the CSU-Pueblo campus. In addition to connecting directly with shopping and restaurant/ entertainment centers on the North Circulator, half hour service would be available to downtown on the Pueblo Mall Arterial?.

Airport Industrial Park The Airport Industrial Park (AIP) is located five miles east of downtown Pueblo at the city-operated Pueblo Memorial Airport. The Airport is located along US50, approximately 7 miles east of the I-25/SH50/SH47 interchange. Access to the airport has been limited to the Paul Harvey Boulevard Interchange with US50, located between mile makers 321 and 322. Paul Harvey Blvd. also provides access to the USDOT Road that leads to the U.S. Army Pueblo Chemical Depot andthe Association of American Railroads’ Transportation Test Center, Inc.. The AIP consists of 1,476 acres, divided into approximately 75 parcels. Utilities include City of Pueblo water and sewer, electricity (Aquila, Inc.), natural gas (uninterruptible service, Xcel Energy) and telephone (Qwest Communications).

As part of the planning for the AIP, the decision was made to construct a single main internal roadway as a fixed spine off of which access to utility services would be provided. Initially, only a single access point to the AIP was provided. A second route was planned into the AIP from the mid 1980’s. At the time of the development of the 2035 LRTP, construction of the second access to the AIP from State Hwy 47is underway.

The most realistic option to introduce transit alternatives to this location would be to implement transportation demand management strategies such as carpool and vanpool. The distance of buildings from the main roadway and the fact that many of the businesses run multiple shifts suggest that the use of Transitwill not likely be cost-effective until a much higher concentration of

Page 183: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 74

ridership is present.

Pueblo West Pueblo West Metropolitan District was formed in 1969. It is a planned community with covenants and is governed by a Board of Directors. The area of the District, with inclusions, is about 26,830 acres or 49.10 square miles of contiguous lands extending west by northwest from points approximately 1.5 miles west of the limits of the City of Pueblo. The District is located immediately north of the Pueblo Dam and Reservoir. Pueblo West is bisected by east-west US Highway 50 and its northeastern border is Interstate Highway 25. Recent 2005 population estimates for Pueblo West indicate that there are about 25,000 residents. In addition to the availability of recreation land and facilities around the Pueblo Dam and Reservoir, there are multiple recreation opportunities for the area.

Developed for single family living, the road configuration does not encourage transit alternatives. Additionally, a density of less than 1 D.U. / Acres suggests that transportation demand management alternatives such as vanpool and carpool with convenient park and ride locations may be more feasible than mass transit.

5.6 Potential Sources Of Transit Funding The following summary includes descriptions of federal and local funding

sources for transit systems and identifies the relevance of each to the Pueblo Region. It does not include any recommendations for funding at this time.

5.6.1 Federal Funding Sources Transit systems in Colorado are eligible for federal assistance under several

programs. These include four Federal Transit Administration (FTA) grant programs; newer federal initiatives, local funding sources and user fees.

• Section 5303 Large Urban Area Formula Fund– Funding for transit operations for Urban Areas with populations greater than 200,000.

• Section 5307 Small Urban Area Formula Fund – Funding for transit operations for Urban Areas with populations between 50,000 and 200,000. Allocation based on formula of population and population density. Pueblo Transit received close to $1.2 million in 2002.

• Section 5309 Capital Fund – Discretionary Grants administered by the Colorado Association of Transit Agencies (CASTA) to fund capital projects such as

Page 184: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 75

transit facilities and equipment. Pueblo Transit received $205,651 for equipment purchases in 2002.

• Section 5310 Elderly and Disabled Capital Fund – Grant program administered by CDOT Transit Unit to improve mobility for the elderly and persons with disabilities. Must go towards capital needs. Requires a 20 percent local cash match.

• Section 5311 Capital and Operating Assistance for Non-Urban Areas – Grant program administered by CDOT Transit Unit for non-urbanized areas (population less than 50,000). Required local match: 30 percent for administrative expenses; 20 percent for capital expenses; 50 percent for operating expenses.

• Section 5313(b) Planning and Research Programs – Grant program administered by CDOT for planning and research programs. In Colorado, this fund program is usually reserved for rural areas and has been used for funding the Coordinated Public Transit - Human Services Transportation Plan Updates for rural TPRs. Urban planning funds are included in the Section 5307 program.

• Welfare-to-Work Program Grants – Possible FTA grants over the next few years that focus on getting disadvantaged labor forces to job locations. These include the Joblink Demonstration Program to test transportation strategies for linking unemployed persons with job sites. Livable Communities Program focused on linking land use issues to transit; the Bridges to Work Program that links inner-city residents with other job opportunities; and the Access to Jobs Program (JARC) to link job training centers or Private Industry Council efforts with transit programs.

• Section 5319 Bikes to Bus Program – FTA grants to link bicycle facilities to buses.

• Title III Older Americans Program - It is common to include senior services in the same budget as general public transit services. Particularly in the case where the local governments fund both programs, taking an integrated approach can allow an area to use the Title III funds and senior program matching dollars to leverage additional Federal Section 5311 dollars.

Page 185: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 76

5.6.2 State Funding The State of Colorado does not currently fund transit services. However,

recent legislation may make limited funds available. • SB1 Funds – State Senate passed legislation in 2002 to

dedicate a portion of SB1 funds to transit. Estimated to be approximately $675 million statewide from 2006–2020.

5.6.3 Local Funding Local funding is the most critical source of funding for transit systems since

many other funding sources require a commitment of funds from local sources.

• City and County General Funds – Pueblo Transit receives approximately $1.4 million a year in funding from the City of Pueblo General Fund and $22,000 a year from Pueblo County to support transit operations, maintenance, and transit capital needs.

• Dedicated Sales Tax - CRS Sec. 29-2-103 allows counties to levy a sales tax, use tax, or both to fund transit operations, maintenance and capital needs. Sales tax is limited to 1 percent, but is exempt from the 7 percent ceiling. Some mountain resort communities, specifically Summit and Eagle counties, have used this funding source successfully. Voter approval is required.

• Regional Transportation Authorities (RTA) - RTAs allow for a wider range of funding sources than the dedicated sales tax. RTAs are able to impose up to a $10 annual vehicle registration fee and may levy a sales tax of up to one percent and/or a visitor benefit fee of up to two percent on overnight lodging. Voter approval is required.

• Ad Valorem Property Tax - Counties are authorized by CRS Sec. 30-25-202 to impose property taxes for specific capital projects. Such special property taxes are exempt from the 5.5 percent property tax limit. Requires voter approval.

• Special Districts – Local districts funded from fees or property taxes to fund specific improvements. In general, these districts are limited in their usefulness as mechanisms

Page 186: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

Coordinated Public Transit – Human Services Transportation Plan

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 5 - 77

for funding transit systems, particularly in a multi-jurisdictional setting.

5.6.4 User Fees As with local funding sources, user fees demonstrate a commitment by those

who use the service.

• Fare Revenues - Reporting of the farebox recovery ratio is required by CDOT for Federal Section 5311 funds. Nationwide, a farebox recovery of 20% of the cost of operations is considered standard. Farebox revenue for Pueblo Transit was $535,942 in 2005.

• Advertising – Revenue from advertising on vehicles, bus stops, and promotional material. Provides revenue and a connection with the business community.

• Client Service Revenue – Cost sharing agreements with local businesses or government agencies to provide transit service. Employers get employees that arrive rested and on time and the transit agency receives a stable source of funding and additional ridership.

Page 187: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Chapter 4

Socio-Economic Profile

and Trends January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-1

Page 188: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-2

Table of Contents

4.1 Introduction _____________________________________________________________ 4

4.2 Regional Profile __________________________________________________________ 5 4.2.1 Population____________________________________________________________ 5 4.2.2 Housing _____________________________________________________________ 6 4.2.3 Income ______________________________________________________________ 7 4.2.4 Ethnicity _____________________________________________________________ 9 4.2.5 Employment __________________________________________________________ 9 Density of Population and Employment __________________________________________ 12

4.3 Major Regional Developments _____________________________________________ 17 4.3.1 City of Pueblo Growth _________________________________________________ 17 4.3.2 Pueblo Chemical Depot ________________________________________________ 18 4.3.3 Industrial Development in Pueblo County __________________________________ 18 4.3.4 Ft. Carson Army Base _________________________________________________ 19 4.3.5 Ft. Carson Buffer _____________________________________________________ 19 4.3.6 U.S. Army’s Pinon Canyon Maneuver Site _________________________________ 20 4.3.7 Fountain Creek Watershed Growth _______________________________________ 21 4.3.8 Water Issues _________________________________________________________ 22 4.3.9 Industrial Development ________________________________________________ 23

4.4 Development of Population, Household and Employment and Income Forecasts: 2005-2035________________________________________________________________________ 25

4.4.1 Introduction and Methodology___________________________________________ 25 4.4.2 Use of the TELUM Model to Develop Small-Area Demographic and Economic Forecasts __________________________________________________________________ 26 4.4.3 Spatial Representation of Demographic Variables ___________________________ 34 4.4.3 Allocation of Socioeconomic Forecasts to TAZ’s __________________________ 45

List of Tables TABLE 4.1: REGIONAL POPULATION 6 TABLE 4.2: PLACE OF WORK FOR PUEBLO RESIDENTS 1990 AND 2000 12 TABLE 4-3: COMPARATIVE POPULATION FORECASTS BY

CENSUS ZONE (TRACT): 2005 - 2035 31 TABLE 4-4: COMPARATIVE EMPLOYMENT FORECASTS BY CENSUS ZONE (TRACT):

2005 - 2035 32 TABLE 4.5: MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME BY CENSUS ZONE 33

Page 189: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-3

List of Figures FIGURE 4.1: PUEBLO / EL PASO AND SURROUNDING COUNTIES 4 FIGURE 4.2: CONCENTRATIONS OF POVERTY BY CENSUS TRACTS 8 FIGURE 4.3: PERCENTAGES OF MINORITY POPULATION BY CENSUS TRACT, CITY OF

PUEBLO 10 FIGURE 4.4: PERCENTAGES OF MINORITY POPULATION BY CENSUS TRACT, PUEBLO

COUNTY 11 FIGURE 4.5: 2005 DENSITY OF POPULATION AND EMPLOYMENT, PUEBLO COUNTY 13 FIGURE 4.6: 2005 DENSITY OF POPULATION AND EMPLOYMENT, CITY OF PUEBLO

AND PUEBLO WEST METRO DISTRICT 14 FIGURE 4.7: 2035 PROJECTED DENSITY OF POPULATION AND EMPLOYMENT, PUEBLO

COUNTY 15 FIGURE 4.8: 2035 PROJECTED DENSITY OF POPULATION AND EMPLOYMENT, CITY OF

PUEBLO 16 FIGURE 4.9 FT. CARSON ARMY BASE BUFFER AND EASEMENTS 20 FIGURE 4.10: FOUNTAIN CREEK WATERSHED IN PUEBLO AND EL PASO COUNTIES 21 FIGURE 4.11: CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS PROPOSED SOUTHERN DELIVERY

SYSTEM PIPELINE ROUTES 23 FIGURE 4.12: PROPOSED REGIONAL INDUSTRIAL PROJECTS IN THE FOUNTAIN

CREEK WATERSHED 24 FIGURE 4.13: PUEBLO URBAN AREA CENSUS TRACTS 29 FIGURE 4.14: RURAL AREA CENSUS TRACTS 30 FIGURE 4-15: 2005 POPULATION DISTRIBUTION BY CENSUS TRACT 35 FIGURE 4.16: 2035 POPULATION BY CENSUS TRACT 36 FIGURE 4-17: 2005-2035 POPULATION CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT 37 FIGURE 4-18: 2005 POPULATION DENSITY BY CENSUS TRACT 38 FIGURE 4-19: 2035 POPULATION DENSITY BY CENSUS TRACT 39 FIGURE 4-20: 2005 EMPLOYMENT BY CENSUS TRACT 40 FIGURE 4-21: 2035 EMPLOYMENT BY CENSUS TRACT 41 FIGURE 4-22: 2005-2035 EMPLOYMENT CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT 42 FIGURE 4-23: 2005 MEDIAN INCOME BY CENSUS TRACT 43 FIGURE 4-24: 2035 INCOME BY CENSUS TRACT 44

Page 190: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-4

4.1 Introduction

Pueblo’s existing transportation system includes roadways, railroads, bicycle and pedestrian trails, the Pueblo Memorial Airport, and several public and private transit services. Together, these facilities support an integrated transportation system that serves both area residents, visitors and those passing through the region.

This section of the Long Range Transportation Plan provides a summary of regional demographics and the economy, as they will likely impact the transportation system.

The primary focus of this section is on the existing conditions within the PACOG MPO/TPR, but due to the interaction between the PACOG MPO/TPR and the Pikes Peak Area Council of Governments MPO, many of the issues facing the communities will have an impact on both areas. Data from the FHWA Planning & Environmental Linkage project due in early 2008 will provide additional information on prospective growth pressures for the region.

Figure 4.1: Pueblo / El Paso And Surrounding Counties

Page 191: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-5

4.2 Regional Profile

4.2.1 Population In 2000, the population of Pueblo County was 141,472 people, with

over 70 percent of those living within the City of Pueblo. Growth in the region has fluctuated as a major shift in employment took place over the 1980s and 1990s. From 1990-2005, Pueblo County’s population grew by 23 percent. This rate of growth, however, is much less than was true for Colorado, which experienced a 43 percent increase during this time frame. The 3C Study Area contains 93 percent of Pueblo County’s estimated 2005 population of 151,104 residents. Over 92 percent of its estimated 140,500 residents are concentrated in 2 large urbanized communities, the City of Pueblo and Pueblo West.

The City of Pueblo is the historic population center of Pueblo County. Population growth within this community has been moderate in recent years. The 1990 Census recorded 98,640 City of Pueblo residents. The 2000 Census enumerated 102,121 residents, and a 2005 estimate of population developed by the State Demography Office shows 104,169 residents. During the 1990-2000 period, population grew at a compounded annual rate of 0.3 percent per year. For the 2000-2005 period, the compounded growth in population was 0.4 percent per year. In 1990, the City of Pueblo accounted for 80.2 percent of Pueblo County’s population. By 2005, however, this had shrunk to 68.9 percent of total County population.

Pueblo West, the other major community within the 3C study area has seen a completely different pattern of growth. From 1990 to 2000, its population almost quadrupled, increasing from 4,386 residents to nearly 17,000. In 2005, Pueblo West had an estimated population of 25,000. This translates into an estimated annual population increase of 8.0 percent per year. Table 4 and Figure 5 below summarize the relative sizes of the Pueblo County communities and the contrast in their growth rates between 1980 and 2005.

Table 4.1 shows historic populations for the city and county as well as future growth projections developed by the Pueblo MPO. The Pueblo County projections are consistent with those developed by the Colorado State Demography Office. By 2035, the county is projected to increase to over 250,000 people with 64 percent living within the City Of Pueblo. Pueblo County and the City Of Pueblo are expected to experience more rapid growth as they become more fully

Page 192: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-6

integrated into the state’s economy.

Table 4.1: Regional Population Measured Projected

1970 1980 1990 2000 2005 2015 2025 2035Population

City of Pueblo 97,774

101,686

98,640

102,121 104,169

120,819

139,445

159,273

Pueblo County

118,238

125,972

123,051

141,472 151,104

181,116

214,093

250,477

Percent in City 83% 81% 80% 72% 69% 67% 65% 64%

Rate of Growth

City of Pueblo

4.0% -3.0% 3.5% 2.0% 16.0% 15.4% 14.2%

Pueblo County

6.5% -2.3% 15.0% 6.8 19.9% 18.2% 17.0%

4.2.2 Housing

Housing development in Pueblo continues at a steady pace, growing somewhat faster than population due to shrinking household size. From 2000-2005, Pueblo County housing increased by almost 6,500 units, representing a growth rate of 11.0 percent. At the beginning of 2005, Pueblo County had an estimated 65,387 dwelling units. Growth within strictly the City of Pueblo during this interval was a more modest 6.4 percent, with a total 2005 housing inventory of 45,889 units.

Pueblo continues to enjoy a high rate of home ownership, although the housing stock is showing its age. According to the 2005 American Community Survey, owner occupied homes accounted for 67.9 percent of the occupied unit inventory. Housing constructed prior to 1950 accounted for 21.3 percent of all owner-occupied units. Within the City of Pueblo, the housing stock is generally much older than those portions of Pueblo County outside of the corporate limits. The 2000 Census recorded a median year of construction of 1959 for homes within the City of Pueblo. This means that one-half of homes were built prior to this year, and one-half subsequent to this year. For those portions of Pueblo County outside the city limits, the median

Page 193: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-7

year of construction for homes was 1983.

A surprisingly large number of Pueblo residents do not have the luxury of owning a motor vehicle. Data from 2005 reveal that 7.5 percent of all Pueblo households did not have access to a motor vehicle. At the opposite end of the spectrum, over 25 percent had 3 or more vehicles available.

4.2.3 Income The 2005 per capita income for Pueblo County was $25,600 dollars;

less than 70 percent of the Colorado value. Median household income in 2005 was $37,305, about 73.7 percent of the State value. Nearly 35 percent of Pueblo’s households had an annual income of less than $25,000. In 2005, approximately 17 percent of Pueblo County’s population lived in families with incomes below the poverty level as measured by the federal government’s official poverty definitions. The City of Pueblo has a higher poverty rate with almost 22 percent of families living at or below the poverty line. For comparative purposes, the 2005 percentage of Colorado families below poverty stood at 8.3 percent. Figure 4.2 shows the concentration of low-income individuals for each of the census tracts within the urban area. Note that while the large Census Tract 30.03 to the northeast of the City of Pueblo takes in a portion of the area recently designated Special Development Area, the Census 2000 population of 1,166 persons lived almost exclusively in the small area adjacent to the City’s eastern boundary north of Highway 50 B and south of Highway 47.

Page 194: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-8

Figure 4.2: Concentrations of Poverty by Census Tracts

Page 195: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-9

4.2.4 Ethnicity

Tables 4.3 and 4.4 below summarize the distribution of minority populations in the City of Pueblo and Pueblo County from the 2000 census data. Again, remember that the 1,166 residents of Tract 30.03 are almost entirely concentrated into the southwest corner of the tract. The largest percentages of minority population are located in the City’s recognized low/moderate income census tracts, often referred to as the “Y” zone, which include the West Side, East Side, and Bessemer neighborhoods. Many of these tracts include between 67% and 80% minority population. Tracts without substantial minority populations are in Pueblo West and in several neighborhoods on the western side of the City.

4.2.5 Employment

Table 4.2 shows that between 1990 and 2000 an increasing percentage of Pueblo’s resident workforce traveled to neighboring counties for employment. In 2000, approximately 91 percent of the 46,000 workers living in Pueblo County still worked in the County. Approximately 5,100 commuted outside the county each day to work. The majority of these commuters work at jobs in El Paso County and Fremont County.

The 2006 average annual unemployment rate in Pueblo County was 5.6 percent, compared to Colorado’s 4.3 percent and the national rate of 4.6 percent. The number of jobs in Pueblo continues to show steady growth. In 1990, the number of employed Pueblo residents stood at 52,355. By 2006, this had grown to 67,239 persons. This represents a growth rate of 28.4 percent. The average numeric growth rate during this period was about 930 jobs per year.

Page 196: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-10

Figure 4.3: Percentages of Minority Population by Census Tract, City of Pueblo

Page 197: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-11

Figure 4.4: Percentages of Minority Population by Census

Tract, Pueblo County

Page 198: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-12

Table 4.2: Place of Work for Pueblo Residents 1990 and 2000

1990 2000 County # % # % Pueblo County 43,505 94.5% 52,721 91.1%

El Paso County 1,524 3.3% 3,137 5.4%Fremont County 438 1.0% 1,129 2.0%Otero County 199 0.4% 290 0.5%Crowley County 174 0.4% 216 0.4%Denver County 189 0.4% 250 0.4%Huerfano County 29 0.1% 130 0.2%

Sub-Total Other County 2,553 5.5% 5,152 8.9 %

Total 46,058 57,873Source: U.S. Census 1990 and 2000

Density of Population and Employment

Figures 4.5 and 4.6 show the density of population and employment in the Pueblo Urbanized Area. This measure is calculated as the density of residents plus employees per acre in a given Census tract. Densities in Pueblo are relatively low in most areas. However, some of the older developed areas, and regional commercial centers such as the Pueblo Mall have higher densities due to either employment centers or denser housing development. Projections for 2035 suggest that employment densities will increase from medium to high within the central business core and along State Highways 78 and 47. Employment density will increase from low to medium primarily along I25 at the north end of the City. These trends are depicted in Figures 4.7 and 4.8.

Page 199: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-13

Figure 4.5: 2005 Density of Population and Employment,

Pueblo County

Page 200: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-14

Figure 4.6: 2005 Density of Population and Employment, City of Pueblo and Pueblo West Metro District

Page 201: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-15

Figure 4.7: 2035 Projected Density of Population and Employment, Pueblo County

Page 202: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-16

Figure 4.8: 2035 Projected Density of Population and Employment, City of Pueblo

Page 203: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-17

4.3 Major Regional Developments Since the 2030 LRTP was created, there have been a number of

projects that have been constructed or have been announced which will have a great impact on the Pueblo Region. Most of these developments impact the northern portion of Pueblo County. Additionally, there are several projects located on the southern side of Pueblo that will have long-term impacts on the community. Many of the recent projects have been spearheaded by development interests from El Paso County and the Denver Metro area.

4.3.1 City of Pueblo Growth The City of Pueblo historically has been the center of population in

Pueblo County. The population has been near 100,000 since 1970. In the 1960’s and 1970’s, the community saw a number of large annexations by the City of Pueblo and the development of the Pueblo West Metropolitan District by McCulloch Properties. In the 1990’s, the City grew with the annexation of the Pueblo Municipal Airport, the south side landfill, and the SouthPointe development.

On October 22, 2007 the Pueblo City Council reclassified 56,000 acres of land from the north city limits to the El Paso County line from multiple (2002 Comprehensive Development Plan) future land use designations to Special Development Area, permitting the consideration of mixed-use proposals for the area to be submitted as Planned Unit Developments. Public information concerning the City’s plans indicated an intention to complete the annexation of the largest development expeditiously. If the development were phased and built as proposed by the developers, it would have a significant impact on the community and the transportation system throughout the region. Early proposals from the developers indicated that there would be somewhere between 70,000 to 85,000 residential units on nearly 20,000 acres with an additional 1100 acres of commercial, retail, and industrial development.

The formal actions taken by the Pueblo City Council in reclassifying future land use in the North Pueblo Special Development Area impact the 2035 LRTP. The network of roads in the northeast quadrant of the County proposed in the 2030 LRTP has been determined to be inadequate to accommodate the scale of development and population proposed for these future land uses. The proposed future network will be discussed in more detail in subsequent sections of this report.

Page 204: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-18

4.3.2 Pueblo Chemical Depot The Pueblo Chemical Depot (PCD) was constructed during World

War II as an ammunition and material storage and shipping center. It has served a variety of functions for the U.S. military since that time. Since the 1990’s, the primary mission of the facility became the storage of chemical munitions. Munitions stored at the facility and scheduled for destruction include: AGENT ITEM QUANTITY POUNDS HT-Blister 4.2-inch Cartridges 20,384 118,220 HD-Blister 4.2-inch Cartridges 76,722 460,340 HD-Blister 105mm Cartridges 383,418 1,138,760 HD-Blister 155mm Projectiles 299,554 3,504,780 The process of destruction will require the construction of a new facility at the northern portion of the PCD site. Access to this site will be via the US Department of Transportation Road (DOT Road). As part of the approval process for this facility, additional access to the site was identified as a need. To provide this access, the existing DOT Road is being upgraded and extended west to State Highway 47 at the eastern edge of the City of Pueblo.

4.3.3 Industrial Development in Pueblo County In addition to the development at the Pueblo Chemical Depot, there

are two other regionally significant industrial developments that are nearing completion in Pueblo County. The first is at the Comanche Station, which currently produces 660 MW of electric power for the Colorado area. This project, valued at $1.3 billion, is a third electrical generating unit at Comanche. The new facility is a 750 MW coal fired generator. As part of the permitting process, the Public Service Company of Colorado has had to upgrade the pollution control equipment on the other two generators at the facility. As a result, the future air pollution from the three generators is projected to actually be lower than was produced in the past by the original generators at the Comanche Power Plant. The second major industrial project is the $200 million GCC Rio Grande, Inc. cement plant south of the City of Pueblo. This will be the second largest cement plant in Colorado, producing over 1 million tons of cement products each year. The site is accessed from the Stem Beach exit of I-25. As part of the permitting process for each of these facilities, Pueblo County required improvements to the roadways servicing the

Page 205: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-19

facilities.

4.3.4 Ft. Carson Army Base In 2004, the United States Army began a process of shifting troops

back to the United States, and Ft. Carson was a major recipient of troop transfers. In its 2005 BRAC Recommendations, the Department of Defense recommended to realign Fort Hood, TX, by relocating a Brigade Combat Team (BCT) and Unit of Employment (Uex) Headquarters to Fort Carson. Fort Hood did not have sufficient facilities and available maneuver training acreage and ranges to support six permanent heavy BCTs and numerous other operational units stationed there. Fort Carson had sufficient capacity to support these units. Overall, the expected growth of Ft. Carson as a result of these changes is: Projection for the Expected Growth Scenario (EGS) 11,400 Military Personnel +21,287 Military Dependents +430 Civilian Personnel +692 Civilian Dependents 33,809 Total New Persons in the Study Area* *Piles Peak Area Council of Governments Ft. Carson Regional Growth Coordination Plan newsletter, July, 2007. It is expected that the majority of the new growth of Ft. Carson will reside in El Paso County, but a portion of the new population will likely reside in Pueblo County, specifically Pueblo West and the City of Pueblo, due to the lower cost of housing. As a result of the development on and surrounding Ft. Carson, the Pueblo Area Council of Governments supported the request of the Pikes Peak Area Council of Governments to make the reconstruction of the I-25/SH 16 interchange the highest priority project within CDOT Region 2. This will provide better access to the Ft. Carson Army Base from I-25.

4.3.5 Ft. Carson Buffer The US Army has determined that there is a need for a buffer around

the base to protect the site from community development. The Army is in the process of securing less than fee-simple ownership interests on lands 1.5 miles to 2.5 miles out from the base boundary. This buffer would allow the use of their entire existing property without possible negative impacts to the surrounding property owners. Because of the presence of critical habitat for Threatened and

Page 206: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-20

Endangered Species, the Nature Conservancy has identified a parallel interest in this protection initiative and has secured three conservation easements along the southern edge of Ft. Carson. In addition, a conservation initiative aimed at preserving land from Pikes Peak to Chico Basin, including a 28-mile stretch of Fountain Creek, recently received a $4.75 million Great Outdoors Colorado Legacy grant, to be used over the next three years to help protect more than 29,000 acres through conservation easements including up to 3,100 acres in Pueblo County. The buffer around Ft. Carson will have an impact on the future roadway network proposed in the 2030 LRTP. The proposed “Pinon Loop” has been removed from the 2035 LRTP to meet the SAFETEA-LU direction to be in compliance with such environmental plans as conservation easements.

Figure 4.9 Ft. Carson Army Base Buffer and Easements

4.3.6 U.S. Army’s Pinon Canyon Maneuver Site In addition to the expansion of Ft. Carson itself, there is also a

proposal to expand Ft. Carson’s Pinon Canyon Training site south of Pueblo County. The expanded use of this site would likely result in

Page 207: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-21

additional military convoy travel through the Pueblo MPO/TPR. In July 2007, local media reported the possible use of the Pueblo Chemical Depot property in a role supporting Ft. Carson in the future. This would also increase the demands on the transportation system surrounding the PCD.

4.3.7 Fountain Creek Watershed Growth The Fountain Creek watershed has seen significant growth over the

last few years and, as described above, is expected to continue to grow into the future. The watershed includes all of the City of Colorado Springs, Fountain, Security, Widefield, and the Monument Area (figure 4.10). In 2006, the Fountain Creek Vision Task Force was created as a regional partnership between the Pikes Peak and Pueblo Area Councils of Governments. A discussion of proposals and initiatives of the Fountain Creek Vision Task Force and its partners is provided in Chapter 3, the Environmental Profile.

Figure 4.10: Fountain Creek Watershed in Pueblo and El Paso Counties

Page 208: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-22

4.3.8 Water Issues

As more development occurs within the Fountain Creek Watershed, more potential problems will occur in the lower sections of Fountain Creek. In 2007, the problems involve flooding and water quality. Additionally to support the growth in El Paso County and specifically Colorado Springs, additional raw water is needed. Colorado Springs Utilities has proposed the Southern Delivery System (SDS), to transport water from the Arkansas River into Colorado Springs. As proposed, the SDS pipeline is to be built from the Pueblo Reservoir to the City of Colorado Springs. The final route of the SDS has not been determined. As originally proposed, the SDS would be constructed as follows:

• 2,200 feet of 78-inch pipeline capable of conveying 96 million gallons per day (mgd) and 1,100 feet of 72-inch pipeline capable of conveying 78 mgd of raw water

• A 160-foot long, 36-inch diameter pipeline capable of conveying 18 mgd of raw water to the existing Pueblo West Pump Station

• A 43-mile long, 66-inch diameter pipeline and three pump stations capable of conveying 78 mgd of raw water

Figure 4.11 below depicts the possible routes from the Bureau of Reclamation through Pueblo County. Right of Way for the pipeline will be acquired, and coordination of the alignment with future roadway corridors will greatly improve the efficiency of development of all projected facilities. Additionally, the alignments of other utilities (e.g. sanitary sewer lines) may be significantly impacted by the ultimate route chosen for SDS. If utilities have limited points of crossing, future development could be limited in the areas near these corridors.

Page 209: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-23

Figure 4.11: City of Colorado Springs Proposed Southern Delivery System Pipeline Routes

4.3.9 Industrial Development In the area between Pueblo and Colorado Springs, there is a series of

industrial projects that are either proposed or have received some form of regulatory approval. At the time of this writing, there are three electrical power-generating facilities approved and currently proceeding through permitting. The Midway Electrical Substation is an important facility in terms of regional electrical distribution. It is the primary substation between Pueblo and the Denver area. It interconnects various electrical systems in southern Colorado and connects the Comanche Power Plant in Pueblo to the Denver Metro area. It is also the planned terminus for Western Area Power Administration’s (WAPA) Eastern Plains Transmission Project, which is proposing to construct approximately 1,000 miles of high-voltage transmission lines in Colorado and western Kansas. This project includes the region’s first 500 KV transmission lines that will extend from Kansas along the Arkansas River valley.

In southern El Paso County, there is currently a Colorado Springs

Page 210: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-24

Utilities (CSU) sewage treatment plant, the Clear Springs Sewage Treatment Facility. CSU is also planning to construct the Clear Springs Water Reclamation Facility just off I-25. The Lower Fountain Sewage Disposal District is also proposing to construct a sewage treatment facility on the opposite side of the Fountain Creek from the planned CSU facility.

El Paso County has also recently approved a gravel extraction, asphalt and concrete plant between the Fountain Creek and I-25 south of the Pikes Peak International Raceway (closed). This facility is being constructed to provide construction materials for the southern portion of El Paso County and northern Pueblo County. South of this area west of I-25 is the Midway Landfill.

Locations of these developments are summarized in figure 4-12. Industrial development in the area will add significantly to the amount of heavy truck traffic. This area has a very limited roadway network, and thus the increases in traffic will likely primarily impact the Interstate 25 system in the planning horizon for the present plan.

Figure 4.12: Proposed Regional Industrial Projects in the Fountain Creek Watershed

Page 211: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-25

4.4 Development of Population, Household and

Employment and Income Forecasts: 2005-2035

4.4.1 Introduction and Methodology Demographic and economic forecasts are intrinsic to the process of

transportation planning. They serve a variety of functions, including transportation modeling, update of the Federally mandated Long Range Transportation Plan, and the development and planning of future roadway networks. The long-range forecasts for Pueblo incorporate a 30-year horizon, from 2005 to a future target data of 2035. The geographic extent of the analysis includes 40 census zones incorporated within Pueblo County and 306 smaller areas known as Transportation Analysis Zones. These are subsequently referred to by their common acronym as TAZ’s. The variables forecasted include:

• Total population; • Population in households; • Group quarters population • Households • Basic sector employment • Retail sector employment • Service sector employment • Income, and • School enrollment

The selection of variables to be forecasted is largely dependent upon the data required to run the TransCad model, which is used to generate travel demand forecasts. In other words, these variables serve as input data for the computer model that is used to prepare the forecast of future transportation activity. A top-down model approach was used to create the demographic and employment forecasts. Forecasts were initially developed for Pueblo County in its entirety. The countywide forecasts were subsequently disaggregated to 40 smaller areas, which, with some exceptions correspond to the tracts used in conjunction with the 2000 Census. Through an allocation process the forecasts for the 40 zones were distributed to the 306 TAZ’s that comprise Pueblo County. The Colorado State Demography Office has developed detailed population and employment projections for each of the 64 Colorado

Page 212: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-26

counties. These forecasts are revised annually, and represent the most consistent and detailed source of data available at the county level. The difficulty imposed by these forecasts is that they do not provide data disaggregated to geographic areas smaller than the entire County. They do, however, serve as a control on total county population and employment. Consequently they improve the reasonableness and consistency of forecasts for smaller areas, which if developed in their absence would tend to exceed growth that could be expected for the surrounding region.

In conjunction with staff assistance provided by the Demography Office, the official state forecasts for Pueblo County were slightly modified to reflect local knowledge about the impact of the Fort Carson troop deployment and changed assumptions regarding the level of labor force participation in Pueblo’s economy. The effects of these changes on the Demographers’ predictions are relatively minor. The official Demography Office 2035 forecast of Pueblo’s population is 243,401 inhabitants. The revised forecast that has been incorporated in the 2035 Long Range Plan shows a projected population of 250,477 residents.

As an initial step to allocate the countywide forecasts to smaller areas, city and county planning staff members were asked to provide an assessment of where growth is likely to occur over the next 30 years. Their collective input served as a basis for assessing the reliability of the subsequent detailed forecasts developed using the TELUM model (please see below).

4.4.2 Use of the TELUM Model to Develop Small-Area Demographic and Economic Forecasts

TELUM is an abbreviation of Transportation, Economic, and Land-Use Model, and denotes software that was developed by the New Jersey Institute of Transportation. This program is a sophisticated model that has been used by many Metropolitan Planning Organizations to develop long-range forecasts of population, households, and employment. These forecasts are a necessary component of transportation demand forecasting. Subsequent to the growth analysis described in the preceding section, the TELUM model was used to develop demographic forecasts by five-year increments for the 40 census zones within Pueblo County. The boundaries of these zones are depicted in the sketch maps, Figs. 4-14 & 15. Each zone is given a numeric designation from 1 through

Page 213: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-27

40. The boundaries of the zones largely reflect the geographic configuration of 2000 census tracts for Pueblo, although in some cases boundaries were modified so that the subsequent allocation of demographic variables to TAZ’s would sum to the total for each modified census zone. Also, each Census zone (tract) was assigned a consecutive numeric designation. The TELUM model requires an extensive dataset of input variables in order to generate. These can be summarized as follows:

• Socioeconomic variables, including population, household and employment data for 2000 and 2005;

• Land use variables, reflecting the current distribution of land use in each census zone, representing total developed land, land suitable for development, vacant land, and the distribution of current land uses for commercial, industrial, and residential usages;

• Zonal travel time data: This is frequently referred to as impedance data, and reflects the travel time between consecutive zones. This is expressed as a 40 x 40 matrix, since there are a total of 40 geographic zones.

An initial run of the TELUM model was executed, which reflects the so-called ‘Non-Constrained’ scenario. This run represents the base case for subsequent elaborations of the forecasts, and can be viewed as the case where the forecasts are entirely reflective of the dataset values as outlined above. A revised series of forecasts were developed which incorporate human judgment as to where growth is likely to occur. The initial analysis described in Appendix 4, representing the collaborative efforts of City and County Planning Department staffs, served as a guideline, but not absolute standard as to where growth is most likely to be distributed. This process was completed for the forecasts of population, households, and employment. Tables 4-3 and 4-4 depict the respective population and employment forecasts derived from the initial and revised forecast runs. A majority of the differences between results of the initial and revised forecasts appear to be due to the tendency of the TELUM model to over-forecast population and employment to older developed areas of the community. The reader should be also be aware that revisions to the initial forecasts reflect an assessment that the northeast portions of Pueblo County, particularly zones 34 and 40 are likely to see greatly enhanced growth due to the development of new subdivisions. These developments reflect policy changes which cannot be accurately forecasted by models which are based on socioeconomic and land use input data. It would be a

Page 214: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-28

lengthy process to justify in detail the assumptions used in preparing the revised zonal forecasts, however, the extent to which the zone is currently at its developed capacity and recent historic growth patterns served as criteria for assessing whether or not to revise the initial forecasts. The TELUM Model incorporates a feature that allows for the reallocation of the initial forecast values in conjunction with the revisions which are subsequently made on the basis of human judgment. Several iterations of this process were required before the final set of forecasts was developed. The forecasts of median income for the 40 census tract areas were based on initially developing long-term forecasts to 2035 for the entire county. These were done on the basis of the historic pattern of income trends from 1950-2000, and were extrapolated to 2035 using a 2nd degree polynomial equation fitted to the trend data. The coefficient of determination (R2) for this data was 0.995. These values were expressed both in current dollars and constant 2005 dollars. Forecasts of U.S. Consumer Price Index data prepared by the Congressional Budget Office were available to 2012. The deflator was calculated using the extrapolated trend of consumer price index data carried forward to 2035. The countywide forecasts were allocated to individual census tracts using a weighted value of 2 independent estimating techniques.

• Method 1 evaluated the median income of an individual census tract relative to the entire county from 1990 to 2000. The tract’s relative change in income ranking during this period was extrapolated to 2035. The final 2035 estimate using this method was derived by multiplying the tract’s proportion of the county median income value.

• Method 2 assumes that the tract’s median income tends to be stable relative to the countywide value over time. Evaluations of income rankings of census tracts over time suggest that relative changes in the socioeconomic status of neighborhoods occur relatively slowly.

A weighting of 25 percent was given to the Method 1 estimates, and 75 percent to the method 2 values. The deflators expressed in 2005 constant dollars were applied to the estimates to derive income forecasts expressed in both current and constant dollars. The income forecasts are shown in Table 4.5.

Page 215: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-29

Figure 4.13: Pueblo Urban Area Census Tracts

Page 216: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-30

Figure 4.14: Rural Area Census Tracts

Page 217: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-31

Table 4-3: Comparative Population Forecasts By Census Zone (Tract): 2005 - 2035

Census Zone (Tract)

2005 Population Estimate

2035 INITIAL UNCONSTRAINED Population Forecast

2035 REVISED Population Forecast

Numeric Difference

Percentage Difference

1 2,717 4,512 2,933 -1,579 -35.0%2 1,803 3,760 2,508 -1,252 -33.3%3 1,341 1,339 2,822 1,483 110.8%4 2,490 4,996 2,373 -2,623 -52.5%5 2,332 3,848 2,234 -1,614 -41.9%6 4,362 4,088 4,235 147 3.6%7 12,815 13,161 12,536 -625 -4.7%8 5,420 7,222 6,526 -696 -9.6%9 270 626 1,639 1,013 161.8%

10 6,453 8,492 6,420 -2,072 -24.4%11 1,448 2,340 1,316 -1,024 -43.8%12 3,757 5,628 3,747 -1,881 -33.4%13 1,664 4,028 1,656 -2,372 -58.9%14 4,254 6,662 3,790 -2,872 -43.1%15 2,139 4,394 2,069 -2,325 -52.9%16 7,291 7,431 7,439 8 0.1%17 6,863 8,369 7,909 -460 -5.5%18 3,812 4,443 4,284 -159 -3.6%19 5,452 7,558 7,296 -262 -3.5%20 5,521 8,396 7,634 -762 -9.1%21 3,624 9,250 6,679 -2,571 -27.8%22 4,166 5,620 5,155 -465 -8.3%23 2,534 3,242 8,907 5,665 174.7%24 4,212 7,680 7,555 -125 -1.6%25 2,934 5,964 5,317 -647 -10.8%26 2,288 6,063 5,652 -411 -6.8%27 4,891 12,540 11,546 -994 -7.9%28 4,469 10,072 9,309 -763 -7.6%29 3,319 5,159 4,987 -172 -3.3%30 6,891 11,785 11,290 -495 -4.2%31 5,086 9,052 8,783 -269 -3.0%32 5,343 9,989 9,546 -443 -4.4%33 1,747 7,962 1,798 -6,164 -77.4%34 1,361 3,380 19,424 16,044 474.7%35 2,684 5,403 7,280 1,877 34.7%36 4,650 8,282 7,117 -1,165 -14.1%37 2,022 3,716 3,296 -420 -11.3%38 2,167 4,432 4,211 -221 -5.0%39 3,670 5,821 5,261 -560 -9.6%40 845 1,307 15,998 14,691 1124.0%

TOTAL 151,107 248,012 250,477 2,465 1.0%

Page 218: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-32

Table 4-4: Comparative Employment Forecasts By Census Zone (Tract): 2005 - 2035

Census Zone (Tract)

2005 Employment

Estimate

2035 INITIAL UNCONSTRAINED

Employment Forecast2035 REVISED

Employment ForecastNumeric

DifferencePercentage Difference

1 1,004 819 2,000 1,181 144.2%2 122 5 199 194 3880.0%3 1,531 1,453 2,305 852 58.6%4 699 2,555 916 -1,639 -64.1%5 4,551 4,347 5,103 756 17.4%6 10,053 7,058 14,000 6,942 98.4%7 1,745 1,897 1,584 -313 -16.5%8 970 1,195 976 -219 -18.3%9 680 278 1,002 724 260.4%

10 1,665 9,244 7,626 -1,618 -17.5%11 918 2,500 1,365 -1,135 -45.4%12 2,281 3,709 3,602 -107 -2.9%13 525 839 660 -179 -21.3%14 593 241 500 259 107.5%15 160 341 296 -45 -13.2%16 2,028 961 3,000 2,039 212.2%17 2,972 3,798 2,228 -1,570 -41.3%18 1,760 1,445 1,235 -210 -14.5%19 747 628 1,501 873 139.0%20 1,158 7,492 2,813 -4,679 -62.5%21 414 393 2,000 1,607 408.9%22 834 311 1,000 689 221.5%23 1,203 1,680 1,404 -276 -16.4%24 549 1,361 3,000 1,639 120.4%25 157 463 367 -96 -20.7%26 841 3,414 2,955 -459 -13.4%27 5,765 19,938 26,411 6,473 32.5%28 2,334 20,895 4,329 -16,566 -79.3%29 117 358 350 -8 -2.2%30 1,049 3,185 2,674 -511 -16.0%31 484 763 614 -149 -19.5%32 209 159 500 341 214.5%33 601 311 601 290 93.2%34 3,689 4,079 8,049 3,970 97.3%35 384 249 199 -50 -20.1%36 722 2,050 1,718 -332 -16.2%37 1,772 2,050 2,370 320 15.6%38 698 3,606 2,860 -746 -20.7%39 542 878 631 -247 -28.1%40 729 915 2,920 2,005 219.1%

TOTAL 59,255 117,863 117,863 0 0.0%

Table 4.5

Page 219: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-33

Table 4.5: Median Household Income by Census Zone

Census Zone 2005 2035 % Chg. 2005 2035 % Chg.

1 37,271$ 73,128$ 96.2% 37,271$ 36,971$ -0.8%2 37,531$ 132,736$ 253.7% 37,531$ 67,107$ 78.8%3 -$ -$ - -$ -$ -4 38,068$ 84,487$ 121.9% 38,068$ 42,714$ 12.2%5 34,806$ 76,422$ 119.6% 34,806$ 38,636$ 11.0%6 20,463$ 52,346$ 155.8% 20,463$ 26,464$ 29.3%7 26,651$ 56,727$ 112.9% 26,651$ 28,679$ 7.6%8 41,184$ 84,458$ 105.1% 41,184$ 42,699$ 3.7%9 -$ -$ - -$ -$ -

10 36,351$ 74,177$ 104.1% 36,351$ 37,502$ 3.2%11 26,947$ 89,070$ 230.5% 26,947$ 45,031$ 67.1%12 34,137$ 74,469$ 118.1% 34,137$ 37,649$ 10.3%13 44,153$ 87,390$ 97.9% 44,153$ 44,182$ 0.1%14 40,906$ 81,388$ 99.0% 40,906$ 41,147$ 0.6%15 35,148$ 78,741$ 124.0% 35,148$ 39,809$ 13.3%16 29,225$ 73,628$ 151.9% 29,225$ 37,224$ 27.4%17 27,689$ 58,073$ 109.7% 27,689$ 29,360$ 6.0%18 22,140$ 47,157$ 113.0% 22,140$ 23,841$ 7.7%19 37,875$ 78,453$ 107.1% 37,875$ 39,663$ 4.7%20 39,485$ 77,459$ 96.2% 39,485$ 39,161$ -0.8%21 42,051$ 97,164$ 131.1% 42,051$ 49,123$ 16.8%22 51,672$ 136,988$ 165.1% 51,672$ 69,256$ 34.0%23 55,199$ 121,366$ 119.9% 55,199$ 61,358$ 11.2%24 51,740$ 108,894$ 110.5% 51,740$ 55,053$ 6.4%25 89,276$ 204,238$ 128.8% 89,276$ 103,256$ 15.7%26 26,317$ 71,543$ 171.8% 26,317$ 36,170$ 37.4%27 54,549$ 115,840$ 112.4% 54,549$ 58,564$ 7.4%28 55,681$ 155,212$ 178.8% 55,681$ 78,470$ 40.9%29 62,611$ 127,185$ 103.1% 62,611$ 64,300$ 2.7%30 64,718$ 152,022$ 134.9% 64,718$ 76,857$ 18.8%31 52,468$ 119,704$ 128.1% 52,468$ 60,518$ 15.3%32 51,639$ 158,763$ 207.4% 51,639$ 80,265$ 55.4%33 43,189$ 108,130$ 150.4% 43,189$ 54,667$ 26.6%34 26,179$ 60,146$ 129.8% 26,179$ 30,408$ 16.2%35 83,673$ 173,204$ 107.0% 83,673$ 87,566$ 4.7%36 64,094$ 155,314$ 142.3% 64,094$ 78,521$ 22.5%37 39,479$ 93,274$ 136.3% 39,479$ 47,156$ 19.4%38 46,856$ 96,368$ 105.7% 46,856$ 48,720$ 4.0%39 43,440$ 111,060$ 155.7% 43,440$ 56,148$ 29.3%40 34,362$ 71,431$ 107.9% 34,362$ 36,113$ 5.1%

TOTAL 38,575$ 85,884$ 122.6% 38,575$ 43,420$ 12.6%

Table 4.5 Median Household Income by Census ZonesCURRENT $ CONSTANT 2005 $

Page 220: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-34

4.4.3 Spatial Representation of Demographic Variables

Figures 4-16 through 4-25 below depict the population, employment and income levels for the County in 2005 and 2035, reflecting the methodology described above. The tables and maps depicting this data by TAZ are included in Appendix 4.

Page 221: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-35

Figure 4-15: 2005 Population Distribution by Census Tract

Page 222: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-36

Figure 4.16: 2035 Population by Census Tract

Page 223: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-37

Figure 4-17: 2005-2035 Population Change by Census Tract

Page 224: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-38

Figure 4-18: 2005 Population Density by Census Tract

Page 225: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-39

Figure 4-19: 2035 Population density by Census Tract

Page 226: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-40

Figure 4-20: 2005 Employment by Census Tract

Page 227: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-41

Figure 4-21: 2035 Employment by Census Tract

Page 228: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-42

Figure 4-22: 2005-2035 Employment Change by Census Tract

Page 229: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-43

Figure 4-23: 2005 Median Income by Census Tract

Page 230: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-44

Figure 4-24: 2035 Income by Census Tract

Page 231: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 4-45

4.4.3 Allocation of Socioeconomic Forecasts to TAZ’s

The final step in the process of developing the forecasts was to allocate the data for the 40 census zones to the 306 TAZ’s. The previous maps depict the forecasts allocated to the 40 Census tracts. A more detailed breakdown of the demographic forecasts allocated to TAZ’s can be found in Appendix B. It also provides a detailed description of the process used to allocate the census zonal forecasts to the 306 TAZ’s. The data and maps suggest that over the next three decades, Pueblo is likely to see the major component of residential growth occurring within the northern portion of the County. Proposed new subdivision developments appear likely to enhance the City of Pueblo’s growth potential, reversing a long-term trend of relatively stagnant population growth. Pueblo West appears likely to see continuing growth, approaching a 2035 population of about 45,000. This figure approaches its build-out capacity of 50,000 – 55,000. Eagleridge, and the surrounding area on Pueblo’s north side adjacent to Highway 50 and I-25 appear well poised to experienced substantial job growth. This area appears likely to become Pueblo’s new “downtown”. The forecasts suggest that while the downtown and Union Avenue area are likely to experience some employment growth, it will be a secondary phenomenon compared to activity within the northern portion of the City. New subdivisions in the northern portion of Pueblo County have the potential for experiencing substantial growth in employment, particularly with the expansion of retail and perhaps industrial development.

Page 232: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Chapter 3

Environmental Profile

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Page 233: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Table of Contents

3.1 Introduction ____________________________________________________________ 4

3.1.1 Purpose and Need: __________________________________________________ 4

3.2 Regulatory Framework for Environmental Considerations__________________________ 5

3.2.1 Transportation Related Laws _________________________________________ 5

3.2.2 The National Historic Preservation Act (1966) _______________________________ 5

3.2.3 The National Environmental Policy Act [NEPA](1969) ______________________ 6

3.2.4 The Clean Air Act (1970)_________________________________________________ 7

3.2.5 The Clean Water Act (1972) ______________________________________________ 7

3.2.6 The Endangered Species Act (1973) ________________________________________ 8

3.2.7 The Emergency Wetlands Resources Act(1986)_____________________________ 9

3.2.8 Executive Orders _______________________________________________________ 9

3.2.9 Linking Planning and NEPA______________________________________________ 9

3.2.10 STEP UP ____________________________________________________________ 10

3.2.11 Natural Resource Management Plans _____________________________________ 11 3.2.11.1 National Forest and Grasslands Management Plans ________________________ 11 3.2.11.2 Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Plans ______________________________ 12

3.3 Methodology for Environmental Analysis____________________________________ 13

3.3.1 The PACOG “Corridor Vision” Strategy ________________________________ 13

3.3.2 Regional Overview ___________________________________________________ 15

3.3.3 Environmental Analysis and Mapping______________________________________ 18 3.3.3.1 Unmapped Transportation Planning Factors_______________________________ 18

3.3.4 Involvement in Local Environmental Issues _________________________________ 20

3.3.5 Mitigation Activities__________________________________________________ 23 3.3.5.1 Single-Project Mitigation _____________________________________________ 24 3.3.5.2 Multi-Project Mitigation ______________________________________________ 25 3.3.5.3 Regional Studies ____________________________________________________ 25

3.4 Transportation & Land Use Planning__________________________________________ 26

3.4.1 Overview _____________________________________________________________ 26

3.4.2 Best Practices _________________________________________________________ 29

3.4.3 The Pueblo Regional Development Plan and Future Land Use_________________ 33 3.4.2.1 Special Development Areas ___________________________________________ 35 3.4.2.2 Transportation Planning in Special Development Areas _____________________ 37

3.4.4 Water and Growth _____________________________________________________ 38

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-2

Page 234: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

3.4.5 Recent Comprehensive Plan Amendments & Related Actions _________________ 38

3.4.6 Primary job creation and Expansion of Urban Renewal Districts ______________ 41 List of Tables TABLE 3.1: LAND USE CATEGORIES 29 TABLE 3.2: TRANSPORTATION POLICY AND PROGRAM LAND USE IMPACTS: 32 TABLE 3.2: FUTURE LAND USE INTENSITIES 34 List of Figures FIGURE 3.1: PUEBLO COUNTY TRANSPORTATION CORRIDORS ___________________ 15 FIGURE 3.2: THE FOUNTAIN CREEK WATERSHED _______________________________ 23 FIGURE 3.3: FUTURE LAND USES FROM THE 2002 REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN,

INCLUDING THE NORTH PUEBLO SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STUDY AREA______ 37 FIGURE 3-4: HISTORICAL ANNEXATIONS TO THE CITY OF PUEBLO_______________ 39 FIGURE 3.5: HONOR FARM MASTER PLAN ______________________________________ 41 FIGURE 3.6: PUEBLO URBAN RENEWAL AUTHORITY AREAS _____________________ 42

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-3

Page 235: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ 3.1 Introduction 3.1.1 Purpose and Need:

The passage of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU) has resulted in many changes to the transportation planning process. SAFETEA-LU requires that the adopted metropolitan transportation plan contain a discussion of potential environmental mitigation activities (area-wide, not project specific). This is a new requirement that should be developed in consultation with Federal, State, and Tribal regulatory agencies responsible for land management, wildlife, and other environmental issues. This new requirement did not apply to the previous Long Range Transportation Plan, and for many MPO regions the 2035 Long Range Transportation Plan is the first plan that will significantly address environmental issues. As local MPO offices have been working to comply with this new requirement, the Colorado Department of Transportation has been providing guidance, resources, workshops, and connections to various regulatory agencies to help achieve that goal. The purpose of the new SAFETEA-LU requirements is to help local MPO’s make more informed decisions about specific transportation projects while also protecting and enhancing the environment. This chapter describes the environmental regulatory framework from within which the 2035 LRTP is developed; the methodology used to acquire and analyze environmental data with relevance to transportation plans; and the overall approach to environmental mitigation taken by the plan. The chapter is accompanied by a significant collection of maps summarizing combinations of environmental data. Each map provides a description of the data sources employed and the analyses represented. The maps are referenced in the text of the chapter, included in Appendix 3 to the Plan, and also available individually from the PACOG MPO.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-4

Page 236: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ 3.2 Regulatory Framework for Environmental Considerations

There are a number of environmental laws and executive orders that transportation agencies are required to address when planning for transportation within their regions. They include but are not limited to the following:

3.2.1 Transportation Related Laws

The Rivers and Harbors Act (1899) The Federal Aid Highway Act (1956) The Wilderness Act (1964) The Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (1965) The Land and Water Conservation Fund Act (1965) The Department of Transportation Act, Section 4(f) (1966) The National Trails System Act(1968) The Wild and Scenic Rivers Act (1968) The Water Bank Act (1970) The Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries Act (1972) The Surface Transportation Act (1978) The Coastal Barrier Resources Act (1982) The National Highway System Act (1995)

3.2.2 The National Historic Preservation Act (1966) The National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) affects transportation projects that are federally funded. It requires government agencies to evaluate the impact to cultural resources of all federally-funded construction projects through a process dictated by Section 106 of the Act. Under the act, agencies conduct their own preservation reviews with consultation from local governments and Indian tribes, with monitoring from the National Council on Historic Preservation. The NHPA was enacted due to public concern that so many of the nation's historical resources were not receiving adequate protection as federally sponsored public works projects impacted their integrity. Having been strengthened and expanded by several amendments, the NHPA is today the basis of America's historic preservation policy.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-5

Page 237: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ The NHPA expanded the role of federal preservation efforts, begun by the National Antiquities Act. Federal power was diffused to the states, which in turn were encouraged to diffuse it further to localities. Historic preservation in the United States was thus broadened to include places with local or state as well as national historic significance. NHPA mandates a three-part process: The identification of potentially historically significant resources; assessment of potential adverse effects to these resources of the proposed project; and description of resolution strategies to the adverse effects. Potentially significant cultural resources are defined as resources evaluated as eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. Assessments are conducted by architectural historians authorized to conduct such reviews as part of specific Section 106 reviews, usually in conjunction with the satisfaction of NEPA requirements in an Environmental Impact Statement. In Pueblo County, there are 114 structures currently listed on the National Register, including the individual contributing buildings in the Union Ave. and Pitkin Place Historic Districts. In addition, there are 5 structures listed on the Colorado Register and 14 on the Pueblo Register of Cultural Resources, all of which would qualify as eligible for National Register status for Section 106 review purposes. In addition, as part of the I25 improvements Environmental Impact Statement Section 106 review, 856 structures were tentatively identified as National Register-eligible within the Area of Potential Effect for the I25 Improvements project. Many of the currently identified qualifying structures are depicted in Figure 3-3 in Appendix 3.

3.2.3 The National Environmental Policy Act [NEPA](1969)

NEPA came into existence following widespread protests against the federal government's destruction of neighborhoods and the natural environment while building Interstate highways during the 1950s and 1960s. The focus of the law was the establishment of a U.S. national policy promoting the enhancement of the environment, but its

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-6

Page 238: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ most significant effect was to establish the requirement for environmental impact statements (EIS’s) for major U.S. federal government actions. This law affects transportation projects in that it has since been applied to any public works project that either involves federal funding or when a federal agency is a key participant in the project's development.

3.2.4 The Clean Air Act (1970)

The Clean Air Act Extension of 1970 is a United States federal law that requires the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to develop and enforce regulations to protect the general public from exposure to airborne contaminants that are known to be hazardous to human health. This law is an amendment to the Clean Air Act originally passed in 1963. In June 1989 President Bush proposed sweeping revisions to the Clean Air Act (The Clean Air Act Amendments (1990). Building on Congressional proposals advanced during the 1980s, the President proposed legislation designed to curb three major threats to the nation's environment and to the health of millions of Americans: acid rain, urban air pollution, and toxic air emissions. The proposal also called for establishing a national permits program to make the law more workable, and an improved enforcement program to help ensure better compliance with the Act. Pueblo County is not designated as “non-attainment” by the EPA. Non-attainment zones are areas of the country where air pollution levels persistently exceed the national ambient air quality standards.

3.2.5 The Clean Water Act (1972) Transportation projects that have potential water quality impacts will need to address the regulations of the Clean Water Act. It is the primary federal law in the United States governing water pollution. The act established the goals of eliminating releases to water of high amounts of toxic substances, eliminating additional water pollution by 1985, and ensuring that surface waters would meet

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-7

Page 239: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ standards necessary for human sports and recreation by 1983. Section 303 of the Clean Water Act authorizes the water quality standards and Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) programs. These are risk-based (also called hazard-based) programs that set site-specific pollutant standards for individual water bodies, such as rivers, lakes, streams and wetlands. A TMDL is a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a water body can receive and still meet water quality standards. Over 60,000 TMDL programs are proposed or in development for US waters in the next decade and a half. Following the issuance of a water quality standard or TMDL for a water body, implementation of the requirements involves modification to NPDES permits for facilities discharging to the water body. There is also a system of regulating the discharge of dredged and fill material into jurisdictional waters of the United States, administered by the Army Corps of Engineers under Section 404. This program regulates the discharge of fill and dredged material into jurisdictional waters of the United States. Essentially, all discharges of fill or dredged material affecting the bottom elevation of a jurisdictional water of the U.S. require a permit from the Army Corps. These permits are an essential part of protecting wetlands, which are often filled by land developers. The Federal Government has recognized that wetlands are vital to the ecosystem in filtering streams and rivers and providing habitat for wildlife. Drainage basins in Pueblo County are shown in Figure 3-4 in the appendix.

3.2.6 The Endangered Species Act (1973)

There are a number of Threatened and Endangered Species in Pueblo County and as such, transportation projects could potentially be affected by federal regulations regarding the protection of these species and their various habitats. The Endangered Species Act, (ESA) is the most wide-ranging of the dozens of United States environmental laws passed in the 1970s. This act was designed to protect critically

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-8

Page 240: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ imperiled species from extinction due to the consequences of economic growth and development without adequate concern and conservation. Threatened and endangered species habitat is shown in Figure 3-5. Additional wildlife-related and biodiversity maps are included in Figures 3-6 through 3-12.

3.2.7 The Emergency Wetlands Resources Act(1986)

The Emergency Wetlands Resources Act of 1986, approved November 10, 1986, authorized the purchase of wetlands from Land and Water Conservation Fund monies, removing a prior prohibition on such acquisitions. It required the Secretary of the Interior to establish a National Wetlands Priority Conservation Plan, required the States to include wetlands in their Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plans, and transferred to the Migratory Bird Conservation Fund amounts equal to the import duties on arms and ammunition. Pueblo County wetlands are mapped in Figure 3-13.

3.2.8 Executive Orders Floodplain Management Executive Order 11988 (1977) Protection of Wetlands Executive Order 11990 (1977) Federal Emergency Management Executive Order 12148 (1979) Invasive Species Executive Order 13112 (1999) Environmental Stewardship and Transportation Infrastructure project Reviews Executive Order 13274 (2002) Floodplains are mapped in Figure 3-14.

3.2.9 Linking Planning and NEPA The passage of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) in the 1970’s required transportation planners to consider the significance of environmental issues in transportation. The new requirements under SAFETEA_LU further emphasize both the spirit and the letter of NEPA. NEPA mandated an environmental assessment for every federally funded project with the potential to impact the environment. If no federal funding is involved, state

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-9

Page 241: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ environmental review requirements or local ordinances and plans may apply with similar requirements for study of impact and assessment of alternatives. In addition to transportation-related environmental review requirements, a variety of local, state and federal permits that regulate wetlands, water quality, air quality, noise and other environmental resources may be needed for projects as well. Identifying the extent of impacts and mitigation opportunities is a key consideration when planning projects.

3.2.10 STEP UP

Strategic Transportation, Environmental and Planning Process for Urbanizing Places, or STEP UP, is an environmental streamlining pilot project involving the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the North Front Range Metropolitan Planning Organization (NFRMPO). In July 2003, the FHWA Colorado Division office received funding to carry out the STEP UP project to evaluate environmental impacts of transportation projects early in the planning process, specifically during the development of the long range Regional Transportation Plan (RTP). CDOT administers the funds for the pilot project provided to the NFRMPO. The NFRMPO was selected as the region for the pilot study due to its moderate size (approximately 350,000 people over 1,600 square miles) and its inclusion of two rapidly-growing urbanized areas. The primary objectives of the project included: 1. Development of an improved process for addressing environmental impacts related to transportation projects at the earliest possible stage. 2. Development of GIS-based tools for early identification of impacts of transportation projects. 3. Incorporation of a cumulative effects assessment into NFRMPO’s Regional Transportation Plan process to help

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-10

Page 242: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ understand the effects of transportation development on both land use and environmental resources. This effort focused on the process by which projects are planned and implemented, from the creation of a Regional Transportation Plan (RTP) through the inclusion of projects in the local and state Transportation Improvements Plans (TIP/STIP), and on to the development of individual projects through the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) process. The STEP-UP process has application to the PACOG MPO’s planning environment, and it is PACOG’s intent to implement a similar program during the next five-year planning cycle.

3.2.11 Natural Resource Management Plans It is important for Long Range Transportation project planning to understand the long-term goals of the management plans for Federal Lands within their study areas. Knowing the goals of these agencies as expressed through their management plans will help to ensure future transportation plans are not at cross-purposes with the stated goals of these federal agencies. Public Lands and lands by agency ownership in Pueblo County are mapped in Figure 3-15 and 3-16. The following are summaries of transportation-related goals from PACOG-area resource management areas.

3.2.11.1 National Forest and Grasslands Management Plans The Pike and San Isabel National Forests (Forests) and Cimarron and Comanche National Grasslands (Grasslands) (collectively referred to as the PSICC) include 2.8 million acres of public lands. A portion of San Isabel National Forest lies within the PACOG planning area. Management of the PSICC is very complex because it spans a variety of ecosystems, and social and economic settings, and must be integrated with the needs of two state governments and 17 counties. The PSICC is currently working under the 2006 fiscal year monitoring report of their 1984 Forest Plan.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-11

Page 243: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ PSICC personnel meet regularly with the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), Colorado Division of Wildlife (CDOW), Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks (KDWP), and various other partners regarding wildlife objectives and opportunities for projects that will help achieve shared objectives. Topics have focused on lesser prairie chickens, big game, and trout with the state agencies, grazing management with the BLM, and threatened and endangered (T&E) species with the USFWS. CDOW’s Habitat Partnership Program (HPP) includes representatives from CDOW, the Forest Service, BLM, private landowners, and hunters with the aim of addressing big game animal damage issues on private lands intermixed with state and federal ownerships. There are also two Antelope Conflict Resolution committees in southeastern Colorado, where state grazing allotments and the Comanche National Grassland coexist with private agricultural interests. The PSICC has established partnerships with state universities and species advocacy groups such as Trout Unlimited, Ducks Unlimited, the Rocky Mountain Elk Foundation, and the National Wild Turkey Federation for research and habitat enhancement projects.

3.2.11.2 Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Plans The PACOG planning area lies within the area administered by the Royal Gorge Field Office in Canyon City, Colorado. The office is currently considering a proposal to amend its Travel Management Plan (TMP) as it relates to Off Highway Vehicle (OHV) designations. The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) proposes amending the Royal Gorge Resource Management Plan (RMP) to revise current travel management regulations for portions of the six eco-subregions included in the Arkansas River TMP planning area. The TMP serves as the instrument for implementing previous travel and transportation decisions included in the Royal Gorge RMP. The TMP directs BLM to change Off-Highway Vehicle (OHV) designations used throughout most of the planning area from the current system of Limited to Existing Roads and Trails to a new system of Limited to Designated Roads and Trails. The primary TMP goals that would be achieved through the proposed amendment and changes in OHV designations include: maintaining and improving public

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-12

Page 244: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ land health; providing appropriate and reasonable access; and enhancing recreation opportunities.

3.3 Methodology for Environmental Analysis

3.3.1 The PACOG “Corridor Vision” Strategy

Transportation Planning often uses the concept of “corridor plans” to analyze future roadway systems and expansions in capacity to current systems. This makes rational sense from the standpoint that people have to move from point A to point B along some route roughly between the two points. Buffers are chosen to determine the width of the “corridor” from this imaginary line (or the current facility) that is reasonable for study. That area is delineated and as much information as can reasonably be gathered is traditionally combined into a very detailed analysis of the “corridor” of the project. The challenge with this approach is that it can miss the greater environmental context. Its surgical accuracy leaves it without a reference point. For example, is there a wildlife migration route? How important is this migration route? What does it connect on a landscape level? Is this the single connection between summer and winter habitats? If this migration route is limited by the proposed transportation project, are there other options for the wildlife? These can be difficult questions to answer with limited information about large geographical areas. PACOG has chosen to supplement this traditional “corridor” approach with a more holistic, contextually rich approach. GIS technology makes it possible now to analyze entire landscapes at a level once only available to a small locale. The technology is such that reducing this global perspective to the traditional “corridor” model is actually more difficult and more expensive, although only slightly so. In an attempt to understand the landscape-level functionality of the PACOG region we have gathered data at the state and regional levels and are able to answer questions on a project-by-project basis from that the ecosystem perspective.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-13

Page 245: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ The fiscal constraints to transportation development in our region provide us with the opportunity to focus on the larger picture as opposed to the project-driven constraints of areas of the state that are growing more rapidly. The slow growth of Southern Colorado also allows us to examine a range of transportation modes more freely. Is it reasonable to believe that the single-occupant, petroleum-fueled vehicle will be the major mode of choice in 30 years? If not, what mode would we recommend as an alternative? How can we begin to imagine a transition to that mode? What would be the relative environmental cost of the new mode? PACOG will still identify corridors and report on them in the same format as our previous transportation plans. This allows the 2035 plan to be easily and seamlessly combined with the reports of the other transportation planning regions at the state level. However, the analysis behind our corridor visions is radically different from what has been done locally in the past. Figure 3.1 below illustrates the areas we would find if we only studied the buffers (shown as lighter areas) three miles in each direction away from existing facilities. By viewing the relatively large amount of landscape that is not included in these corridors it can be seen that had we used a traditional approach, our ability to understand the greater functionality of the landscape would be severely diminished. The present approach is consistent with the spirit and letter of the latest regulations for Long Range Transportation Planning as delineated by both CDOT and FHWA. We are also excited about the added benefit that this level of analysis provides when working with the local governments within our jurisdiction. We have been able to share this data with them and thereby improve planning decisions being made on a number of levels within the region.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-14

Page 246: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ Figure 3.1: Pueblo County Transportation Corridors

3.3.2 Regional Overview Pueblo County’s snow-capped, ruggedly alpine Wet Mountains rise majestically out of the San Isabel National Forest and provide a western backdrop for one of the most spectacularly beautiful landscapes in Colorado. At their base, rolling, pine-covered foothills give way to juniper and piñon-speckled mesas that in turn break dramatically from their flat tops and fall into hidden canyon lands. These then blend into vast expanses of short-grass prairie and fragrant sand sage ecosystems. Tying all of this variety together is a laced network of braided wetlands, reservoirs, lakes, mountain streams and riparian corridors that together form the numerous tributaries of the greater Arkansas River

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-15

Page 247: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ system. This unique landscape that straddles the continental edge between the Great Plains and the Southern Rocky Mountains provides a setting for more than 250 individual species of birds and land animals. It shelters rare plants and animals that are found nowhere else in the world and provides critical habitat to a number of rare, threatened and endangered species including the bald eagle. While similar examples of this arid collage of ecosystems can be found throughout the North American West, they are becoming increasingly isolated. Pockets can be found to the north along the Front Range of the Rockies, as far away as Wyoming and Montana. To the south, it can be seen extensively along the southern Sangre de Cristo Mountains to Taos and Santa Fe, New Mexico. While these areas are all individually unique, they share many common features and qualities. Herds of elk roam across vast working ranches ringed with barbed wire fences. Black bears, mountain lions, wild turkeys, pronghorn, bighorn sheep, mule deer and the odd white tail deer leave their tracks on lands previously inhabited by Native Americans, cowboys, mountain men, pioneers, ranchers, miners, and adventurers seeking their luck in the lands of the West. These same Western lands have also been facing universal pressure from urbanization and development. The very traits that make them beautiful and desirable are the traits that attract urbanization, growth and irreversible change. As the urbanized Front Range in Southern Colorado continues to grow at an unprecedented rate, the portion of Pueblo County that lies north of the City of Pueblo and also between the State Land Board properties on the East and Fort Carson on the West has been identified by many planning professionals, developers and investment groups as a likely area for future growth. With its current mixture of working ranches, historic trails, wetlands, wildlife corridors, and unique vistas, this sub-section of our study area is highly desirable for a number of future land uses. At its heart is the Fountain Creek watershed; a dynamic riparian zone that is currently being studied by a number of local groups with different goals and objectives. Some of these regional goals include:

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-16

Page 248: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ • Creating numerous new recreational opportunities

such as camping, fishing, hunting, mountain biking, urban and wilderness hiking, horseback riding and bicycle commuting.

• Restoring natural ecosystems and wildlife habitat

throughout the corridor • Keeping agricultural lands in the corridor

productive and vibrant. • Preserving a “greenbelt” of open space as a

community separator and scenic corridor along Interstate 25 between Pueblo and Colorado Springs.

• Finding an effective way to manage storm water

discharges, attenuate flooding and reduce the dynamic changes of the Fountain Creek.

• Controlling the spread of noxious weeds and plants

within the corridor. • Finding effective ways to maintain or improve the

wildlife habitat within the Fountain Creek riparian and upland zones.

• Managing water quality and quantity on the

Fountain Creek as growth and urbanization in the watershed changes the natural hydrograph.

• Limiting the impact of urbanization to the Fort

Carson training areas and vice versa. • Protecting valuable rare plant communities and

critical wildlife migration corridors. There are many challenges facing elected officials, community leaders, planners, interest groups and the public. Prominent among them will be to integrate the numerous and sometimes disparate goals for the lands, accommodating future projected growth while protecting the rich ecological, cultural and historic resources we have inherited.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-17

Page 249: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ 3.3.3 Environmental Analysis and Mapping

The PACOG 2030 LRTP plan was not based on environmental information. The plan projected a number of roadway networks that were based on a pre-determined one-mile grid, which in some instances placed roads on the top of high mesas and passing over steep slopes. In other cases roads ran through protected conservation areas and through the middle of areas of high wildlife and biodiversity values. The environmental analysis for the 2035 plan examined landscape-scale environmental factors for transportation using a GIS environmental database. Layers of data were mapped individually for reporting purposes but were also used in multi-layered mapping projects to assist in planning future roadway corridors. In the 2035 plan a number of environmental variables were considered with associated spatial databases. These variables included elevation (Figure 3-17), slope (Figure 3-18), soil types (Figure 3-19 & 20), property ownership, land cover (Figure 3-21), and wildlife habitats, Threatened and Endangered Species and biodiversity (Figures 3-5 through 3-12). The process of creating a roadway network while considering a large number of transportation and environmental factors was iterative. It is nearly impossible to read a map with all environmental factors displayed at the same time. So a few factors would be considered; roadway alignments would be moved to accommodate them; then those layers would be removed; and new layers representing other factors would be added and corridors would move again. This continued until the “best fit” for environmental and transportation factors could be achieved.

3.3.3.1 Unmapped Transportation Planning Factors There were also a number of unmapped “environmental” factors that were used when considering transportation corridors and future transportation projects. They include Hazardous Material Sites, Possible Brownfield Sites, and Environmental Justice. Current and former Hazardous Material Sites were not mapped because some of the data we have on hazardous

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-18

Page 250: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ materials is dated (circa 1980) and may have changed. Other, more recent data is fairly site-specific, and while the data will be valuable for project--specific evaluations, publishing it at the parcel level would be unfair to individual property owners. It was deemed that this information, while public and available from the EPA, should not be published in this plan. For similar reasons Potential Brownfield Sites were not mapped in this report. The EPA is currently working with local interest groups, planners, local officials and individual property owners to create an inventory of potential Brownfield Sites. Under current Brownfields regulations, a site can be deemed a Brownfield even if it simply appears to be contaminated. The appearance of a site being contaminated can lead to a stigma associated with the property that keeps it from re-developing for other uses. Sites like these are eligible for Brownfield studies through the EPA to have that stigma removed so that the site can be more easily redeveloped for the benefit of a community. As such, selecting properties that could potentially qualify as Brownfield Sites is a highly collaborative process that involves the community and individual elective property owners who choose to pursue this designation. It is possible to guess at likely sites within the region with historic uses that are associated with contamination. Some of these uses include, dry cleaners, smelters, railroad areas, stockyards, gravel pits, slag piles, foundries, kilns, former dumps (both municipal and ad hoc), meat processing plants, industrial sites, paint stores, and mechanic shops. However, until such an inventory is complete, it would be inappropriate to publish staff-recommended potential sites, or sites with historic uses that are associated with contamination. Environmental Justice areas were mapped in the Coordinated Public Transit-Human Services Transportation Plan. Areas characterized by a predominance of low-moderate income populations are exhibited and discussed in Chapter 5, the Coordinated Human Services-Public Transportation Plan. These areas will need to be further studied in comparison with locations of substantial environmental impact to determine whether disadvantaged populations in Pueblo are disproportionately exposed to environmental hazards. More specific spatial analysis has

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-19

Page 251: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ been initiated by the MPO, combining census data with parcel-level data from the Pueblo County Assessor. This created a highly predictive model for portions of the study area that could be affected by Environmental Justice issues. This information, while also public, is inappropriately intrusive for inclusion in the present plan.

3.3.4 Involvement in Local Environmental Issues One of the most pressing current local environmental issues in this region is the status of the Fountain Creek. The Fountain Creek is a tributary of the Arkansas River that extends from its confluence with the Arkansas River in the City of Pueblo north into El Paso and Teller Counties (Figure 3-2 below). Urbanization within this watershed has created a number of water quantity and water quality concerns. As a result, the Fountain Creek Vision Task Force was formed to address these issues. The mission of the Fountain Creek Vision Task Force is to prepare a comprehensive strategic plan for the Fountain Creek Watershed. This plan will incorporate and address all of the planning, scientific, and visioning documents generated by its members, groups and sub-groups and approved by their Consensus Committee. The Task Force will then build on these documents to create a shared vision for specific actions of participating entities to realize the shared vision. El Paso County initiated this effort, and the first meeting was held in July 2006 at the Bear Creek Nature Center. The Keystone Center has been contracted to facilitate these conversations and move the group toward the achievement of common goals. Colorado Open Lands and the Nature Conservancy have been in discussions with many key landowners within the watershed. Working with the Department of Defense to create a buffer zone around Fort Carson, they have also begun to purchase certain properties and secure conservation easements within the watershed. Senator Salazar directed his staff in both his Pikes Peak and Arkansas Valley offices to research the potential for carrying a "Crown Jewel" project on Fountain Creek. This project has the goal of restoring Fountain Creek and turning

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-20

Page 252: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ the corridor between Colorado Springs and Pueblo into a recreational amenity. Colorado State Parks, under the leadership of Board Chair Tom Ready, is excited about the possibility of building a linear park, anchored by two campsite facilities - one in Southern El Paso County and one in Northern Pueblo County. There are hundreds of miles of trails in place and hundreds of miles of new trails planned (including the Colorado Front Range Trail) that would link this linear State Park to trail systems and parks throughout the state. There are a number of large reservoirs adjacent to this corridor as well as reservoirs planned that could provide new opportunities for flat water recreation and fishing. Future plans for major utility improvements, including swage treatment plants, power plants and increasing water usage in the region through the Bureau of Reclamation’s Southern Delivery System project have all raised concerns of local citizens, public officials and communities. The Army Corps of Engineers has recently completed a study of the entire watershed to document the current characteristics, general conditions and health of Fountain Creek. This baseline information was then used to identify areas where restoration projects may be feasible and beneficial. Preliminary recommendations on rehabilitation and restoration of the watershed have been made by the Corps of Engineers. The proposed projects of the Arkansas Valley Conduit (AVC), SDS and PSOP (Preferred Storage Option Plan) have opened the door for more regional, non-partisan cooperation than ever before. Local utilities and governments in Pueblo and El Paso Counties and throughout the region are more interested in fixing Fountain Creek than at any time in recent history.

The Pueblo Area Council of Governments has been staffing the Task Force and providing mapping support for various issues as they are addressed by the group.

Fountain Creek Vision Task Force Participants include:

• City of Fountain • City of Colorado Springs

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-21

Page 253: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ • City of Pueblo • City of Palmer Lake • El Paso County • Pueblo County • Pikes Peak Area Council of Governments (elected) • Pikes Peak Area Council of Governments (staff) • Pueblo Area Council of Governments (elected) • Pueblo Area Council of Governments (staff) • Colorado Open Lands • El Paso County property owners (along Fountain

Creek and the Arkansas River) • Pueblo County property owners • City of Pueblo residents (Colorado Progressive

Coalition) • Colorado State Parks • Technical Advisory Committee • Department of Defense • U.S. Senator Wayne Allard • U.S. Senator Ken Salazar • U.S. Congressman John Salazar • U.S. Congressman Doug Lamborn • Lower Arkansas Valley Water Conservation

District • Sierra Club • City of Fountain Utilities • Pueblo Board of Water Works • Colorado Springs Utilities • Teller County • El Paso County Water Authority

It is important to the long-range transportation planning process to be intimately aware of these various projects and issues within the planning region. This venue has also allowed PACOG staff the opportunity to provide assistance and information to the public on future plans for roadway corridors and growth within the region.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-22

Page 254: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ Figure 3.2: The Fountain Creek Watershed

3.3.5 Mitigation Activities A long-range transportation plan shall include a discussion of types of potential environmental mitigation activities and potential areas to carry out these activities, including activities that may have the greatest potential to restore and maintain the environmental functions affected by the plan. While our 2035 plan does not address in detail any specific projects in the Prioritized Plan in chapters 8 and 9, there are significant development projects currently in the planning

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-23

Page 255: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ stages within our planning region. These projects will contain major transportation and land use implications for wildlife in Pueblo County. The concept of mitigation usually contains the premise that damage has been done or is going to be done and that there is a need for compensation or softening of said damage. Traditional impacts to wildlife from both land use and transportation projects are: • Loss of habitat and resources • Diminished access to habitat and resources • Fragmentation of habitat • Loss of critical, secondary and tertiary migration

corridors • Unintentional introduction of non-native plants and

animals The Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations (40 CFR1508.20) define mitigation as: 1. Avoiding an impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action; 2. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation; 3. Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment; 4. Reducing the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operation during the life of the action; and 5. Compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments. Without addressing any specific projects, the environmental section of the 2035 plan attempts to fulfill the first CEQ definition of mitigation by helping local land use authorities, developers, and transportation planners avoid creating an impact altogether by making better decisions that avoid the worst environmental offenses.

3.3.5.1 Single-Project Mitigation Typically on single projects, mitigation is made on-site. In most cases, especially as it relates to wetlands, the amount of habitat that is impacted by a project cannot be compensated for by creating the same amount of similar habitat in a new location on-site. The newly created habitats are not as productive as the ones they were

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-24

Page 256: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ intended to replace and may never reach the level of viability and productivity as the original habitats had attained naturally. For instance, Section 404 of the ClWater Act requires that some ratio greater than 1:1 be usedwhen generating compensatory mitigation through the creation of new wetlands. Because of this, it may be determined at the time of environmental review that mcan be gained for the greater ecosystem by providing for improvements to environmental resources off-site.

ean

ore

the case of migration corridors, an understanding of the

d at the

-

3.3.5.2 Multi-Project Mitigation

he principles for single-project mitigation also apply to

on

. Mitigation Banking d

3.3.5.3 Regional Studies

here are many studies being carried out by various scape

iencing

ts to

e

Intype of corridor that runs through a specific site is vital. What does this migration corridor connect? What are theconsequences of this corridor being eliminated or constrained by the project? If the site is understoolandscape level before a project begins, decisions can be made that are landscape-appropriate. In any event, SingleProject Mitigation must start with an understanding of the site within the landscape. This perspective encourages the best decisions about the most effective and responsible mitigation for a specific action.

Tmulti-project mitigation. Having multiple projects however, may lead to some greater range of mitigatioptions. Some of these options are: 12. In-Lieu-Fee Mitigation, an3. Conservation Banking

Tinterested groups on the functionality of the local landas they relate to development, conservation, and environmental concerns. Pueblo County is experdevelopment pressures from the north along the Front Range communities. Additionally, development impacwater quality on Fountain Creek have generated concern across the region. Incorporation of regional studies into thdecision-making process will help to provide a more

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-25

Page 257: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ seamless environmental fabric long-term. Working towith our planning partners to the north and participating in large scale environmental studies such as the “Planning andEnvironmental Linkages” project, which is evaluating both Pueblo and El Paso County for environmental and development constraints, will help the transportatioplanning process to mitigate for future project-based impacts.

gether

n

.4 Transportation & Land Use Planning -21

es the

SEC. 6001. TRANSPORTATION PLANNING.

tan planning

s d

enhance the environment,

d ic

3.4.1 Overvieweratively plan transportation systems in

e

the

• A desire to improve the connection between

• isions are made by

3 SAFETEA-LU expanded upon the required TEA

Planning Factors. Specific to the incorporation of environmental and land use factors, the law includfollowing mandate:

Sections 134 title 23, United States Code (h) SCOPE OF PLANNING PROCESS.—

(1) IN GENERAL.—The metropoliprocess for a metropolitan planning area under thisection shall provide for consideration of projects anstrategies that will—

(E) Protect andpromote energy conservation, improve thequality of life, and promote consistency between transportation improvements anState and local planned growth and economdevelopment patterns.

The need to coopconjunction with land uses is now widely recognized. ThAssociation of Metropolitan Planning Organizations 2004 Best Practices monograph Noteworthy MPO Practices in Transportation-Land Use Planning Integration elaborates recommended philosophy for integrating land use planning issues into Long Range Transportation Plans. The primary goals of this transportation planning philosophy include the following:

transportation and land use; Recognition that land use decmany, often independent, actors and actions; An interest in empowering local organizations

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-26

Page 258: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ through a bottom-up approach; A readiness to work within the t• raditional planning

• a leader during

onsistent with this philosophy, the Federal Highway

ing

orridor Planning: State DOTs, MPOs, cities, and counties

to

nterchange Area Planning: Agencies at various levels

und

nge

inking Planning and NEPA: Transportation planning

ress

al

re

process available to MPOs; and Willingness of the MPO to act asproject conception but ultimately play the role of facilitator for local solutions and innovations.

CAdministration recommends MPO’s address the followissues, which implicitly require an examination of land use and transportation issues concurrently. Ccan develop transportation corridor plans considering land use as well as transportation issues. Some State agencies have developed handbooks for corridor planning as an aiddistrict staff and consultants when conducting planning studies. Ihave developed and/or implemented land use plans and zoning overlay ordinances to guide land development arofreeway interchanges. Interchanges become magnets for development, but unplanned development and unmanagedaccess can quickly lead to a breakdown of traffic conditionsin the vicinity of the interchange, affecting both safety and capacity. State agencies and nonprofits have sponsored the development and adoption of model codes and regulations for interchange areas, while regional agencies and local jurisdictions have sponsored the development of interchaarea plans that address access, local circulation, land uses, site design, buffers, and landscaping. Lagencies are increasingly expanding the scope of their statewide, regional, and corridor-planning efforts to addNEPA issues, including land use impacts, at an early stage. The North Front Range’s STEP-UP process described above in section 3.2.10 is a good example in Colorado. Methods include: Collecting and using regional data on environmentconditions in the long-range transportation planning process; evaluating combined transportation and land use scenarios; involving federal and state resource agencies in long-range transportation planning; conducting Tier 1 environmental analysis for transportation corridors; and recommending projects and policies in statewide and corridor plans that a

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-27

Page 259: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ designed to reduce environmental impacts. Planning for Transit Oriented Development: Transit

as

n area

egional Agency Support for Local Area Planning:

cal g

m

egional Visioning and Scenario Planning: MPOs and

or

this es

tate DOT support for Comprehensive Planning: State n

s

ts.

ub-area and Neighborhood Planning: Local agencies -

s

agencies, MPOs, and local jurisdictions have led planningprocesses focusing on existing or planned transit station areand/or corridors. These processes may involve education and outreach on TOD principles and concepts; station area conceptual planning; market assessment; detailed statioplans; development and adoption of overlay districts or other zoning changes to facilitate transit-supportive development; and application of other tools and incentives. RMPOs, Regional Planning Commissions (RPCs), and Councils of Government (COGs) have provided techniand/or financial assistance for local comprehensive planninand/or small-area planning activities that link transportation and land use. Financial support has been provided from Federal sources, including Surface Transportation Progra(STP) and Planning (PL) funds, as well as from funds appropriated by State legislatures. Rnonprofit/community groups have led public processes to develop a transportation and land use "vision" for a region multi-jurisdictional corridor and to evaluate future transportation and land use scenarios. The results ofprocess are typically implemented through the next updatof the Long-Range Transportation Plan and Transportation Improvement Program, and through additional actions to encourage land use changes at the local level. SDOTs have provided assistance for integrating transportatioconsiderations into local comprehensive planning and land use considerations into statewide transportation planning. Activities have included the development of agency policieon considering land use in transportation planning, training for State DOT staff and consultants, and provision of technical and financial assistance for local governmen Shave developed plans for sub-areas that include both multimodal transportation and land use strategies to address issuesuch as traffic circulation, parking, transit service, and pedestrian and bicycle access. Planning sub-areas have

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-28

Page 260: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ included central cities, activity centers, and neighborhooPlans are implemented through capital improvements, changes to zoning, and other strategies.

ds.

ier I EIS’s for Transportation Corridors: A Tier 1

l bsequent

)

ments.

he Pueblo Area 2035 Plan addresses corridor plans and the

3.4.2 Best Practices y of major land use

land

Table 3.1: Land Use Categories (From tute)

Built Envgle- and multi-family

• al (stores and offices) es, etc.)

ion facilities (roads, parking,

• s used and underused

l

her undeveloped lands

nd use patterns can be evaluated based on the

TEnvironmental Impact Statement (EIS) is a broad environmental impact statement (e.g., for a generatransportation corridor) that is prepared prior to a sustatement or environmental assessment on a more specific action (such as a specific highway alignment). The use of atiered EIS approach to transportation corridor studies can assist in streamlining project development, by addressing large-scale issues up front (such as growth-related impactsand then incorporating these issues by reference into a second-tier EIS dealing with specific projects and align Tinterchange area plans based on best knowledge to date ofland uses projected by the City of Pueblo and Pueblo County. In addition, the environmental data provided in this plan provides a basis for subsequent NEPA environmental impact assessments. In addition, sub-area analyses conducted as partof the 2030 LRTP quadrant plans still provide valuable urban land use/transportation interface plans and are therefore included in this plan.

Todd Litman (2007) provides a useful taxonomcategories which may be helpful in understanding Pueblo County’s use and transportation planning interface:

Litman, T. 2007. Victoria Transport Policy Instiironment Greenspace

• Residential (sinhousing) Commerci

• Institutional (schools, public offic• Industrial • Transportat

sidewalks, etc.) Plazas/urban park

• Brownfields (old, unfacilities)

La

• Parkland• Agricultura• Forests and ot• Shorelines

following attributes:

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-29

Page 261: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ • Density - number of people, jobs or housing units in

• ther different land use types (commercial,

• s are located

• onnections within street

• – land covered by buildings and

• oted to gardens,

• desired activities and

• accessibility – quality of walking and

Land use attributes can also be evaluated at various

ite – an individual parcel, building, facility or

• e buildings and facilities along a particular

• alkable area, typically

ts share

eographic areas are often categorized in the following ways:

r ixed land use, with multi-modal

an area.

Mix - wheresidential, etc.) are located together.

Clustering - whether related destinationtogether (e.g., commercial centers, urban villages, residential clusters, etc.).

Connectivity – number of cand path systems.

Impervious surface pavement, also called footprint.

Greenspace – portion of land devparks, farms, woodlands, etc.

Accessibility – ability to reach destinations.

Nonmotorizedcycling conditions.

scales: • S

campus.

Street – thstreet or stretch of roadway.

Neighborhood or center – a wless than one square mile.

Local – a small geographic area, often consisting of several neighborhoods.

Municipal – a town or city jurisdiction.

• Region – a geographic area where residenservices and employment options. A metropolitanregion typically consists of one or more cities and various suburbs, smaller commercial centers, and surrounding semi-rural areas.

G

• Urban – relatively high density (5+ housing units pegross acre), m

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-30

Page 262: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ transport (typically including walking, cycling, public transit, automobile and taxi service).

Suburban – medium density (2-10 residents, 1-5 housing units per acre), segregated lan

• d uses, and an

), r

• ely

y.

M edensitypatterns) imposes various economic, social and

tive 4).

others are more multi-modal and accessible, reducing the

s of

lti-

automobile-dependent transportation system.

Town – Smaller urban centers (generally less than 20,000 residents).

• Village – Small urban center (generally less than 1,000 residents).

• Exurban – low density (less than 1 house per acremostly farms and undeveloped lands, located neaenough to a city for residents to commute and use services there.

Rural – low density (less than 1 house per acre), mostly farms and undeveloped lands, with a relativindependent identify and econom

• Greenspace (also called Openspace) – biologically active lands such as gardens, parks, farms, woodlands, etc.

any xperts are concerned that sprawl (dispersed, low-, automobile-dependent land use development

environmental costs, and so from a public policy perspecSmart Growth development is preferable (Litman, 200

Transportation and land use decisions affect each other. Sometypes of land use patterns increase automobile travel, while

amount of vehicle travel needed to access goods, services and activities. Communities designed primarily for automobile transportation are called automobile-dependent. Some typetransport policies and programs also tend to encourage automobile dependency, while others tend to encourage mumodal distribution of demand, as summarized below.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-31

Page 263: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ Table 3.2: Transportation Policy and Program Land

Use Impacts: Encourages Automobile Dependency Encourages Multi-modal Distribution

of Mobility Demand Maximum roadway capacity and speed.

Generous parking supply.

Low road user charges and fuel taxes.

Poor walking and cycling conditions.

Inferior public transit service.

High public transit fares.

Transit service improvements.

More affordable public transit fares.

Pedestrian and cycling improvements.

Reduced parking supply with parking management.

Road and parking pricing.

Traffic calming and traffic speed reductions.

The following best practices in transportation/land

use planning help achieve effective development. • Planning should be integrated, so individual,

short-term decisions are consistent with broader, strategic goals.

• Analysis should be comprehensive, reflecting all significant perspectives, impacts and objectives.

• Planners should be objective, fair and respectful.

• Stakeholders should be kept informed and have opportunities for involvement.

• The planning process should be understood by all stakeholders, with a clearly defined vision or problem statement, goals, objectives, evaluation criteria and performance indicators.

• A wide range of possible solutions should be considered, including some that may initially seem unrealistic but could be appropriate as part of an integrated program. Support innovation: try new strategies recognizing that some may fail since even unsuccessful experiments provide useful information.

• Resources, constraints, and conflicts must be identified, with attention drawn to potential

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-32

Page 264: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ problems.

• Results should be conveyed in ways that are comprehensible by the intended audience using suitable language and visual information (graphs, maps, images, etc.). Highlight differences between options.

• Token solutions, which fail to really address a problem, should be avoided. Modest actions may be appropriate if they are the beginning but not the end of more substantial solutions.

• A planning process will sometimes initially fail but later succeed if repeated, due to changing circumstances or more stakeholder understanding and commitment.

• Changes should be implemented as predictably and gradually as possible.

• When appropriate contingency-based planning should be used identifying a wide range of potential solutions and implementing the most cost-effective strategies justified at each point in time, with additional strategies available for quick deployment if needed in the future.

Litman, Todd. 2006, Victoria Transport Policy Institute 3.4.3 The Pueblo Regional Development Plan and

Future Land Use

The complex relationships among existing and proposed land uses and existing and proposed transportation facilities are being constantly examined and modified where necessary until each of the components “best fits” with all of the others. The roadway corridors and functional classifications shown on the Pueblo Regional Development Plan (Comprehensive Plan) adopted in 2002 are the same as the 2020 Roadway Corridor Preservation Plan from the LRTP current at the time. Similarly, the future land uses in the 2002 Regional Development Plan are being used as the basis for the present LRTP. Future land use changes will be incorporated into the transportation modeling and planning process and, reflexively, changes in transportation plans are available to be incorporated into regional development planning, development standards, and zoning decisions. To the extent that both land development and transportation planning remain tightly interwoven in the future, the process will truly be deserving of the term “regional plan.” From the adoption of the Pueblo Regional Development Plan in 2002

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-33 “Future land use

changes will be incorporated into the transportation modeling and

Page 265: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ until the present, the recognized development action areas of Pueblo County have remained constant. Future development has been anticipated to concentrate around the existing Pueblo City limits, especially to the southwest, as well as existing lots within Pueblo West. The taxonomy of future land uses has likewise remained constant since the 2002 Comp Plan adoption. Fifteen broad future land use categories classify densities and uses across the county, with a general expectation of zoning designations consistent with these land use types. Locations for application of these land use types, and density levels are summarized in Table 3-2 below. Figure 3-3 below maps the future land use classifications as they are currently applied. Future land use and zoning are also mapped in Figures 3-23 and figure 3-24 in Appendix 3.

Table 3.2: Future Land Use Intensities Land Use Categories Typical

Density Pueblo Pueblo

West CO City

County/ Towns

Rural/Ranch 1 unit/35 acres Production Agriculture 1 unit/35 acres Large Parks/Open Space N/A Country Residential 1 unit/acre Rye

Country Village 1 unit/acre

Suburban Residential 1-3 units/acre

Urban Residential 4-7 units/acre

High Density Residential >7 units/acre

Urban Mixed Use (MXD) 16 units/acre 1.5 FAR

Arterial Commercial MXD .50 FAR Office Park/Employment Center

.25 FAR

Institutional MXD .50 FAR

Light Industrial MXD .25 FAR Industrial .25 FAR Special Development Area TBA

FAR Floor Area Ratio (ratio of building area to lot size) Land use can be found within this geographical area

Source: The Burnham Group, 2000 A number of development directions have changed in the past fives

years since the PACOG Regional Development Plan was adopted. First, the regional role of Ft. Carson has expanded considerably. One issue that has an impact on the future transportation network is the acquisition of portions of a buffer around Ft. Carson. This buffer is intended to remove the potential negative interaction between the military training activities if development were to be located close to the base. The Nature Conservancy has acquired conservation

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-34

Page 266: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ easements along the southern edge of Ft. Carson. As a result, the proposed Pinon Loop roadway shown in the 2030 LRTP has been removed from the 2035 RCPP. Second, contrary to the assumption of the Regional Comprehensive Development Plan and the 2030 LRTP, the growth of the City of Pueblo is now expected to shift northward towards El Paso County rather than be accommodated within and adjacent to the City of Pueblo and Metro Districts. As new development occurs, additional connections between portions of the existing network should be made. If higher classifications of roads are not constructed by developers, then there needs to be an additional mechanism to pay for the upgrades from local roads, or a very conscious effort not to allow development that has limited access to occur. If only a local roadway network is to be constructed, it will need the greatest amount of connectivity to reduce the need for minor and principal arterials. Third, as Pueblo West has grown, traffic patterns have been anticipated to change to utilize routes other than Highway 50 West. Additional connections to the City are now called for, with additional funding mechanisms. Finally, there are likely to be additional, but limited density changes on the St Charles Mesa, necessitating changes along the western portion of Santa Fe Drive needed to improve access into the downtown area and to the existing roadway network within the City.

3.4.2.1 Special Development Areas Special Development Areas were identified as a future land use on

the 2002 Comp Plan Future Land Use Map. These areas are lands with significant development, redevelopment and/or open space potential in strategic locations that suggest the need for careful, location-specific plans for infrastructure and private development. Master plans are expected prior to development or redevelopment occurring.

Most of these areas will be developed through Master Development Plans or PUD Development Plans created either by the developer or in cases of publicly owned land, the City and the County. A Master Development Plan within Special Development Areas eligible for Annexation or a PUD Development Plan for the concurrent annexation and zoning of property within a Special Development Area is to be prepared in such a manner as to provide for:

(1) the orderly growth and development of the municipality and

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-35

Page 267: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ region through the logical extension of municipal services and facilities;

(2) Areas which are urbanized or will be urbanized in the near future and share both a community of interest and are integrated or are capable of being integrated with the City; and

(3) The fair and equitable distribution of the costs for the extension of municipal services among the persons who benefit from the services, including the cost for the development, operation, and maintenance of municipal facilities and services.

When eligible, owners of parcels within Special Development Areas that meet the above criteria, may petition the municipality for annexation. Both the Pueblo City Council and Pueblo County approved the addition of a 26,000-acre Special Development Area in October 2007, encompassing the area from the City of Pueblo north to El Paso County, east of I-25 and West of the State Land Board property. This is shown in Figure 3.3.

The broad use of large Special Development Areas, coupled with an emphasis on development by P.U.D., provides flexibility for the development of creative site-specific planning. It also provides new challenges in the planning of transportation corridors to meet the mobility needs of residents and businesses in sectors of the county with no stable future land use direction prior to the initiation of site-specific master plans.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-36

Page 268: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ Figure 3.3: Future Land Uses from the 2002 Regional Development Plan, including the North Pueblo Special Development Study Area

3.4.2.2 Transportation Planning in Special Development Areas

Due to the limited availability of State and Federal funding for new transportation system expansion, the transportation system within the new Special Development Areas will need to be self-financed. There may be very limited opportunities for state and federal funding for future expansion or other transportation projects. The impacts of new development within Special Development Areas on the transportation system will need to be addressed as part of the development review and approval process. Improvements to the regional transportation system will be needed in the future, and it is expected that the portions of the regional transportation system impacted by these developments will pay for the improvements required to establish and maintain the level of service found in the PACOG Region.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-37

Page 269: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________

3.4.4 Water and Growth Probably the greatest issue facing the front Range of Colorado is the

provision of municipal water supplies. Communities that have an adequate supply or even a surplus of water will continue to grow. Those without reliable sources of water place development in a very speculative situation. The 2002 PACOG Regional Development Plan states that The Water Board controls enough water rights to serve approximately 360,000 people along with “associated growth” (i.e., related commercial and industrial growth based on the general historic proportion of residential to commercial and industrial). The present plan provides a population forecast for just over 250,000 residents in 2035, with the present and projected supply of water accommodating the predicted growth over the next 30-50 years

The City of Pueblo will continue to expand through annexations that will likely significantly change the size of the City. Current trends suggest that the greatest development pressures will be along and east of the I25 north corridor inside the northern Special Development Area discussed above, and on the southwest perimeter of the City. These developments will be annexed to the City of Pueblo based on the ability to provide water and sewer services outside of existing city limits. There is a possibility of higher density of developments in the existing Pueblo West Metropolitan District Boundaries as well. Sanitary sewer service can be expanded to some extent to the northeast and southwest of the City without significant public investment in new infrastructure.

3.4.5 Recent Comprehensive Plan Amendments & Related Actions

Several significant actions with implications for the Comprehensive Plan have been taken since the adoption of the 2030 LRTP. Numerous 35-acre residential developments have been approved and established by the County, especially south and west of the City of Pueblo. The challenges to transportation planning provided by these subdivisions are discussed in Chapter 2. Rivers’ Run subdivision was approved on the Walters’ Brewery site on Pueblo’s lowers East Side. This mixed-use development included a re-zoning to P.U.D. and a development guide that served as the master plan for the Special Development Area. Figure 3-4 below shows the pattern of annexations prior to 2000 and also in contrasting colors from 2001-2004. The clear trend between 2000 and 2004 has been demand for primarily residential

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-38

Page 270: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ annexations on the west and southwest borders of the City of Pueblo.

Figure 3-4: Historical Annexations to the City of Pueblo

A actions taken since the 2030 LRTP was adopted resulting in changes in the Comprehensive Plan and its direction include the following: 2003

• An addition to the airport industrial Park was annexed in 2003, and a change was made in the text description for Future Land Use of Employment Center—Light Industry to include governmental use, to accurately describe uses at the Airport Industrial Park.

• Residential subdivisions were annexed to the southwest

sector of the City. 2004

• Annexation of the Xcel Electric Generating Facility, and the associated change in Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use designation for the property, coupled with a text change to the Comp Plan to specifically include electric generating facilities in the description of Employment Center—Industry;

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-39

Page 271: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________

• Annexation of the Peakview Development near Highway 50 and Pueblo Blvd.;

• Approval of a sanitary sewer capital improvement project

for trunk line expansions near California Street east of Minnequa Lake, and on south of Thatcher Blvd. From Long Street east. These projects improve capacity for development on the south and west edges of the City.

2006

• Annexation of Cone Park West Subdivision immediately east of Pueblo Blvd. on the West Side; and

• Annexation of Lots 52 and 53 of the Airport Industrial Park, described as south of Walt Bassett Ave. and east of Braniff Street, zoned for light industrial development.

2007

• The Honor Farm Park & Open Space Master Plan was adopted in 2007. The purpose of the plan is to create a long term plan for uses, features, and amenities, open spaces and management for this 2,373-acre park and open space area located south of US Highway 50 West and west of Pueblo Blvd. that was purchased from the State of Colorado in 2001. Working under the conditions of a Conservation Easement Agreement granted to the State of Colorado, the master plan sets the framework for the responsible management and uses of this tract, designated as a Special Development Area in the 2002 Comprehensive Development Plan. The plan balances appropriate uses of the property, including the Sky Corral facility and PMI Motor Sports Park, and provides for the protection and preservation of open space (see figure 3-5 below).

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-40

Page 272: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ Figure 3.5: Honor Farm Master Plan

3.4.6 Primary job creation and Expansion of Urban

Renewal Districts A number of primary employers have been established in Pueblo since the

adoption of the 2030 LRTP, providing the impetus for jobs growth and potential population growth. Principal among them have been call centers Express Scripts and AT&T, both located downtown. Doss Aviation’s significant influence at the Airport Industrial Park is discussed more fully in the Aviation section of Chapter 2. The GCC Cement Plant located south of the City has provided many new jobs during construction, along with permanent jobs when the plant is operational. Expansion of Pueblo’s downtown/historic district has included several significant improvements:

• Expansion of the Pueblo Convention Center • A Main Street Parking Garage • A new Cambria Suites Hotel • Historic Arkansas Riverwalk (HARP) Lots 3 & 4 developed for retail

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-41

Page 273: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

_____________________________________________________________________ • Contract with HARP Phase III – Master Developer • Redevelopment of the Alpha Beta Packing Plant as Lofts/Retail

In addition, the Urban Renewal Authority of Pueblo has expanded the downtown Urban Renewal District and established two significant new Districts, at the north end of the City, including Pueblo Crossings Shopping Center, and surrounding Lake Minnequa on the south side of the City (Figure 3.6). These sources of economic activity suggest that the pace of growth in the planning area may increase during the 2005-2035 planning timeline.

Figure 3.6: Pueblo Urban Renewal Authority Areas

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page 3-42

Page 274: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Chapter 2

Existing Transportation System

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 2-1

Page 275: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 2-2

Page 276: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 2-1

Table of Contents

2.1 Roadway Element ________________________________________________________ 4 2.1.1 Use of Roadways ______________________________________________________ 4 2.1.2 State Highways________________________________________________________ 5 2.1.3 Scenic Byways ________________________________________________________ 6 2.1.4 Commercial Vehicle Routes______________________________________________ 8 2.1.5 Hazardous Materials Routes______________________________________________ 9 2.1.6 Nuclear Materials Route________________________________________________ 10 2.1.7 Pavement Condition ___________________________________________________ 12 2.1.8 Interstate 25 Through Pueblo ____________________________________________ 14 2.1.9 Safety ______________________________________________________________ 15 2.1.10 Systems Operations __________________________________________________ 23 2.1.11 Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) __________________________________ 25

2.2 Freight and Rail Systems _________________________________________________ 26 2.2.1 Introduction _________________________________________________________ 26 2.2.2 Existing Conditions: Trucking __________________________________________ 27

2.2.2.1 Existing Truck Volumes ____________________________________________ 28 2.2.3 Existing Conditions: Rail ______________________________________________ 30

2.2.3.1 Existing Rail Facilities _____________________________________________ 31 2.2.3.2 Transportation Technology Center ____________________________________ 33

2.3 Freight Needs ___________________________________________________________ 34 2.3.1 Freight Needs - Truck__________________________________________________ 34 2.3.2 Freight Needs - Rail ___________________________________________________ 34 2.3.3 Rail Corridor Preservation ______________________________________________ 35

2.3.3.1 Abandonment Activity _____________________________________________ 36

2.4 Commuter Rail / Light Rail / Bus Rapid Transit______________________________ 36 2.4.1 Introduction _________________________________________________________ 36 2.4.2 Rocky Mountain Rail Authority__________________________________________ 37 2.4.3 Light Rail / Trolley____________________________________________________ 40

2.5 Non-motorized Transportation ____________________________________________ 41 2.5.1 Introduction _________________________________________________________ 41 2.5.2 Non-Motorized Program Goals and Objectives ______________________________ 41

2.5.2.1 Non-Motorized Transportation Objectives ______________________________ 42 2.5.3 Design and Safety Goals _______________________________________________ 42 2.5.4 Recommended Regional Trail Design Guides _______________________________ 43 2.5.5 Existing Conditions: Sidewalks__________________________________________ 43 2.5.6 Safe Routes to School__________________________________________________ 44 2.5.7 Existing Conditions: Bikeways And Trails_________________________________ 45

2.5.7.1 On-Street Bikeways________________________________________________ 45 2.5.7.2 Trails ___________________________________________________________ 46

Existing Trails Corridors__________________________________________________ 46 Proposed Trails Corridors _________________________________________________ 47

Page 277: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 2-2

Pueblo West Metropolitan District __________________________________________ 47 Statewide and National Bikeways and Trails Systems ___________________________ 48

2.5.8 Developments Since the 2030 LRTP ______________________________________ 49

2.6 Aviation _______________________________________________________________ 53 2.6.1 The Airport Layout Plan________________________________________________ 55

2.6.1.1 Airport Location and Access_________________________________________ 55 2.6.1.2 Taxiways and Aprons ______________________________________________ 56 2.6.1.3 Airport Operations_________________________________________________ 57 2.6.1.4 Air Carrier & Air Taxi Services ______________________________________ 59 2.6.1.5 General Aviation __________________________________________________ 59

2.6.2 Commercial Hangar Development________________________________________ 61 2.6.3 Military Aviation _____________________________________________________ 62 2.6.4 Air Freight __________________________________________________________ 62 2.6.5 Operating Revenue ____________________________________________________ 64 2.6.6 Aviation Needs_______________________________________________________ 64

List of Tables TABLE 2.1 U.S. CENSUS “JOURNEY TO WORK” DATA (WORKERS 16 AND OVER) 5 TABLE 2.2 STATE HIGHWAY MILES AND CONDITIONS PUEBLO COUNTY 12 TABLE 2.3 HIGH-CRASH INTERSECTION LOCATIONS 2003 – 2006 17 TABLE 2.4 2006 INTERSECTION CRASH-TYPE INFORMATION 18 TABLE 2.5 CDOT ON-SYSTEM BRIDGE RATINGS 19 TABLE 2.6 CITY BRIDGE RATINGS 20 TABLE 2.7 PUEBLO COUNTY BRIDGE REPLACEMENTS 2005-2010 20 TABLE 2.8 CITY OF PUEBLO SIDEWALK INSTALLATION, 2004-2006 44 TABLE 2.9 CITY OF PUEBLO CURB RAMP INSTALLATION, 1993 - 2007 45 TABLE 2.10 COLORADO FRONT RANGE TRAIL RECOMMENDED TRAIL

DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 49 TABLE 2.11 PUEBLO MEMORIAL AIRPORT OPERATIONS FOR 2004 AND 2006 57 TABLE 2.12 PUEBLO MEMORIAL AIRPORT OPERATIONS 58 (ADJUSTED FOR DOSS OPERATIONS) 58 TABLE 2.13 PUEBLO BASED AIRCRAFT 60 TABLE 2.14 ANNUAL CARGO (POUNDS) 63 TABLE 2.15 FORECAST ANNUAL CARGO (TOTAL POUNDS) 63 TABLE 2.16 PUEBLO MEMORIAL AIRPORT CAPITAL NEEDS 2007-2025 65 TABLE 2.17 CITY OF PUEBLO AIRPORT CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM 65

Page 278: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 2-3

List of Figures FIGURE 2.1 STATE HIGHWAYS IN PUEBLO COUNTY 6 FIGURE 2.2 THE FRONTIER PATHWAYS NATIONAL SCENIC BYWAY IN

PUEBLO COUNTY 8 FIGURE 2.3 COMMERCIAL VEHICLE ROUTES IN PUEBLO COUNTY 9 FIGURE 2.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ROUTES IN PUEBLO COUNTY 10 FIGURE 2.5 NUCLEAR MATERIALS ROUTES IN PUEBLO COUNTY 11 FIGURE 2.6 STATE HIGHWAY CONDITIONS IN PUEBLO COUNTY 13 FIGURE 2.7 HIGH-CRASH INTERSECTION LOCATIONS - 2006 16 FIGURE 2.8: BRIDGE CONDITIONS PUEBLO COUNTY 21 FIGURE 2.9 PRIMARY FREIGHT ROUTES IN PUEBLO COUNTY 27 FIGURE 2.10 EXISTING TRUCK VOLUMES 28 FIGURE 2.11 NATIONAL TRUCK FREIGHT FLOWS IN COLORADO 29 FIGURE 2.12 RAIL FLOWS IN AND THROUGH COLORADO 31 FIGURE 2.13 ACTIVE RAIL LINES AND LOADING FACILITIES 32 FIGURE 2.14 TTCI RAIL FACILITIES 33 FIGURE 2.15 POSSIBLE ROUTES FOR A FRONT RANGE COMMUTER RAIL 39 FIGURE 2.16 CITY, COUNTY, AND PUEBLO WEST BICYCLE ROUTES & RECREATIONAL

TRAILS MAPS 51 FIGURE 2.17 PACOG MPO/TPR NON-MOTORIZED PLAN MAP 52 FIGURE 2.18 AIRPORTS IN THE PUEBLO REGION 53 FIGURE 2.19 PUEBLO MEMORIAL AIRPORT RUNWAYS 56 FIGURE 2.20 AIRPORT OPERATIONS 59 FIGURE 2.21 HISTORICAL AIR PASSENGER SERVICE, 1980 - 2002 61

Page 279: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-4

2.1 Roadway Element

Pueblo’s roadway system consists of over 2,400 miles of public roadways, of which approximately 420 miles are classified as “major roadways” – those classified as a Minor Arterial or above. These major roadways serve to transport people and goods to destinations around the region and in the case of the highway system, move goods and people across the region as quickly and safely as possible.

2.1.1 Use of Roadways

Roadways continue to be the dominant transportation system in Pueblo, as they have since the 1940s, when automobiles and motorized buses took over from walking and rail as the dominant form of transportation nationwide. Journey-to-Work data from the US Census confirms the continued use of automobiles as the favored mode of transportation for Pueblo workers. Mode use by workers is an important indicator, since much of the transportation system is designed for peak-hour use, when the work force is on their way to or returning from work.

Table 2.1 shows the modes of transportation reported by Pueblo workers in the 2000 Census. As in 1990, the vast majority of workers (over 79 percent) drove to work alone while approximately 14 percent carpooled and an additional 0.9 percent traveled by motorcycle or public transportation. These modes all require roadway facilities to operate. Approximately 2 percent of workers walked to work while 3.3 percent worked from home.

Page 280: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-5

Table 2.1 U.S. Census “Journey To Work” Data

(Workers 16 And Over) 1990 2000 2005

Percent of TotalPercent of

Total Number Percent of

Total Drove alone 80.6% 79.4% 48,935 77.3%Carpooled: 13.2% 13.6% 8,930 14.1%Public transportation (excluding taxicab) 0.9% 0.7% 366 0.6%Bicycle 0.3% 0.4% 609 1.0%Walked 2.6% 1.9% 1,236 2.0%Taxicab, motorcycle, or other means 0.4% 0.7% 920 1.5%Worked at home 2.0% 3.3% 2,273 3.6%

TOTAL 100% 100.0% 63,269 100.0%

This use of automobiles for work travel is reflected in the large amount of local peak-hour traffic on the state highway system in Pueblo.

2.1.2 State Highways

The two major roadways bisecting Pueblo County, Interstate 25 and US Highway 50, almost exclusively carry the trans-regional traffic through Pueblo. These two roads form the framework of the State Highway network through Pueblo that comprises 250 miles of the 420 miles of major roads. Other significant state highways that traverse the region include SH96 and SH78. SH45 runs the majority of the way through the urban section of Pueblo, carrying traffic from the south interchange with I-25 to US50A. SH10 also cuts through the southern portion of Pueblo County, but is not generally utilized by Pueblo traffic; rather it is a connection between La Junta and Walsenburg. Figure 2.1 below shows the State Highway network within Pueblo County along with the existing CDOT highway classifications. CDOT classifications combine the three lowest MPO functional classifications into a single category shown as Principal Arterials.

Page 281: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-6

Figure 2.1 State Highways in Pueblo County

2.1.3 Scenic Byways

Within Pueblo County and the PACOG MPO/TPR boundary there is a single designated Scenic Byway. This is the Frontier Pathways National Scenic & Historic Byway, which has its headquarters and Information Center at the El Pueblo History Museum in downtown Pueblo.

This Byway is significant because it provides access to the San Isabel

Page 282: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-7

National Forest and Lake Isabel. It was in this area that the first auto-based recreation facilities within the U.S. Forest Service were created in 1919. It was Arthur Carhart, the first “recreational engineer” in the Forest Service, whose ideas included establishing the first developed campground in the National Forest system at Squirrel Creek.

The Frontier Pathways Scenic and Historic Byway emphasizes history, nature, and recreation throughout its span. Stories of 19th Century pioneers are scattered across the region and tell of survival and success. The traveler can learn about several cultures and their relationships with each other at El Pueblo Museum through bright murals, interesting artifacts, and enthralling tales of the colorful history of American Indians, Mexicans, and Americans.

The Byway hosts distinctive exhibits and lands found nowhere else. Bishop’s Castle is one such display. Comprised of over two million acres, the Pike and San Isabel National Forests showcase nature in alluring combinations. The majestic Sangre de Cristo Mountains tower with 22 peaks reaching at least 13,000 feet; they extend for 50 miles, easily seen from a number of points along the byway. Lake Isabel offers adventure year-round; and Lake Pueblo State Park provides over 7,000 acres of outdoor excitement.

Within the Pueblo MPO, the Byway includes an historic Pueblo Loop Tour that visits numerous neighborhoods and historic landmarks within Pueblo.

Page 283: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-8

Figure 2.2 The Frontier Pathways National Scenic Byway in Pueblo County

2.1.4 Commercial Vehicle Routes The City and County of Pueblo do not designate Truck Routes, as

roadways specifically designed and designated primarily for truck traffic. Commercial vehicles are found primarily on the local, State, and Interstate routes summarized in figure 2.3 below. The commercial vehicle routes are primarily the state highways in and out of the City of Pueblo, coupled with the principal arterials in Pueblo West and those

Page 284: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-9

that encircle the City. In addition, parts of Overton Road, the DOT Road to the Transportation Test Center, and 36th Lane south from U.S. Highway 50C serve as commercial corridors.

Figure 2.3 Commercial Vehicle Routes in Pueblo County

2.1.5 Hazardous Materials Routes The Chief of the Colorado State Patrol is authorized by the provisions

of §42-20-108 (1) and (2) and §§42-20- 403, 504 and 508 C.R.S., to promulgate rules and regulations for the permitting, routing, and safe transportation of hazardous and nuclear materials by motor vehicle within the State of Colorado, both in interstate and intrastate transportation. Pursuant to §42-20-108.5, C.R.S., the Chief is authorized to adopt rules and regulations that exempt agricultural

Page 285: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-10

products from the hazardous materials rules.

Department of Public Safety Division of State Patrol rules and regulations concerning the permitting, routing & transportation of hazardous and nuclear materials and the intrastate transportation of agricultural products in the State of Colorado can be found on the State Patrol website: http://csp.state.co.us/downloads/hmntrpFINAL.pdf

Figure 2.4 Hazardous Materials Routes in Pueblo County

2.1.6 Nuclear Materials Route The transportation of nuclear materials by motor vehicle must comply

with the provisions established by federal law and regulations from 49 CFR 107, 171, 172, 173, 177, 178, 180, 387, and 397. These are also enforced by the State Patrol pursuant to §42-20-108, C.R.S. The State Patrol provided additional information noting that the regulations do

Page 286: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-11

not apply to “wastes from mining, milling, smelting, or similar processing of ores and mineral-bearing material”.

Figure 2.5 Nuclear Materials Routes in Pueblo County

Page 287: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-12

2.1.7 Pavement Condition Table 2.2 and Figure 2.5 summarize the thirteen state highways within

the Pueblo MPO/TPR along with their total lane miles of pavement and pavement condition from the CDOT DTD 2035 planning data set. 39.26 percent of the highway lane miles are considered “Good” equaling 99.4 centerline miles. 16.76 percent, or 42.4 centerline miles are rated “Fair”. 111.2 centerline miles or 43.95 percent are rated “Poor” and in need of repaving in the next six years.

Table 2.2 State Highway Miles And Conditions Pueblo County

Miles of Lane Condition

Highway Centerline Miles Good Fair Poor Interstate 25 48 195 22.2 6.4 19.4 SH96 48 110 7.5 4.5 36 US50B 33 94 33 US50A / SH47 23 93 9.7 13.3 SH78 37 88 9.6 9.2 18.2 US50C 17 53 1 2 14 SH165 18 36 10.4 7.6 SH45 6 24 6 SH10 15 29 6 1 8 SH227 2 6 2 SH231 2 4 2 SH233 2 4 2 SH209 2 3 2

Totals 253 748 99.4 42.4 111.2

Page 288: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-13

Figure 2.6 State Highway Conditions in Pueblo County

Page 289: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-14

2.1.8 Interstate 25 Through Pueblo The New Pueblo Freeway (I-25) was

completed in 1959. The highway was one of the first freeways constructed in Colorado and does not conform to current standards for geometric design and operations. This section of I-25 is currently proceeding through an Environmental Impact Statement that evaluates options for capacity, safety, and geometric improvements.

There are two “build” options being studied for I-25 through Pueblo. The first utilizes the existing alignment, and

the second utilizes a modified alignment through the community.

A summary of the assumptions of the EIS include the following:

• I-25 will be six lanes, three in each direction from Eagleridge Blvd. south to Pueblo Blvd. South of Pueblo Blvd. the interstate will be four lanes, two in each direction.

• I-25 will be straightened through Downtown. • In the Modified Alignment, the highway will be relocated to

the east from Abriendo to Indiana and through Downtown. This realignment allows the extension of Santa Fe Ave south to Minnequa Ave. Standard shoulders and acceleration-deceleration lanes are provided along the corridor.

• Interchanges will be reconstructed and include: A diamond interchange at SH 50B with one-way ramp

connections to 29th St. A split diamond interchange between 13th St and 1st

St. Connections will be provided along extended ramps between 13th and 1st. Additional exit ramps will be provided in both directions near 6th St. A split-diamond interchange between Abriendo Ave.

and Northern Ave. with one-way ramp connections. A single-point urban interchange at Indiana Ave. A partial cloverleaf interchange at Pueblo Blvd.

• Local roadway improvements are included on Dillon Dr, Santa Fe Ave., Santa Fe Dr. and other locations to enhance mobility and offer local travelers options for north-south travel without driving on I-25.

Page 290: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-15

• Non-motorized features include:

Sidewalks in many neighborhoods and on bridges crossing I-25, with connections to regional trails, parks and other features. A pedestrian bridge over I-25 connecting Mineral

Palace Park and the Fountain Creek Trail.

• Environmental mitigation and improvements include:

Restoring Mineral Palace Park. Reconstructing Benedict Park. Enhancing Runyon Field access and parking. Noise abatement along segments of I-25.

During the Fall of 2007 and consultant team has been working to refine costs and look at options for the phasing of the improvements to I-25 through Pueblo. In both of the build options, there are segments that could be constructed independently. Depending on the evaluation of safety, mobility, and system quality, different segments may have different priorities. The most recent estimated cost of this project is in excess of 800 million (constant 2008) dollars. Details of the project and EIS can be found at www.I25Pueblo.com and in the Appendix to this Chapter.

2.1.9 Safety

The Colorado Department of Transportation, Pueblo County, and the City of Pueblo maintain crash records for roadways throughout the Pueblo Area. The crash numbers are used to identify locations of high crash rates relative to the number of vehicles entering the intersection. Improvements to these intersections should lower the number of crashes and have the greatest benefit for overall system safety.

Table 2.5 lists the intersections with the highest number of crashes for 2005. While none of the accident rates for the Pueblo area are alarmingly high, concentrations of crashes along some corridors, such as US50A and SH45 suggest a need to improve safety at those locations. Figure 2.7 shows the location of each intersection.

Page 291: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-16

Figure 2.7 High-Crash intersection locations - 2006

Page 292: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-17

Table 2.3 High-Crash Intersection Locations 2003 – 2006

BLUE - LOCATIONS CHANGING BY 5-9 PLACES IN ANNUAL RANKING Red- Locations changing by >10 places in annual ranking

Note: Data may or may not include Colorado State Patrol, and Pueblo County Data. 2003 - 2006 crash data from City of Pueblo Department of Transportation..

Page 293: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-18

Table 2.4 2006 Intersection Crash-Type Information

Page 294: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-19

Table 2.5 CDOT On-System Bridge Ratings STR ID INTSEC/FEAT/LOCATION USE DESC ROUTE BUILT LANES ADT DATE_INSP RATE

INTEGRITY

1 K-18-Z 4th STREET BR - PUEBLO SH 96 ML 96 1958 4 32779 12/11/2002 24 SD

2 K-18-B STEEL HOLLOW I 25 ML SBND 25 1929 2 10528 4/11/2002 32 SD

3 L-19-C ST CHARLES RIVER US 50 BUS. RT WBND 50 1942 2 2829 6/27/2003 32 FO

4 K-18-C PORTER DRAW I 25 ML SBND 25 1929 2 13346 4/11/2002 35 SD

5 K-18-CL NP RR,ILEX ST,BENNET ST I 25 ML SBND 25 1959 2 23446 8/27/2002 36 FO

6 M-20-A SAUNDERS ARROYO SH 10 ML 10 1935 2 301 3/3/2004 41 SD

7 L-18-W INDIANA AVE I 25 ML SBND 25 1956 2 15696 4/10/2002 43 FO

8 K-18-CK NP RR,ILEX ST,BENNET ST I 25 ML NBND 25 1959 2 23446 8/27/2002 46 FO

9 K-18-R ARKANSAS RIVER US 50 BUS EBND 50 1924 2 10413 6/27/2003 46 SD

10 L-19-G BOB CREEK CANAL SH 96 ML 96 1929 2 2067 2/27/2002 48 FO

11 M-17-R DRAW I 25 ML 25 1926 4 14184 5/22/2002 50 SD

12 K-18-AC DRY CREEK US 50 ML 50 1934 2 16843 12/10/2002 51 SD

13 K-19-U CHICO CREEK US 50 ML EBND 50 1953 2 3699 6/4/2002 54 SD

14 L-18-M INDIANA AVE I 25 ML NBND 25 1956 2 15696 4/9/2002 55 FO

15 L-18-R ARKANSAS RIVER SH 227 ML 227 1959 2 3833 6/3/2002 55 NO

16 K-18-BY DRY CREEK US 50 ML WBND 50 1958 2 5196 6/5/2002 57 FO

17 L-19-F DRAW US 50 BUS. RT 50 1927 2 1159 6/4/2002 59 SD

18 K-18-CH PORTER DRAW I 25 ML NBND 25 1958 2 13346 4/11/2002 60 FO

19 K-18-CN 1ST ST I 25 ML NBND 25 1959 2 22804 4/10/2002 61 FO

20 K-18-CO 1ST ST I 25 ML SBND 25 1959 2 22804 4/10/2002 61 FO

21 K-18-AX US 50 ML I 25 ML NBND 25 1958 2 11002 4/10/2002 62 FO

22 K-18-EB 29TH ST I 25 ML SBND 25 1960 2 20457 4/10/2002 62 FO

23 L-20-C FARMERS OXFORD DITCH US 50 ML 50 1938 2 5772 1/22/2004 62 FO

24 L-18-AQ I 25 ML NORTHERN AVE 0 1957 4 11400 4/9/2002 62 FO

25 K-18-AY US 50 ML I 25 ML SBND 25 1958 3 11002 4/10/2002 63 FO

26 K-18-CG STEEL HOLLOW I 25 ML NBND 25 1958 2 10527 4/11/2002 63 FO

27 K-19-W BNSF RR AR US 50 SERVICE RD 50 1953 2 646 8/28/2002 63 NO

28 K-17-F RUSH CREEK SH 96 ML 96 1952 2 794 10/31/2002 63 NO

29 K-18-BT UP RR, FOUNTAIN CRK SH 96 ML 96 1954 4 21156 12/12/2002 63 FO

30 L-16-C BRANCH OF RITCHIE GULCH SH 96 ML 96 1938 2 773 10/30/2002 63 NO

31 L-18-B BURNT MILL ROAD I 25 ML SBND 25 1931 2 7056 5/2/2002 64 FO

32 K-18-f

MINOR COUNTY ROAD I 25 ML 25 1958 4 26692 4/11/2002 65 FO

33 K-18-J I 25 ML US 50 ML 50 1958 2 34568 6/5/2002 65 NO

34 K-18-BN ARKANSAS RIVER SH 233 ML 233 1963 2 4285 12/10/2002 65 NO

35 K-18-D DRAW I 25 ML 25 1928 4 26692 4/11/2002 66 NO

36 K-18-e MINOR COUNTY ROAD I 25 ML 25 1958 4 21055 4/12/2002 66 FO

37 L-18-A MUDDY CREEK I 25 ML NBND 25 1954 2 7092 5/22/2002 66 FO

38 L-18-d MINOR COUNTY ROAD I 25 ML 25 1965 4 14184 5/2/2002 66 FO

39 K-18-L FOUNTAIN CREEK US 50 ML 50 1958 4 34568 8/28/2002 66 NO

40 K-18-CT 5TH AVE I 25 ML 25 1959 4 57894 4/10/2002 67 FO

41 K-18-EA 29TH ST I 25 ML NBND 25 1960 2 20457 4/10/2002 67 FO

42 L-17-E RED CREEK SH 96 ML 96 1933 2 773 10/31/2002 67 NO

43 K-18-CI SERVICE RD, BNSF RR I 25 ML NBND 25 1959 2 23446 8/28/2002 68 NO

Page 295: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-20

STR ID INTSEC/FEAT/LOCATION USE DESC ROUTE BUILT LANES ADT DATE_INSP RATEINTEGRITY

44 K-18-CJ SERVICE RD, BNSF RR I 25 ML SBND 25 1959 2 23446 8/28/2002 68 NO

45 K-19-Q CHICO CREEK US 50 ML WBND 50 1953 2 3699 6/4/2002 68 NO

46 K-18-BZ DRY CREEK US 50 ML EBND 50 1958 2 5196 6/5/2002 68 FO

47 K-18-AE BESSEMER DITCH SH 96 ML 96 1936 4 20549 12/11/2002 69 NO

48 K-17-AD DRAW US 50 ML 50 1977 4 8736 12/10/2002 70 NO

49 K-17-AE FRED ROHR GULCH US 50 ML 50 1977 4 8736 12/10/2002 70 NO

50 K-18-g MINOR COUNTY ROAD I 25 ML 25 1958 4 26692 4/11/2002 71 FO

Table 2.6 City Bridge Ratings

Bridge / Status Sufficiency Rating

1. Union Avenue Bridge: requires replacement 48.4 *

2. 11th Street Bridge over Wildhorse Creek: requires replacement or realignment. Load Limit – 19 tons

13.4

3. 8th Street Bridge across Dry Creek: requires refurbishment 68

Table 2.7 Pueblo County Bridge Replacements 2005-2010

Structure

Location

Design

Construction

1. 701B Huckleberry Rd across Oxford Ditch 2007 2010

2. 213B Crow Cut-off Rd across Muddy Creek 2009 2012

3. 203D Red Creek Rd across the Minnequa Canal 2009 2012

4. 302A e Rd across Huerfano Cuchares Ditch 2010 2013

5. 601A Boone Rd across the Colorado Canal 2010 2013

6. 216A Apache City Rd across Greenhorn Creek 2011 2014

7. 216B Apache City Rd across Graneros Creek 2011 2014

8. 407A Lane 27 across the St. Charles River* TBD

9. 407B South Rd across the St. Charles River* TBD

10. 208D Pennsylvania Ave. across Squirrel Creek* TBD

11. 208E Curtis Rd. across South Creek* TBD

12. 208B Squirrel Creek Rd across Squirrel Creek* TBD

Page 296: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-21

Figure 2.8: Bridge Conditions Pueblo County

Page 297: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-22

Map – Bridge Conditions – City of Pueblo

Page 298: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-23

2.1.10 Systems Operations There are currently 184 traffic signals within Pueblo County’s urban

area, with the majority of the signals (160) in the City of Pueblo. The maintenance and operations of these traffic signals are split among various agencies, including CDOT, City of Pueblo, Pueblo County and the Pueblo West Metro District. Of the 184 signals 43 intersections are pre-timed (no vehicle-detection system). The intersections are predominantly located within the Central Business District of the City of Pueblo. Traffic volumes at these locations are consistent and heavy enough on each leg of the intersection throughout the day so vehicle detection would not be effective or improve efficiencies. Included in the total count of signalized intersections are 20 pedestrian actuated traffic signals. These signals are located within school zones or at locations where a high number of pedestrian crossing movements occur. The remaining intersections all use vehicle detection systems to adjust the amount of green time given to the minor street or left turn phases based on the amount of traffic present at that specific time. These intersections also have pedestrian push buttons to activate the pedestrian crossing times when needed. The predominant vehicle detection system is video detection. The system works in all weather and visibility conditions and can be installed without closing lanes or cutting the pavement thus avoiding costly failures during construction activities. This technology consists of cameras mounted on the vertical signal pole or horizontal mast arm and a processor that communicates directly to the traffic signal controller. Similar to embedded loops, the video detection system allows for the user to create virtual detection zones in which the changing of pixels alerts the controller that vehicles are present and that the signal timing should be modified accordingly. The video detection systems provide remote access capabilities allowing responsible personnel to monitor traffic flow from a remote location. The location can be viewed in a single frame or continuous frames, and operating personnel can reconfigure detection zones and perform a system diagnostic checks. Communication between traffic signals is a key component to providing corridor progression and is now generally used to allow the personnel direct access to the signal operations without physically going to the intersection. The signal communication allows for a time

Page 299: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-24

pulse to be sent to all locations keeping clocks and timing plans in synchronized operation. The communications system also allows the intersection to be monitored for failures and provides real time viewing capabilities. Generally the traffic signal communication is through either fiber optics or radios. Over the past five years the traffic signal indications throughout the urban area have also gone “green” environmentally. Both vehicular and pedestrian signals now use more energy efficient LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) to save approximately 70% of the total energy costs of the signal operation. These indications also have a safety component, as they are bright throughout the day. Efforts have been made to increase pedestrian safety at signalized intersections using “countdown” pedestrian signals, upgrading curb ramps, and installing “bump-outs” to reduce the pedestrian crossing width across major streets. Intersection safety is improved with the operation and efficiencies of protected left turn signals. CDOT was one of the first agencies in the United States to implement a new flashing yellow arrow left-turn signal at the intersection of US HWY50 & Fortino Blvd. A green arrow display provides a protected left turn while the flashing yellow arrow directs left turning traffic to yield to oncoming traffic. The flashing yellow is used only during the off-peak hours or nighttime operation. This operation has been so successful that the City and the State may extend the use to several other intersections where left turn accidents have steadily been increasing. Traffic signal timing plans are generated based on both 24-hour and peak hour turn movement counts. It is common to have several different timing plans based on the time of day or year and respective traffic volumes. For example, currently Northern Avenue runs three different plans and US Hwy 50 runs four different plans. The various timing plans are used to increase traffic flow efficiencies and reduce delay for the side street traffic. On a level-of-service (LOS) scale from A (unimpeded flow) to F (failure and severe congestion), the following intersections in the Pueblo area are now operating at a level of service D or worse during either the AM or PM peak hours:

• Abriendo Avenue & Washington Street

• Abriendo Avenue & State Highway 96

Page 300: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-25

• I-25 & 1st Street (NB)

• I-25 & 29th Street (NB and SB)

• Prairie Avenue & St. Clair Avenue

• Prairie Avenue & State Highway 96

• Pueblo Blvd & Red Creek Springs Road*

• US Hwy 50 & Purcell Blvd

• Morris Ave & Hwy 50 West (EB AM and WB PM)

• Elizabeth Street & Hwy 50 and I-25 & US Hwy 50 (WB PM)

• US Hwy 50 West& SH45 - NB and WB PM

*Capacity improvements for the intersection of Pueblo Blvd and Red Creek Springs Road are in process with construction scheduled for the summer of 2008

2.1.11 Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS)

Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) is a term to describe the collection of advanced transportation technologies and applications of information processing techniques to improve transportation system efficiency, safety, and convenience.

ITS use in the Pueblo area includes:

Variable Message Signs (VMS) at the following four locations: I-25 north of Eagleridge; I-25 at Pueblo Boulevard; I-25 at Colorado City; US50 at Pueblo Boulevard. These messages can be changed to warn motorists of road hazards, crashes along the road, unsafe weather conditions, and to make many other announcements.

Video cameras at locations along I-25 and other roadways to monitor traffic flow and incident detection.

Page 301: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-26

2.2 Freight and Rail Systems

2.2.1 Introduction

The Colorado Department of Transportation defines a major freight route as a roadway with more than 1 million tons of freight per year or a railroad with more than 5 million tons of freight a year.

Major freight routes in the Pueblo area include the entire I-25 corridor within Pueblo County and the US50 Corridor (including SH47 east of I-25). Major freight railroads include the shared Union Pacific (UP) and Burlington Northern Santa Fe (BNSF) line north of the Arkansas River and the BNSF line extending along US50 east.

In 2002, CDOT completed the Eastern Colorado Mobility Study which had both freight rail and roadway components; and in 2005, the Public Benefits and Costs Study (of freight rail relocation). The Pueblo MPO actively participated as a member of the Advisory committee for both studies. The 2035 LRTP is updated with information from some sections of those reports relating to the Pueblo MPO/TPR. Both studies and their details are available on the CDOT website: www.dot.state.co.us. Designated Truck Routes

The I-25 Corridor is of special national significance as it is part of the “El Camino” trade route between Canada and Mexico, as identified in the NAFTA agreements. Additionally, the area has access, via US 50, to the “Ports-to-Plains” Corridor (generally US 287) that runs through Eastern Colorado to Denver from Laredo, Texas. These two designated truck routes and truck traffic needs to be accommodated in long-range plans for the entire Southern Colorado community. Major Rail Routes

The Pueblo area has recognized the importance of rail since early in the development of the area when Pueblo community leaders put up $50,000 to lure the Denver & Rio Grande to town in 1872. The railroad not only transported cattle, but also delivered ore to local smelters that fashioned these raw materials into rails, spikes, and other forged or manufactured products. D&RG owner William Jackson Palmer founded the first Pueblo steel plant, which later evolved into Colorado Fuel and Iron—by 1900 among the world’s largest steel producer.

Page 302: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-27

Historically Pueblo has been served by numerous railroads: the Denver & Rio Grande Western (D&RGW); the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe (ATSF), Colorado & Southern (C&S - part of the Burlington Route), the Missouri Pacific (MP), Chicago Rock Island and Pacific (RI), the Denver & New Orleans (D&NO), and the Colorado & Wyoming (C&W). Major commodities carried by the rails to, through, and from Pueblo include coal, manufactured goods, and commodities. Rail traffic is expected to increase moderately through the Region unless and until the major freight rail corridor is moved farther east, away from the existing I-25 corridor.

2.2.2 Existing Conditions: Trucking Figure 2.9 below illustrates the state highway routes in and through

Pueblo County. The primary north-south freight route is I-25, while the primary east-west route is US Hwy 50.

Figure 2.9 Primary Freight Routes in Pueblo County

Page 303: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-28

2.2.2.1 Existing Truck Volumes I-25 and US 50 are primary freight routes with more truck traffic heading

north towards Denver than in other directions. The highest truck volume is in the section of I-25 between SH 50/47 and Downtown. Other areas with significant truck traffic are: US 50/SH 96 between Pueblo and the Airport Industrial Park, US 50 West, and parts of Pueblo Blvd (SH 45).

The Eastern Colorado Mobility Study noted that there were sections of US 287 where the truck volume was between 30-50 percent of the total traffic on the road. More recent CDOT counts show that has grown to more than 60% in five years. While Pueblo County roads do not carry this large of a percentage of trucks, there are many destinations in the area where there are a large number of trucks daily. These include the Steel Mill and Airport Industrial Park. Roadways with high truck volumes need to be monitored for more rapid wear and deterioration.

Figure 2.10 Existing Truck Volumes

Source: CDOT Planning Data Set 2005 Volumes

Page 304: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-29

Figure 2.11, below, is derived from the US Bureau of the Census Commodity Flow Survey (CFS) which is updated approximately every five years. The data depicted was the latest available when the Eastern Colorado Mobility Study was conducted and shows Colorado in relation to the rest of the US.

Figure 2.11 National Truck Freight Flows In Colorado

Source: CDOT Eastern Colorado Mobility Study

Page 305: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-30

2.2.3 Existing Conditions: Rail The current rail lines in operation are the Burlington Northern Santa

Fe (BNSF), Union Pacific (UP), and the V&S Railway, Inc. In 2002, the BNSF and UP railroads participated in the development of a long-term plan to ease rail traffic congestion and improve freight mobility along the Front Range. The proposed project would consolidate certain freight lines and operations, relocate freight terminals and yards, and construct a freight bypass route in eastern Colorado to remove through-freight trains from the congested Front Range corridor, while still maintaining local freight service. The economic viability of the plan was examined in the Public Benefits and Costs study released in 2005. Some of the conclusions in that study led CDOT to initiate the Rail Relocation Implementation Study - now ongoing. As in previous Studies, the Pueblo area is represented with membership on the Advisory Committee for that study.

The Pueblo area is the origin of the former North Avondale – Towner Line that was acquired by CDOT in 1998. In 2006, CDOT selected the V&S Railway to purchase the line for $10.3 million. The purchase agreement requires V&S Railway to operate the line for six years, a “first right to repurchase” for CDOT if V&S Railway becomes unable to continue to operate the line, and an agreement to operate the line with adherence to State and Federal regulations. In January 2006, the V&S (aka VST) began rehabilitation and improvements of the line that include track repair, track replacement, repair of active crossing equipment, and returning the track to Class II operating standards. The first grain train returning the line to service was dispatched in September 2006. Since then the line has remained operational and provided rail service to eastern Colorado agricultural producers and shippers. Figure 2.12, below, shows total rail freight flows in and through Colorado compared to the rest of the US.

Page 306: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-31

Figure 2.12 Rail Flows In and Through Colorado

Source: CDOT Eastern Colorado Mobility Study

2.2.3.1 Existing Rail Facilities At present, there are no intermodal (direct freight transfer) facilities in

Pueblo, but there are a number of areas where rail loading and unloading facilities exist and are provided with rail service. Figure 2.13, below, shows the active rail lines in the Pueblo County area and the existing locations of loading and unloading facilities.

Page 307: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-32

Figure 2.13 Active Rail Lines and Loading Facilities

Page 308: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-33

2.2.3.2 Transportation Technology Center The Transportation Technology Center, Inc. (TTCI) is located in northeast

Pueblo County. The Center is an internationally recognized facility offering a wide range of unique capabilities for research, development, testing, consulting, and training for railway-related technologies. The site, 21 miles northeast of Pueblo, Colorado, is owned by the US Department of Transportation, and is operated and maintained by the Transportation Technology Center, Inc., under a care, custody, and control contract with the Federal Railroad Administration and American Railroad Association. A 52 square mile facility, TTCI is isolated and secure with a vast array of specialized testing facilities and tracks for all types of freight and passenger rolling stock, powered vehicles, rails and track components, and rail safety devices.

Forty-eight miles of railroad track are available for testing locomotives, vehicles, track components, and signaling devices. TTCI’s specialized tracks are used to evaluate vehicle stability, safety, endurance, reliability, and ride comfort. Using TTCI's tracks eliminates the interferences, delays, and safety issues encountered on an operating rail system.

Key infrastructure and equipment control centers, passenger stations, rail vehicles, track, yards, bridges, and tunnels are being hardened against potential terrorist threats. Methods for analysis, prevention, detection, and response to terrorism in the rail sector are rapidly evolving. TTCI is a leader in railroad technology, and is responding, by offering methods to North American railways for keeping people and cargoes safe and secure. The TTCI facility is described in more detail in the Appendix to Chapter 2.

Figure 2.14 TTCI Rail Facilities

Page 309: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-34

2.3 Freight Needs

2.3.1 Freight Needs - Truck Past surveys of shipping companies identify improvements to I-25 as

the major freight need within the region. Adequate access to the Central Business District off of I-25 and access to the Airport Industrial Park were identified as well. The second access to the Airport Industrial Park through the western William White Blvd extension will significantly improve the freight access to the Airport Industrial Park. Work on this access began as part of the Defense Access Road project in 2007.

2.3.2 Freight Needs - Rail

No specific needs for the additional railroad freight facilities have been identified. This potential will be examined in the CDOT Rail Relocation Implementation Study. The City of Pueblo recently made improvements at the Airport Industrial Park (AIP) to accommodate rail access to a facility very close to the airport. The improved access to rail at the AIP could prove beneficial since this area has multi-modal access via roads, rail, and aircraft. Some sections of the rail lines in the AIP are weight limited and will need to be upgraded to support business entities that may want to relocate to the AIP.

The Transportation Test Center will continue to emphasize and expand their facility. Planning for improved access to this facility will continue to be included in this and future long range transportation plans. It is uncertain what the long-term plans are for the Pueblo Chemical Depot with regard to rail service. Possibilities include utilization of the facility for the storage of military equipment as a result of the Ft. Carson and Pinon Canyon expansion proposals. Recent activities also include the expansion of the storage of rail cars on the site. As part of the potential relocation of the mainline freight rail lines further east of Pueblo County, there may be opportunities for the redevelopment of the existing rail yards. Within Pueblo, and as part of the CDOT Study, consideration must be given to relocating freight rail traffic from the existing UP tracks adjacent to I-25 to joint tracks or operations using the BNSF route in western Pueblo. If rail facilities are relocated and the existing rail yards redeveloped,

Page 310: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-35

encouraging a transit-oriented design would improve the viability of a commuter rail service running along the front range of Colorado from Wyoming through the major front range urbanized areas including Pueblo to New Mexico.

2.3.3 Rail Corridor Preservation In June 2000 the Colorado Transportation Commission approved a

Rail Corridor Preservation Policy which states:

• Preserving rail corridors for future use may save money, since the cost to preserve a corridor for future transportation purposes is often far less than having to purchase an equivalent corridor in the future.

• Rail transportation may be needed in certain corridors

to supplement the highway system and to provide adequate mobility and travel capacity.

• Rail transportation can be a cost-effective and environmentally preferable mode of transportation in certain situations.

• Preserving existing freight rail service by preventing a railroad from being abandoned can reduce the maintenance costs on state highways, since the transportation of displaced rail freight by trucks will increase deterioration of the state highway system.

• Freight rail service can serve as a lifeline to the economic health of a community when there are no other modes that adequately and economically serve the needs of the community.

The Rail Corridor Preservation Policy also identified the following criteria to be used to prioritize corridors for funding:

• Magnitude of negative impacts upon adjacent highways.

• Immediacy of the possible abandonment of the rail line.

• Immediacy of possible encroachment on an existing

Page 311: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-36

rail corridor that may jeopardize the implementation of passenger rail service in the corridor.

• Estimated cost to acquire the rail corridor.

• Opportunity for public-private partnerships. In November 2000, CDOT identified a list of State Significant Rail Corridors, which was adopted by the Transportation Commission as part of the Statewide Transportation Plan. The criteria used to identify these state corridors included existing and potential future demand for passenger and freight services and local/regional support for the preservation of the corridor.

2.3.3.1 Abandonment Activity CDOT reports no rail abandonment activities during the past five years. It should be noted, however, that BNSF might be considering the sale of its Albuquerque to La Junta route. The State of New Mexico has entered into preliminary negotiations for the section from Albuquerque to Trinidad. BNSF indicates that it is reviewing all of its options and “no decision has been made yet on the future of that part of our operations.” This line, which goes through Trinidad on its way to La Junta, carries Amtrak’s Southwest Chief service. BNSF may also include an evaluation of its line from Pueblo to Las Animas. Within the industry there has been speculation that the BNSF may attempt to sell this line sometime in the future. CDOT will continue to monitor these possibilities and may include additional analysis of options as part of the ongoing Rail Relocation Implementation Study. Potential rail line abandonment and acquisition by the State of Colorado are discussed in more detail in the Appendix to Chapter 2.

2.4 Commuter Rail / Light Rail / Bus Rapid Transit

2.4.1 Introduction Currently there is no passenger rail service in Pueblo County.

Amtrak utilizes the TNM&O bus system to shuttle passengers from its trains at Union Station in Denver to its other service through Trinidad. Opportunity for passenger rail service in the Pueblo Area is probably limited until a time when service is provided throughout the

Page 312: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-37

front range.

The Denver area is currently expanding the passenger rail service via the FasTrax project. Additionally, with the implementation of the Front Range Express (FREX) bus service between Fountain, Colorado Springs, and Monument north to the Denver Metro area, it appears that an emerging market exists. Informal discussions suggest that some Pueblo citizens might like to see the FREX commuter service expanded into the Pueblo area, but at current FREX operating costs and deficits, it does not appear to be financially feasible.

2.4.2 Rocky Mountain Rail Authority The Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act (ISTEA) of

1991 originally called for the designation of 11 high-speed rail corridors, though only 10 corridors have been designated at this time. Thus, there remains one corridor to be designated. Studies are now underway to determine the feasibility of having the 11th corridor designated from Casper, WY to Albuquerque, NM or El Paso, TX. In 2002 CDOT submitted a letter to the U.S. Department of Transportation expressing an interest in obtaining the designation as the 11th High Speed Rail Corridor.

The Rocky Mountain Rail Authority (RMRA) is an organization authorized by new State laws and formed by Inter-Governmental Agreements between Colorado cities, town, counties and transportation districts. Both the City of Pueblo and Pueblo County are members and have seats on the RMRA Board of Directors. RMRA is contracting with CDOT to analyze the High Speed Corridor alternative as part of the Passenger Rail Feasibility study described next. RMRA was awarded $1.2 million in strategic transit funds from SB97-001 (usually just SB-1) to conduct a Passenger Rail Feasibility Study in the I-25 and I-70 West corridors from the Wyoming state line to the New Mexico state line, and on the I-70 West corridor from DIA to the Utah border, respectively. The Colorado study is being coordinated with similar studies in the states of New Mexico and Wyoming. Depending on the outcome of the feasibility study, some federal funding for a complete technical evaluation may later be available. The feasibility study is also being coordinated with the CDOT Rail Relocation Implementation Study of moving interstate coal shipments and other through freight trains from the existing tracks in the I-25

Page 313: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-38

Corridor onto new tracks on the Eastern Plains. If implemented, the relocation might permit passenger service to operate on the existing tracks or the use of the right-of-way to construct separate tracks for passenger trains. CDOT is also conducting a study to identify governance structure options for developing, planning, financing, and operating a regional or statewide passenger rail authority in Colorado and into other states. The study includes a legal review and analysis of existing Colorado law and, for some options, which laws would require amendment or development of new legislation. The Pueblo area is represented on the Advisory Committee for the governance study.

Page 314: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-39

Figure 2.15 Possible Routes for a Front Range Commuter Rail

Page 315: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-40

2.4.3 Light Rail / Trolley Public transit has existed in the City of Pueblo since 1878, with a

horse-drawn streetcar system connecting downtown to the Union Depot area. According to the Colorado Cultural Resource Survey of Pueblo’s North Side Neighborhood, in 1890, Frank Julian Sprague contracted with the Richmond, Virginia, Union Passenger Railway to design and build an electrically powered public transportation system serving the entire city. The result was the first successful electrified streetcar system in the United States. Within a few years, cities across the country installed extensive electric streetcar systems to transport more passengers at higher speeds and with less pollution than horse-drawn or steam-powered conveyances. The trolley system in Pueblo existed until 1947 and much of the City of Pueblo had developed around the trolley lines. While the Pueblo area today is too small to consider development of a modern light rail system, rising gas prices are stimulating more public discussion of local transit needs in the Pueblo community. Corridor preservation for future transit development will become increasingly important as the Pueblo urbanized area continues to expand. Chapter 5 contains the assessment of transit needs and alternatives which may be needed to meet them. In the future, some residents may choose to live in communities that are not automobile dependent. Such areas are typically more densely developed to support a more efficient transit system. As both land uses and networks evolve, a transit system may begin as a fixed route bus system then later include regional Bus Rapid Transit lines in reserved Rights-of-Ways, and eventually to the development of light rail or trolley systems in the most heavily traveled corridors. Early planning for such an evolution will result in substantially more efficient transitions at different stages of future system development.

Page 316: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-41

2.5 Non-motorized Transportation

2.5.1 Introduction

The Pueblo area has a relatively mild climate and gentle topography that make travel by non-motorized modes an enjoyable experience for participants. During the past twenty years, the City of Pueblo, Pueblo County, and other local and state agencies have continued to construct and improve sidewalk and trail facilities to enhance non-motorized travel throughout the region. Further enhancements to the non-motorized transportation system will play an ever-increasing role in accommodating the non-motorized travel needs of Pueblo residents and visitors to the area.

The Transportation Enhancement Program, funded as part of the Surface Transportation Program by FHWA and administered by CDOT, continues to be a valuable source of revenue to support the construction of new non-motorized facilities including sidewalks and off-street trail systems. The program provides up to 80% of the project costs with the remaining 20% as the local matching share.

2.5.2 Non-Motorized Program Goals and Objectives

The Goals for the Non-Motorized Element focus on five aspects of the trail network. These are:

• User Mix – Design trails facilities to accommodate a broad mix of users including, commuters, cyclists, pedestrians, and equestrians.

• Trail, Pedestrian, and Bicycle Standards – Establish and follow appropriate and consistent standards and guidelines for non-motorized facilities.

• Subdivision Review – Include compliance with the non-motorized facility plan in the Subdivision process.

• System Connectivity – Increase the effectiveness of the system by achieving connectivity between facilities and with adjacent regions. Improve trail crossings of railroads, rivers and streams, and major roadways.

• Maintenance – Address maintenance needs of the Trail Network.

Page 317: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-42

2.5.2.1 Non-Motorized Transportation Objectives 1. As part of the long-range transportation planning process,

continue to develop a “Trails Master Plan” that includes the identification and prioritization of new facilities, addresses the “5-E”s (Engineering, Enforcement, Education, Evaluation, and Encouragement), and develops improved access, including adequate parking, at trailheads.

2. Maintain and preserve the existing trail system.

3. Maintain and preserve existing and new sidewalks and walking paths.

4. Encourage and support bicycling and walking as viable modes of transportation.

5. Construct and maintain the non-motorized system according to ADA standards.

6. Develop bicycle connectivity within each transportation mode.

7. Ensure non-motorized connectivity between Transportation Planning Regions.

8. Add the appropriate bicycle and pedestrian elements for consideration in the development review process.

9. Encourage and support schools applying for “Safe Routes to School” Grant Programs that desire them.

2.5.3 Design and Safety Goals

Design and safety considerations also affect non-motorized route selection. These include the following:

1. Pueblo’s River Trail System is designed to provide for safe bicycle/pedestrian experiences that avoid road and driveway intersections. Where possible, especially on main trails, provide or use existing grade crossings at major roadways.

2. Where possible, trails and on-street routes should be located to link schools, parks, public facilities, and retail centers.

3. Trails should comply with the CDOT or locally approved design standards that specify surfacing, trail width, drainage, cross-slope and curve standards.

Page 318: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-43

4. Trail alignments should be spaced far enough from roads and highways to substantially reduce vehicular hazards.

5. Dense vegetation that interferes with safe usage should be removed to create ample sight distance (approx. 50’) and to reduce potentially dangerous hiding areas.

6. Alignments should provide access points for emergency response and maintenance vehicles.

2.5.4 Recommended Regional Trail Design Guides • Main spine trails should be constructed with a 10-foot wide

concrete pavement and should maintain a 10-foot height clearance at all grade separations.

• Spur trails should be constructed with materials that provide a firm and stable surface.

• Trails that parallel roadways should have a minimum clearance separation of 8-feet from adjacent vehicle lanes.

2.5.5 Existing Conditions: Sidewalks Within urban areas, sidewalks are the most common form of non-

motorized transportation networks that residents use. Additionally, sidewalks are increasingly important around schools and commercial areas throughout the rural portions of the county.

The presence of sidewalk facilities in the Pueblo area depends largely on the time of construction and jurisdiction within which the area was developed. Generally, most of the neighborhoods that developed within the City of Pueblo before 1950 had a significant investment in sidewalks. Many areas that developed later without sidewalks have required much effort to retrofit. Estimates from the 2030 Plan indicate approximately 80 percent of roadways in the City of Pueblo include sidewalk facilities. The City of Pueblo has an effective ongoing program to install sidewalks in areas that do not currently have them.

As shown in Table 2.10, the City-required sidewalks are installed in both new commercial and new residential subdivisions to promote walkability and improve connectivity. Additionally, where there is development of new buildings or structures, there is a requirement to build sidewalks in compliance with current standards. The minimum sidewalk width varies from 5-feet in residential areas to a minimum 6-feet in commercial areas. Large developments are required to provide

Page 319: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-44

facilities for internal pedestrian access and circulation as well.

Table 2.8 City of Pueblo Sidewalk Installation, 2004-2006

Year Sidewalks in New

Development New Sidewalks in

Existing Areas 2004 37,738 linear feet 25,061 linear feet 2005 31,590 linear feet 4,520 linear feet 2006 43,194 linear feet 35,867 linear feet

Source: Electronic Communication, City of Pueblo Public Works Dept., October 2007

The City also improves and maintains pedestrian facilities to achieve full compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Sidewalks are being upgraded in many low/moderate income neighborhoods, and replacement of curb and gutter is ongoing. The City’s curb-ramp installation program installs about 70 curb ramps a year to address the needs of the disabled community. At present, the Public Works Dept reports that there is a back-log of requests for curb ramps by disabled citizens. Funding for the program has come largely from Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds and requests for curb ramps are included in neighborhood requests for annual selection of CDBG projects. Table 2.11 shows the number of ramps installed since 1993

2.5.6 Safe Routes to School

SAFETEA-LU included a new, national Safe Routes to School program, which enables and encourages primary and secondary school children to walk and bicycle to school. Both infrastructure-related and behavioral projects are funded. They are geared toward providing a safe, appealing environment for walking and biking that will improve the quality of children’s lives and support national health objectives by reducing traffic, fuel consumption, and air pollution in the vicinity of schools. The legislation makes available $612 million in Federal funds over five fiscal years. Each state receives a portion of the funds based on its percentage of the national total of school-aged children in grades K – 8, but not less than $1 million each year. The initial funding cycle in Colorado was 2006. The City of Pueblo was awarded grants in 2006 and 2007. Both grants were infrastructure grants, for on-street bicycle lanes, bike route signage,

Page 320: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-45

pedestrian crosswalk markings, some sidewalk, and curb bump-outs at busy pedestrian crossings near a school. Construction on these projects had not begun at the time of this writing. This funding provides an additional source of pedestrian facility development specifically targeted to schoolchildren and specifically addressing the objectives described above.

Table 2.9 City of Pueblo Curb Ramp Installation, 1993 - 2007

Year # Ramps Installed Total Cost

1993 37 $46,663 1994 37 $74,615 1995 22 $42,838 1996 26 $51,221 1997 27 $49,564 1998 47 $72,000 1999 62 $108,000 2000 54 $138,105 2001 50 $199,867 2002 110 $194,487 2003 49 $165,000 2004 57 N/A 2005 122** $118,460*** 2006 272** $381,883*** 2007 75 + $400,000***

Source: City of Pueblo, Public Works, 10/07 ** Total count of curb ramps includes CDBG projects + City-wide replacement program

*** Budgeted Amount not including CDBG projects

2.5.7 Existing Conditions: Bikeways And Trails

2.5.7.1 On-Street Bikeways

The Pueblo Region completed its first Bikeway Systems Plan in 1979. The plan was updated in 1990 and again in 1999 when supplemental efforts for the St. Charles Mesa, Pueblo West, and Pueblo County were incorporated. The 1999 Bicycle Plan identified 125 miles of on-street bicycle routes.

Page 321: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-46

Bikeway planning was incorporated directly into the 2030 LRTP and this 2035 LRTP, where the following distances of existing and proposed on-street bike routes are included. Many of the experienced-rider routes are along state highways or other major roadways and extend to the County Lines along these roads. Existing Proposed All Riders 199 Miles 110 Miles Experienced Riders 288 Miles* 109 Miles

*Includes State Highway and Rural Routes

On-street bicycle routes are depicted in figure 2-13 below.

2.5.7.2 Trails In addition to the on-street bicycle routes, the Pueblo Area has a

network of multi-use trails that carry bicyclists, pedestrians, and equestrians along open space areas, major rivers, and stream corridors. It is estimated that over 250,000 persons use this system annually. Expanding the trail network and creating connections between areas will increase usage and allow access to a greater portion of Pueblo residents and visitors.

As discussed in more detail later in this Chapter, the Pueblo West Municipal District (PWMD) has developed a separate plan to continue its trail system expansion.

Existing Proposed

PWMD Master Plan 6.71 Miles * 53 Miles

Non-PWMD Plans 36.90 Miles 440 Miles

* Includes Funded McCulloch Trail Phase II

Other trails within the Pueblo region include separate unconnected recreational facilities within the San Isabel National Forest, Pueblo Mountain Park in Beulah, and the Rye Mountain Park.

Existing Trails Corridors

• Arkansas River Trail: A 20-mile trail connecting Downtown Pueblo with Lake Pueblo State Park. Destinations along the trail include the Historic Arkansas Riverwalk of Pueblo; the Pueblo Greenway and Nature Center, Runyon Sports Complex and Runyon Lake.

• Fountain Creek Trail: This 6.5-mile trail connects Runyon

Page 322: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-47

Lake with Colorado State University (Pueblo) and is eventually planned to extend 15 miles north into El Paso County as part of the Colorado Front Range Trail, and 5.5 miles south to St. Charles Creek to provide a critical link in the American Discovery Trail.

• Wild Horse Creek Trail: Extending north from the Arkansas River Trail, Wildhorse Creek provides access to the trail system for the fast-growing community around Hyde Park and for the residential areas along Tuxedo Boulevard. Approximately 1 mile of this trail is complete with an additional 5 miles planned to extend north across US 50 to the multi-use path along Pueblo Boulevard.

Proposed Trails Corridors

• St Charles Mesa Trail: A proposed 10-mile trail running along St Charles Creek from 36th Lane to Lime Road. A proposed 18-mile extension to the town of Rye and a 2-mile link to the Aspen Road Trailhead will complete this regional trail

• Arkansas River Trail: A planned expansion of the trail from Runyon Lake 9 miles east to 36th Lane will provide a continuous off-street east-west spine trail through the region.

Pueblo West Metropolitan District

The Pueblo West Metro district applied for and received a 2006 CDOT Transportation Enhancement Grant for an additional portion of the following project.

• The McCulloch Trail: A 9-mile long trail in Pueblo West to connect with the State Park trail network and the Colorado Front Range Trail. A 6.7 mile segment of trail is currently complete or under construction. Completion of an additional 2-mile connection from McCulloch Blvd will link the trail to the Lake Pueblo State Park.

In November 2005, the Pueblo West Metropolitan District adopted a Parks and Recreation Master Plan for the district. Within the plan, recommended trail classifications and standards for PWMD are defined. These classifications are:

• Primary Multi-Purpose, Off-Street Trails – Paved multi-purpose, off-street trails will form the two major spines

Page 323: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-48

through the District: one running north-south and one running east-west. They should accommodate a variety of trail users, including walkers, joggers, recreational and commuter cyclists within the same trail corridor.

• Secondary Multi-Purpose, Off-Street Trails – Secondary trail links will be provided through development areas to the primary trail system, as well as to parks and open space areas that are not on the primary system. These multi-purpose, off-street trails would ideally be paved where practicable and may be provided by project developers as well as being an integral part of the circulation and open space system.

Statewide and National Bikeways and Trails Systems

The Pueblo area is the junction of two of the largest planned trail systems in the Country: the Colorado Front Range Trail and the American Discovery Trail.

The American Discovery Trail (ADT) is the nation's first coast-to-coast, non-motorized trail stretching 6,800 miles from Delaware to California. The ADT connects five national scenic trails, 10 national historic trails, and 23 national recreational trails. It passes through urban centers like Cincinnati and San Francisco, leads to 14 national parks and 16 national forests, and visits 10,000 sites of historic, cultural, and natural significance.

Several trails in the Pueblo region are part of the ADT including sections of the Arkansas River Trail, the St. Charles Creek Trail, and the McCulloch Boulevard Trail.

The Colorado Front Range Trail (CFRT) is a planned trail alignment that will create a continuous trail from New Mexico to Wyoming. Colorado State Parks hopes to complete Phase 1 of the Trail, from Trinidad to Fort Collins, by 2009, including two routes through the Pueblo Region.

The Foothills Loop runs along SH96 through Lake Pueblo State Park to the Arkansas River Trail, then north along the Fountain Creek Trail and Overton Road up to El Paso County. The Plains Loop runs north from Colorado City up along CR778 (Burnt Mill Road) and the Goodnight Arroyo Trail to the Arkansas River Trail.

The Pueblo region considers access to these national trail

Page 324: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-49

designations when planning and prioritizing trail projects. For the CFRT designated trails, the standards are in Table 2.10 and the State Parks Department recommends that local jurisdictions follow four steps to trail development, at the end of which the trail can be “branded” with the CFRT designation. These are:

• Signage

• Trailhead maps • Directional signs

• Distance signs

Table 2.10 Colorado Front Range Trail Recommended Trail Development Standards

Urban Sub-Urban Rural*

Width 10-12 feet 8 feet 6 feet

Maximum Grade 5 % 5 % 8 %

Maximum Cross-Slope

2 % 8 % 8 %

Maximum Tread Obstacles

2 inch 3 inch N/A

Source: Colorado Front Range Trails Guidelines, 4/03 * Rural standards do not meet ADA accessibility standards.

2.5.8 Developments Since the 2030 LRTP Major accomplishments for non-motorized transportation since the

release of the 2030 LRTP include the following:

• Adoption of the Honor Farm Master Plan, including proposed trail locations within the Open Space;

• Development of the CSU-Pueblo Trail Link;

• Further development of the trail network as part of the Arkansas River Legacy Project; including new trailheads and paving in the Main St./Union Ave. bridge area;

• Development of the McCulloch Trail phases 1 & 2 in Pueblo West;

• Significant progress in the installation of curb ramps and sidewalks in existing neighborhoods of the City of Pueblo;

Page 325: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-50

• Updating of the Bicycle & Pedestrian Trail map, currently awaiting printing for distribution;

• Receipt by the City of Pueblo of two Safe Routes to School grants, for pedestrian facilities in the vicinity of Heaton Middle School and Hellbeck Elementary School; and

• Steps in the planning and acquisition of Minnequa Lake, including a park master plan with a designed trail system surrounding the lake.

Page 326: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-51

Figure 2.16 City, County, and Pueblo West Bicycle Routes & Recreational Trails Maps

Page 327: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-52

Figure 2.17 PACOG MPO/TPR Non-Motorized Plan Map

Details of the Non-Motorized Plan can be found on additional maps of each Quadrant of the region in the Appendix to Chapter 2.

Page 328: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-53

2.6 Aviation

Two airports classified by the CDOT Division of Aeronautics as Commercial Service serve the Pueblo region: Pueblo Memorial and Colorado Springs Municipal (see Figure 2-17 below). The Division also classifies General Aviation airports (non-Commercial Service) as either intermediate or minor. In areas near Pueblo, Fremont County, La Junta Municipal, and Meadow Lake are classified as intermediate. Airports with the classification of minor are: Calhan, Colorado Springs East, and Las Animas City & County airports. There are also three military airfields in the area: Air Force Academy Field, AFA Auxiliary Field (Bullseye), and Fort Carson Butts Field.

Figure 2.18 Airports in the Pueblo Region

Page 329: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-54

The Pueblo Memorial Airport (Airport Code PUB) is one of 17 Commercial Service airports in Colorado and is the only airport in Pueblo County. The airport handles over 90,000 take-offs and landings a year and serves air carriers, air taxis, general aviation and military aircraft. The Pueblo airport occupies 2,308 acres of land for aeronautical purposes.

The airport is owned and operated by the City of Pueblo and offers aviation services through private companies who lease space from the airport. Some of these aviation services are commercial flights, hangar facilities, flight training, aircraft repair, fueling facilities and a restaurant.

In addition to the airport property, the adjacent Airport Industrial Park consists of approximately 1,476 acres divided into 75 parcels. The City originally held the land for the park and sells or leases parcels to prospective businesses. The industrial park is actively marketed by the Pueblo Economic Development Corporation (PEDCO), with current tenants including the following companies and government agencies:

• Adams Aircraft • Air Products & Chemicals • Atlas Pacific Engineering • Benshaw, Inc. • BF Goodrich Aerospace • Chemical Marketing Concepts • Deneen & Company • Doane Products • Flexible Foam Products • Glenn Company • Haddonstone • Hartung Agalite Glass • Innotrac • Jones Tones • Kurt Manufacturing • Loaf N' Jug • National Weather Service • OK Tooling Company • Trinity Packaging • Pueblo County Department of Public Works • Refractories West • Southeastern Water Conservancy District • Stonecraft Industries • Steel, Inc. (McCallin Diversified/Timberline Steel) • Takeshiba Technologies

Page 330: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-55

• Target Distribution • TR Toppers • TRANE • Triple G Construction • US Government Printing Office, and • U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).

Pueblo Memorial Airport plays an important role in the community, both as a transportation hub and as a center of economic activity. A study by the CDOT Aeronautics Division in 2003 assessed the local economic impact of airports to their communities. According to the study, the airport was directly responsible for 727 jobs with total wages of $19,103,000. The total annual economic activity attributed to the airport, which includes direct, indirect, and induced impacts, totaled $45,683,000.

CDOT estimates that the airport brings 1,682 visitors and $486,704 in visitor spending annually to the Pueblo area.

Generally, there are two planning documents utilized by airports. The first is an Airport Master Plan (AMP), which is normally updated every ten years. The second planning document is the Airport Layout Plan (ALP), updated five years after the AMP. The City of Pueblo prepared the Pueblo Memorial Airport Master Plan in 1992 to identify long range planning for the airport. ALPs were completed and adopted in 2000 and 2007. The 2007 ALP serves as a basis for this element of the 2035 Plan.

2.6.1 The Airport Layout Plan

2.6.1.1 Airport Location and Access

The Airport is located on the north side of US 50, approximately 7 miles east of I-25. Access to the airport is currently limited to the Paul Harvey Boulevard Interchange with US 50. This access also connects to United Avenue and the USDOT Road that leads to the Army Chemical Depot and USDOT transportation test facility. A second access will become available when the Defense Access Road project is completed along William White Blvd west to SH 47. In the future, Constitution Street may be extended east to create a single full movement intersection with the new access road at SH 47.

The BNSF railroad runs just south of the airport with a spur line serving the industrial park. In 2007, the City spent $115,000 for rail improvements in the Airport Industrial Park. These improvements bring rail service very close to the Airport and specifically to the new

Page 331: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-56

Commercial Hanger Development area.

Figure 2.19 Pueblo Memorial Airport Runways

The airport has a tower, terminal building, and three runways. The two main runways run east-west and include a 4,073-foot runway for general aviation aircraft and a longer 10,500 foot runway that can accommodate up to a 747 aircraft. A third runway runs north-south and serves as a crosswind facility. The airport is home to an ASR radar site and has precision approach capabilities on its main east-west runway. Technical details for the runways can be found in the Appendix to this Chapter.

2.6.1.2 Taxiways and Aprons

By using the mid-field apron as a taxiway, the airport has a full-length taxiway for the primary east-west runway (8L/26R) and the secondary (8R/26L). The taxiway is offset from the primary runway by 500 feet at the closest point to 925 feet on the apron taxiway. This separation of 500 feet meets design standards for approach categories C&D group V aircraft. There are ten exit connector taxiways from the primary runway. The north-south runway (17/35) has a taxiway to its south end, but aircraft departing to the south or landing to the north must “back-taxi” on the runway and turn-around at the north end at the Runway 17 threshold where there is a taxiway “stub” to allow aircraft to remain clear of the runway after performing their back-taxi operation. There are also taxi lanes for access the individual hangars

Page 332: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-57

located in the hangar areas.

The current apron area consists of the commercial apron in front of the terminal building, a tie-down area west of the terminal primarily used by Flower Aviation for transient aircraft and an apron east of the terminal area near Silver State Aviation that is used by based aircraft, as well as transient aircraft, which includes the U.S. Forest Service, Colorado Department of Corrections and the U.S. Marshal Service.

2.6.1.3 Airport Operations

Pueblo Memorial Airport handles over 90,000 take-offs and landings a year. However, once the new US Air Force Initial Flight Screening school reaches full-scale operations, the overall operations are expected to triple. These operations consist primarily of general aviation and military operations, but include some limited air carrier and air taxi service as well. Current operations are summarized below in Table 2-11 and 2-12 and depicted in Figure 2.20.

Table 2.11 Pueblo Memorial Airport Operations for

2004 and 2006 Annual Aircraft Operations # Operations* % of Operations**Transient General Aviation 32197 34% Local General Aviation 26755 28% Air Taxi 5617 6% Commercial 230 <1% Military 29376 32% Average Per Day (all): 258 243 TOTAL Annual Operations: 94,175 *2004 Operations **2006 Daily Percentages

Page 333: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-58

Table 2.12 Pueblo Memorial Airport Operations

(Adjusted for Doss Operations) Yellow Highlights Are Estimates and Forecasts

Source: Pueblo Memorial Airport Layout Plan, 2007

Year Air

Carrier Air Taxi GA (Itin.) Mil (Itin.) GA

(local) Mil

(local) Total 1990 3,521 5,343 29,754 5,681 20,571 14,976 79,8461991 2,822 8,395 28,682 4,866 18,949 14,095 77,8091992 762 9,808 24,843 5,737 23,367 19,586 84,1031993 258 10,675 22,108 5,300 24,377 19,668 82,3861994 143 9,013 23,639 4,847 25,105 17,806 80,5531995 248 6,247 23,045 5,045 23,052 18,906 76,5431996 429 5,895 24,507 5,010 24,229 19,694 79,7641997 261 6,066 25,683 5,230 26,300 19,349 82,8891998 302 4,798 29,618 6,248 21,922 16,208 79,0961999 226 6,278 31,605 5,147 30,150 17,764 91,1702000 216 4,919 31,698 5,560 25,362 14,856 82,6112001 354 5,011 31,512 6,563 25,570 18,421 87,4312002 358 4,955 33,541 7,252 25,830 16,704 88,6402003 209 4,977 31,365 8,903 23,856 21,021 90,3312004 299 5,669 29,808 8,081 24,870 19,988 88,7152005 239 5,194 30,719 7,689 52,137 17,079 113,0572006 245 5,334 31,333 7,743 71,800 17,199 133,6542007 252 5,478 31,960 7,797 122,643 17,319 185,4502008 259 5,626 32,599 7,852 260,328 17,440 324,1042009 266 5,778 33,251 7,907 277,215 17,562 341,9792010 273 5,934 33,916 7,962 282,759 17,685 348,5302011 280 6,094 34,595 8,018 288,414 17,809 355,2102012 288 6,259 35,286 8,074 294,183 17,934 362,0232013 296 6,428 35,992 8,130 300,066 18,059 368,9712014 304 6,601 36,712 8,187 306,068 18,186 376,0582015 312 6,780 37,446 8,245 312,189 18,313 383,2842016 320 6,963 38,195 8,302 318,433 18,441 390,6542017 329 7,151 38,959 8,360 324,801 18,570 398,1712018 338 7,344 39,738 8,419 331,297 18,700 405,8362019 347 7,542 40,533 8,478 337,923 18,831 413,6542020 356 7,746 41,344 8,537 344,682 18,963 421,6282021 366 7,955 42,171 8,597 351,575 19,096 429,7592022 376 8,170 43,014 8,657 358,607 19,229 438,0532023 386 8,390 43,874 8,718 365,779 19,364 446,5112024 396 8,617 44,752 8,779 373,095 19,499 455,1382025 407 8,849 45,647 8,840 380,556 19,636 463,9362026 418 9,088 46,560 8,902 388,168 19,773 472,909

Growth Rates

’08 – ‘26 2.70% 2.70% 2.00% 0.70% 2.00% 0.70% 2.12%

Page 334: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-59

Figure 2.20 Airport Operations

(1994 - 2005 Actual, 2006 –2026 Forecast)

0

50000

100000

150000

200000

250000

300000

350000

400000

450000

500000

1994

1996

1998

2000

2002

2004

2006

2008

2010

2012

2014

2016

2018

2020

2022

2024

2026

ActualRegressionOps per basedAero Growth w/Doss SurgeAdjusted TAFTAF

2.6.1.4 Air Carrier & Air Taxi Services

Pueblo lost the majority of its air carrier service in 1991, precipitating a general decline in passenger service that has held steady at less than 10 percent of 1990 levels. In 2007, a single-carrier offers two scheduled flights a day to Denver. This service is maintained by federal Essential Air Service (EAS) funds that are awarded to airlines to sustain passenger service into small urban communities. There have been recent changes to schedules for travel for normal business hours and increased advertising programs to encourage people in the Pueblo region to utilize the commercial air service from the Pueblo Memorial Airport. The airport maintains air taxi/charter services that fly once or twice a month, primarily to out-of-state vacation destinations, and a charter service offers flights to gaming destinations. Additional information is shown in the Appendix to this Chapter.

2.6.1.5 General Aviation

The majority of operations at the airport are General Aviation aircraft. Commercial operations available at the airport include charter services, air

Page 335: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-60

ambulance services, helicopter flight training, parking, vehicle rentals, and a full service restaurant. The City of Pueblo Fire Department has a facility at the airport for fire operations.

At present, as shown in Table 2.13, the Pueblo airport is home to nearly 100 aircraft housed in both commercial and private hangars. Fixed-base aviation services such as hangar services, maintenance and repair facilities, fueling stations, aircraft rental, and flight instruction are run by six private companies which lease land or space from the airport and pay user fees for the leases. The user fees are typically assessed at 1% of total revenue received from services rendered.

Table 2.13 Pueblo Based Aircraft

Year

Sing

le E

ngin

e

Mul

ti En

gine

Jet

Hel

icop

ters

Glid

ers

Mili

tary

Ultr

a Li

ght

Total

1995 50 11 0 0 0 0 0 61

1996 44 7 1 0 0 0 0 52

1997 44 8 1 0 0 0 0 53

1998 42 8 3 1 1 0 0 55

1999 44 7 3 1 1 0 0 56

2000 42 8 3 1 1 0 0 55

2001 47 8 4 0 1 0 0 60

2002 47 8 4 0 1 0 0 60

2003 51 8 2 0 1 0 0 62

2004 54 9 6 4 1 0 0 74

2005 57 10 6 5 1 0 0 79

2006* 71 13 6 6 1 0 0 97

Page 336: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-61

Figure 2.21 Historical Air Passenger Service, 1980 - 2002

0

20,000

40,000

60,000

80,000

100,000

120,000

1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002

Year

Pass

enge

rsDeplanementsEnplanements

2.6.2 Commercial Hangar Development

Pueblo Memorial Airport has completed development of a new commercial hangar and 16 custom sites to be built out in three phases. Phase 1 development includes new ramp space and taxi-lanes as well as all utilities for the first 150 X 150 foot hangar with almost 4000 sq ft of office space. This shell hangar is ready for immediate occupancy. With 40 acres available for this development and ample expansion opportunities beyond, Pueblo Airport is able to offer tenants custom design for their commercial facilities. The general layout of these new and proposed facilities is shown below.

Page 337: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-62

2.6.3 Military Aviation

The US Air Force and the Colorado Air National Guard use Pueblo Memorial for touch-and-go practice operations, night landing training, and other training purposes. These operations have minimal disruption to airport operations, but do cause wear on the runway surfaces. The military does not currently pay landing fees or user fees for the use of the airport, but consideration has been given to some support for fire operations at the facility. In 2007, the US Air Force opened an Initial Flight Screening Program to prepare potential flyers for military aviation. This concession is operated by DOSS Aviation out of a 200,000 square foot facility adjacent to the Airport. Eventually, the facility will train up to 1,700 potential military fliers annually during the 40-day program, which includes 25 hours of flight time in basic aviation trainer aircraft. Once in full operation, the facility will provide the sole source of flight screening for all Reserve Officer Training Corps and Officer Training School aviation candidates. If Pueblo Memorial Airport were utilized by military transport activities, additional security would be provided by the U.S. Army Arrival/Departure Airfield Control Group.

2.6.4 Air Freight

Air-based freight service out of Pueblo has declined along with the reduction in scheduled passenger service. The only present all-cargo operation at Pueblo Memorial is UPS (Key Lime Air) with five operations per week on SA-226 and SA-227 aircraft. Approximately 95% of total cargo volume is express documents/parcels and 5% is belly cargo or mail. Table 2.21 below presents historical air cargo activity volume at the airport, in pounds. (The following tables and text from the 2006 Airport Layout Plan Narrative Report.)

Page 338: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-63

Table 2.14 Annual Cargo (Pounds)

Year

InboundPounds

OutboundPounds

Total Pounds Comments

1999 905 5,387 6,292 Passenger Flights Only 2000 626 3,702 4,328 Passenger Flights Only 2001 15,356 11,999 27,355 Passenger and UPS Service 2002 85,953 41,385 127,338 Passenger and UPS Service 2003 424,516 192,655 617,171 Passenger and UPS Service 2004 384,293 384,330 768,623 Passenger and UPS Service 2005 237,734 224,227 461,963 UPS Service Only

Source: Airport Records

Due to inconsistencies in the type of cargo carrier, it is difficult to project future cargo levels from the historical data. According to Air Cargo World magazine, independent forecasts show that intra-North America air cargo is forecasted to increase at an average of 2.1 percent per year between 2004 and 2009. Since this forecast is for all air cargo activity, including cargo carried between major cities, it is assumed that the cargo growth at Pueblo Memorial will be more conservative and will more likely follow the population growth projections, which represents a 1.3% annual growth. The corresponding total cargo volume is shown below in Table 2.15.

Table 2.15 Forecast Annual Cargo (Total Pounds)

2005 461,963 2006 467,969 2007 474,052 2008 480,215 2009 486,458 2010 492,782 2011 499,188 2012 505,677 2013 512,251 2014 518,910 2015 525,656 2016 532,490 2017 539,412 2018 546,424 2019 553,528 2020 560,724 2021 568,013 2022 575,397 2023 582,877 2024 590,455 2025 598,131 2026 605,906

Page 339: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-64

Due to the location of the airport on major highways and rail

networks, it would be an ideal location for an intermodal cargo facility. (Emphasis added for this 2035 Plan.) If a cargo carrier could see the benefits of opening a sorting operation at Pueblo Memorial Airport, the amount of cargo traveling through the airport would change dramatically. This type of operation has not been considered in the forecasts, but if in the future the airport is able to attract this type of operation, the air cargo forecasts should be modified to account for the new activity.

2.6.5 Operating Revenue

Revenue for airport operations is obtained through three sources. User-fees comprise approximately 56 percent of revenue and consist of per-passenger fees for air carriers, ground lease fees for hangar facilities, commissions on commercial aviation activities, and fuel flowage fees. Local funding includes approximately $800,000 annually out of the City’s general fund and $150,000 in Federal operating funds.

2.6.6 Aviation Needs

Table 2.16 below shows projected capital improvement and airport planning needs for the Pueblo Memorial Airport over a 20-year time frame. Each project includes projected timeframe and cost estimates. Total capital needs for the 20-year planning horizon are $59,473,463. The Capital Improvement Plan for the Airport was adopted in June 2006 and identifies projects over a 6-year time frame. The plan focuses primarily on pavement rehabilitation and scheduled replacement. Additional projects listed under the National Plan of Integrated Airport Systems (2007-2011) bring a total development cost of $13,435,585.

Page 340: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 2-65

Table 2.16 Pueblo Memorial Airport Capital Needs 2007-2025

Prominent Projects (Not all) Year

FAA/CDOT/ Local

Funding

R/W 17/35 Parallel Taxiway-Phase 1 & Helicopter Training A 2007 $3,259,515

Runway 8L/26R Rehabilitation 2008 8,978,948

Training Runway; R/W 17/35 Parallel Taxiway – Phase 2 2009 8,340,000

Ramp Edge T/W Realignment/Reconstruction; Taxiway J Realignment 2010 7,280,000

R/W 17/35 Parallel Taxiway – Phase 3; Airport Master Plan 2011 5,200,000

Runway 17/35 Rehabilitation; Terminal Development 2012 5,710,000

Ramp Rehabilitation – Phase 3 2013 4,625,000

Perimeter Fence 2014 2,250,000

GA & Commercial Hangar Area Seal Coat 2015 80,000

Update Airport Master Plan 2016 200,000

Runway 26 MASLR/Runway 17/35 & Taxiway Seal Coat 2017 900,000

Runway 8L/26R & Taxiway Seal Coat 2018 450,000

Ramp Seal Coat 2019 275,000

Commercial Hangar Development – Phase 3 2020 2,325,000

Airport Master Plan 2021 300,000

Runway 17/35 & Taxiway Seal Coat 2022 400,000

Runway 8L26R & Taxiway Rehabilitation; Ramp Seal Coat 2023 5,575,000

2024 0

Runway 17/35 & Taxiway Rehabilitation; GA & Commercial Hangar Area Seal Coat

2025 3,525,000

Total Funding Need $59,473,463 Airport Layout Plan Narrative Report, Pueblo Memorial Airport SEH No. A-Pueblo 0503.00. February, 2007.

source: CDOT Aeronautics Division Table 2.17 City of Pueblo Airport Capital Improvement

Program Year Project Total Cost2007 T/way and R/way safety areas 157,894.00 Pavement maintenance Cost estimates pending2008 Rehab R/way 26R 368,420.00 Ramp Rehab - Phase 1 67,106.002009 GA Taxilane 18,750.002010 Ramp rehab 90,000.00

Page 341: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Chapter 9

Fiscally Constrained Plan

January 24, 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Page 342: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN Table of Contents

9.1 The Fiscally Constrained Plan_____________________________________ 3

9.2 Revenue Forecast and Resource Allocation __________________________ 3 9.2.1 FTA Programs Administered by CDOT ___________________________ 5 9.2.2 FTA Programs not administered by CDOT_________________________ 6

9.3 Local Revenue Forecasts _________________________________________ 8 9.3.1 Public Roadway Funding in the PACOG MPO/TPR ________________ 8 9.3.2 Private Roadway Funding in the PACOG MPO/TPR _________________ 9

9.4 Regional Priorities and the Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) 9 9.4.1 Prioritization of Roadway Improvements __________________________ 9 9.4.2 Prioritization of Transit Improvements ___________________________ 10 9.3.3 Prioritization of Non-Motorized Improvements ____________________ 11

9.5 Implementation Plan and the 2008-2013 Transportation Improvement Program (TIP)______________________________________________________ 12

List of Tables TABLE 9.1A: ROADWAYS (CONSTANT 2008 DOLLARS) 4 TABLE 9.1B: ROADWAYS (YEAR-OF-EXPENDITURE DOLLARS) 4 TABLE 9.2A PROJECTED TRANSIT REVENUES (CONSTANT 2008 DOLLARS) 7 TABLE 9.2B PROJECTED TRANSIT REVENUES (YEAR OF EXPENDITURE

DOLLARS) 7 TABLE 9.3 PROPOSED TRANSIT IMPROVEMENTS FORECAST COSTS IN

YEAR-OF EXPENDITURE DOLLARS 11 TABLE 9.4 SUMMARY OF THE PACOG 2008-2013 TIP PROGRAM 13

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-2

Page 343: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN 9.1 The Fiscally Constrained Plan In the context of this 2035 Plan, there is a vast disparity between total projected

revenues and the costs of improvements in even one of the major corridors identified in the Corridor Vision Plan. In addition, there is a high level of uncertainty about the amount of future funding and the types of strategies now being considered by the Federal and State government, as well as both public and private local funding sources. These factors make it virtually impossible to identify individual projects or project timing beyond the required 6-year period of the TIP/STIP (also fiscally constrained) being developed in conjunction with this Plan. For example, the reconstruction project for the I-25 Corridor through Pueblo has a current estimated cost of $846 million in constant 2008 (i.e. uninflated) dollars. The total revenue stream allocated for the Regional Priorities Program in the 28 years from 2008-2035 is only $20.771 million in year-of-expenditure (i.e. inflated) dollars. This gives a ratio of at least $40 in today’s costs for each $1 in projected (year-of-expenditure or inflated) revenues, assuming no RPP funds are used for any projects in any other major corridor in the Pueblo area. The required Fiscally Constrained Plan for the major roadway and transit systems in the Pueblo Area must include only those projects that can be funded with available funds from state and federal sources (plus local matches as required and if available). “Available funds” include all funding sources identified by CDOT over the 28-year planning period (2008 to 2035) and established program “control totals.” In accordance with recent FHWA planning policies, these funds are calculated and presented in both constant 2008 (deflated) dollars and “year-of-expenditure” (future inflated) dollars.

9.2 Revenue Forecast and Resource Allocation The Revenue Forecast of control totals for the PACOG 2035 Transportation Plan

now include a “planning-only” Resource Allocation estimate of “statewide and Region 2 programs” which may be expended for CDOT programs within the PACOG MPO/TPR area. In general, the PACOG estimates are based on 15% of “regional” programs or 3% of “statewide” programs. The Resource Allocation estimates are not commitments of CDOT funding during any given period of time. Tables 9.1A and 9.1B, below, show the estimated revenue forecast by CDOT roadway investment category for the 2008-2035 time period. The totals in Table 9.1A are shown in Constant 2008 Dollars, while Table 9.1B shows the corresponding totals in Year-Of-Expenditure (future inflated) dollars. Tables 9.2A and 9.2B show the transit funds CDOT has forecasted for available Federal Transit Administration programs for the same period, also in constant and inflate dollars, respectively. Details of the forecasts for both the roadway and transit

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-3

Page 344: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

programs with annual revenue projections can be found in Appendix 9.

Table 9.1A: Estimated Revenue Forecasts for Roadways (Constant 2008 Dollars)

CDOT INVESTMENT CATEGORY

CDOT REGION 2 TOTAL 2008-2035

PACOG PLANNING ESTIMATE 2008-2035

Strategic Projects $ 1,356,371,000 *$ 81,893,000

System Quality 1,254,322,000 188,148,000

Mobility 533,112,000 33,054,000

Safety 343,986,000 51,598,000

Program Delivery 160,051,000 24,008,000

Regional Priority 121,823,000 20,709,000

GRAND TOTAL $ 3,769,665,000 $ 399,410,000 Table 9.1B: Estimated Revenue Forecasts for Roadways

(Year-Of-Expenditure Dollars)

CDOT INVESTMENT CATEGORY

CDOT REGION 2 TOTAL 2008-2035

PACOG PLANNING ESTIMATE 2008-2035

Strategic Projects $ 2,499,393,000 *$ 219,522,000

System Quality 1,992,313,000 298,847,000

Mobility 719,584,000 44,596,000

Safety 451,546,000 67,732,000

Program Delivery 209,996,000 35,194,000

Regional Priority 150,626,000 25,051,000

GRAND TOTAL $ 6,023,458,000 $ 690,941,000 *Assumes new Strategic Projects (“8th Pot”) funding in 2025-2035.

The CDOT Revenues shown for roadway maintenance, operations, and construction were first estimated statewide from more than 20 separate state and federal highway programs, then allocated to each CDOT Region in the six major investment categories shown in the Table and defined as:

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-4

Page 345: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

1. Strategic Projects – Funding for completion of 28 projects included in the original “7th Pot” and TRANS bonding Program and continued in the 2035 Statewide Plan. At present, the Pueblo area has no projects eligible for this funding. The CDOT statewide revenue forecast shows no new Strategic Project funding (i.e. “8th Pot”) until 2025, some 17 years from now.

2. System Quality – Funding for surface treatment, bridge repair and reconstruction, rest areas, and ITS. Little of this money is available for allocation to Transportation Plan projects since expenditures are determined by CDOT maintenance schedules and requirements.

3. Mobility – Includes the Congestion Relief Program that is allocated to address congestion on roadways with V/C of .85 or higher; the Enhancement program, that is directed towards system enhancement; and the STP Metro, CMAQ, and Gaming Programs (PACOG is not currently eligible for the latter three).

4. Safety – Funding available for Hazard Elimination, Safety Enhancement, Hot Spots, Signals, and Traffic Operations maintenance. Projects are identified through a statewide or regional competitive process.

5. Program Delivery – Funding for internal CDOT and MPO administration of program delivery including CDOT Maintenance, CDOT Road Equipment, and Metropolitan Planning Grants to MPOs.

6. Miscellaneous/Regional Priority Program -- Funding for priorities not addressed in the other programs, usually for major construction or reconstruction projects identified cooperatively with CDOT and the TPRs in the Region. A limited amount of discretionary money may also become available in a given year, but requires a congressional earmark for funding of each individual project.

9.2.1 FTA Programs Administered by CDOT Similarly, the Revenue Forecasts for transit capital projects (rolling stock,

maintenance facilities, etc.), system maintenance, and transit operations are first estimated statewide by CDOT using formulas from the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), then allocated for the following programs: • Section 5311 funds are apportioned by formula to the states for capital and

operating assistance in nonurbanized areas, under 50,000 in population. The match for grantees is 80%/20% for capital equipment and administrative expenses, and 50%/50% for operating expenses.

• Section 5310 funds are apportioned by FTA formula to the states to provide

capital equipment to organizations providing transportation services for the elderly and disabled.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 9-5

Page 346: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

• Section 5316, Job Access, Reverse Commute (JARC) funds are apportioned by the FTA to the states and large urbanized areas to improve access to transportation services to employment and employment-related activities for welfare recipients and eligible low-income individuals. Funding may be used for capital, operating, and planning assistance (the match ratio for capital and planning is 80% federal and 20% local, and 50%/50% for operating). CDOT only administers the small urban and rural portions.

• Section 5317, New Freedom funds are apportioned by the FTA to the states

and large urbanized areas to fund new (not existing as of August 10, 2005) public transportation services and public transportation alternatives beyond those required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Funding may be used for capital, operating, and planning assistance (the match ratio for capital is 80% federal and 20% local, and 50%/50% for operating). CDOT only administers the small urban and rural portions.

• Section 5304 funds are apportioned by the FTA and may be used by state

DOTs for a variety of purposes such as planning, technical studies, demonstrations and training, primarily for rural areas and statewide projects.

9.2.2 FTA Programs not administered by CDOT

• Section 5307 funds are apportioned by formula to designated urbanized areas in three population categories: >1 million, 200,000 to 1 million, and 50,000 to 200,000. Funds are for capital, operating, and planning assistance. The FTA administers these funds directly to the urbanized areas.

• Section 5309 Capital Program funds are discretionary and divided into three

programs: Fixed Guideway Modernization, New Starts, and Bus and Bus Related allocations. The New Start and Bus allocations are made at the discretion of Congress. Funds must usually be obtained through intensive lobbying and support from one’s congressional delegation.

Tables 9.2A and 9.2B show the projected revenues in constant and year-of-expenditure dollars, respectively, for each of the FTA programs for which one or more transit providers in the Pueblo area are eligible. While these revenues are forecasted to be available, there is no mandatory level of spending associated with these programs. The actual amount of funds used depends on the abilities of local providers to provide local matching funds. Additional descriptive and detailed information about transit needs and services can be found in Chapter 5 (Human Services Coordination and Transit Element) of this Plan.

Adopted January 24, 2008

Page 9-6

Page 347: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Table 9.2A Projected Transit Revenues (Constant 2008 Dollars)

FTA Program Funds Available FTA Total 2008-2035

Local Match 2008-2035

TOTAL 2008-2035

FTA 5311 Rural General Public: $ 1,160,398 $ 725,249 $ 1,885,647FTA 5310 Elderly & Disabled Capital Equipment: $ 1,612,352 $ 403,088 $ 2,015,440

FTA 5307 (Urban Formula Funds) $ 53,137,120 $ 49,948,893 $ 103,086,012

FTA 5316 JARC: $ 3,305,164 $ 82,269 $ 3,387,793

FTA 5317 New Freedom: $ 1,918.391 $ 47,516 $ 1,965,907FTA 5309 Bus & Facilities: (Discretionary Capital) $ 10,584,399 $ 2,646,100 $ 13,230,499PUEBLO AREA TRANSIT TOTAL 2008-2035 $71,717,825 $53,853,474 $125,571,299

Table 9.2B Projected Transit Revenues (Year Of Expenditure Dollars)

FTA Program Funds Available FTA Total 2008-2035

Local Match 2008-2035

TOTAL 2008-2035

FTA 5311 Rural General Public: $ 1,505,777 $ 941,111 $2,446,888FTA 5310 Elderly & Disabled Capital Equipment: $ 2,092,149 $ 523,037 $2,615,186

5307 TPR: (Urban Formula Funds) $ 68,955,950 $ 64,818,593 $133,774,543

FTA 5316 JARC: $ 4,288,838 $ 107,221 $4,396,059

FTA 5317 New Freedom: $ 2,489,383 $ 61,658 $2,551,041FTA 5309 Bus & Facilities: (Discretionary Capital) $ 13,733,116 $ 2,746,623 $16,479,739PUEBLO AREA TRANSIT TOTAL 2008-2035 $ 93,065,213 $ 69,198,243 $ 162,263,456

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-7

Page 348: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN 9.3 Local Revenue Forecasts

9.3.1 Public Roadway Funding in the PACOG MPO/TPR In general, the major local jurisdictions – City of Pueblo, Pueblo County, and

Pueblo West Metro District do not currently use public funds to construct new arterial roadways or to extend major roadways. The expansion of the local (off-system) roadway network occurs as a result of private investment expenditures associated with new growth and development through the requirements of local subdivision, annexation, or special area planning processes. These policies have evolved, in part, because of some unique historical circumstances that occurred in the Pueblo area:

1. Much of the roadway infrastructure was built in the decades before the 1980s when Pueblo experienced growth similar to other cities in the region or along the Front Range. During that time, the capacity of the network was sufficient to accommodate the existing traffic volumes without significant congestion.

2. In the early 1980s, however, Pueblo faced the loss of major employers

such as the Pueblo Chemical Depot and substantial job cutbacks at the Steel Mill (the largest single employer in the area). Area employment decreased and a substantial out-migration occurred as people left the area to find work elsewhere.

3. Although some recovery began to occur in the mid-1980s, the earlier

losses were enough that the population of the region actually showed a decrease between the 1980 Census and the 1990 Census. With the concomitant reduction in the number of vehicle-miles traveled, the existing network was more than sufficient to accommodate traffic.

4. From 1990 to 2000, regional population and economic growth occurred

at a slow, but steady, rate and the overall capacity of the existing roadway network remained sufficient to accommodate the demand. The primary problem, then and now, is not necessarily the lack of physical capacity but rather the lack of connectivity between some major facilities. This lack of connectivity causes two significant problems: “bottlenecks” which create localized congestion, and the use of often-circuitous routes that are not on the major roadway system. (The latter problem can be particularly troublesome when the route penetrates or goes through residential neighborhoods.)

5. From 2000 to the present, a substantial amount of growth has occurred

outside the core area of the City of Pueblo, with the highest growth

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-8

Page 349: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

occurring in Pueblo West where Census, State, and local estimates indicate population has more than doubled in the past eight years. While the overall regional roadway network capacity has undergone some expansion in developing areas and remains sufficient, the lack of off-system connectivity has now resulted in significant congestion in major on-system corridors along US 50 West & SH 47 East, I-25 in the urban area, SH 96 (4th Street) nearing and through Downtown, and SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd).

With this combination of present local policies and the historical background from which they are derived, the local revenue forecast for new roadway construction for the foreseeable future is zero.

9.3.2 Private Roadway Funding in the PACOG MPO/TPR

All revenues eligible for inclusion in the forecast must fall within the FHWA and CDOT requirement that they are “known or reasonably expected revenues.” Operationally, this requires that any entry of proposed private expenditures, whether on-system or off-system must be “committed.” Committed implies that there is a written agreement or other mechanism in place to guarantee that the revenues are or will become available. At present, there are no such agreements in effect in the Pueblo area. Thus, the local forecast for private revenues for new roadway construction for the foreseeable future is also zero.

9.4 Regional Priorities and the Transportation Improvement Program (TIP)

9.4.1 Prioritization of Roadway Improvements Short-term (TIP) funding for Roadways is based on the following priorities.

1. Complete the 4th Street (SH 96) Bridge Project: Funding for this

project was secured in previous years, but will be expended during the 2008-2011 timeframe.

2. Complete the I-25 Pueblo EIS: Completion of the I-25 Environmental

Impact Statement will provide an assessment of design alternatives for I-25 through Pueblo and funds for some preliminary design work.

3. Complete the Dillon Flyover 1601 Study, EA, and P/E. These funds

are a Congressional earmark for the project and are available only for a limited time so must be obligated along with the 20% local matching funds.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-9

Page 350: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

4. Complete the Defense Access Road to the Pueblo Depot: On-going demilitarization work at the Chemical Depot will be served by finishing all of the safety and access improvements to this corridor using an additional $6,000,000 in DAR funding.

5. US50 West Corridor Improvements: Congestion relief along the

US50 Corridor between Purcell Blvd in Pueblo West and I-25, especially on the segment west of Pueblo Blvd (SH 45). (See also the West Pueblo Connector off-system priority project.)

Long-term funding priority for Roadways in the LRTP Corridor Vision Plan. (After adjusting for RPP funds in the TIP, the RPP program has a total remaining balance of approximately $3,929,000 in 2008 dollars or $8,299,000 in YOE dollars. While this is a very small amount, projects should be established in priority selection, based on any future funds that become available, in the following corridors.)

1. I-25 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

2. US50 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

3. SH47 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

4. SH45 (Pueblo Blvd.) Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

5. SH96 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

6. SH227 (Joplin/Erie) Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

7. SH78 Corridor. $329,000 for studies or improvements.

8. SH233 (Baxter Road) Corridor. $300,000 for studies or improvements.

9. SH231 (36th Lane) Corridor. $300,000 for studies or improvements.

9.4.2 Prioritization of Transit Improvements

As explained in Chapters 5 & 8, there are no specific plans to expand the transit system, or in which corridors future expansions might take place. As a result, future funding of Transit Improvements within the entire period should be based on the priorities listed below. Additional details of potential service improvements and system expansion can be found in Chapter 5.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-10

Page 351: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Table 9.3 Proposed Transit Improvements Forecast Costs in Year-of Expenditure Dollars

Continued Operations and System Maintenance: Replace fixed-route and demand-response vehicles to meet FTA recommended vehicle replacement schedule. Pueblo’s fixed route transit system and demand response operate from a mix of local revenue, user fees, and federal operating grants.

$ 133.8 M*

Service Improvements with Expanded Service to Sundays and Peak Hour: Expanding the service hours for the Transit system to improve ridership and increase the benefits of the transit system by implementing the recommendations of the Transit Element (Human Services Coordination Plan – see Chapter 5) to reconfigure routes and provide improved service. The cost for providing such an improvement is based on the detailed service analysis in the 2030Plan, adjusted to 2008 and converted into year-of-expenditure dollars.

$ 5.8 M

System Expansion and Expanded Service Area: Provide service to major activity centers outside of the City of Pueblo would require additional funds for both operations and for fleet expansion. The service expansion would include the additional and Sunday service described above. The expanded service area would include nearby areas such as Pueblo West, the Airport Industrial Park, and the St. Charles Mesa. Part of the operations for the expansion plan would establish programs for carpool arranging and construction of park and ride lots where appropriate.

The cost for providing such an expansion is based on the detailed service analysis in the 2030 Plan, adjusted to 2008, and converted into year-of-expenditure dollars, with added funding from Sections 5309, 5316, and 5317.

$ 44.1 M

*Total year-of-expenditure dollars 2008 – 2035, including local matching funds.

9.3.3 Prioritization of Non-Motorized Improvements

Funding for Trail improvement projects using state/federal Transportation Enhancement funds should be based on the following priorities.

1. Trail Crossings: Improve crossings of major arterials with grade-separated crossings or well-designated at-grade crossings.

2. Trail Extensions: Complete Goodnight Arroyo Trail and connections,

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-11

Page 352: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

complete the Wildhorse Trail in conjunction with the development of the YMCA Complex, and complete the Dry Creek Trail.

3. Trailheads: Create additional access points to the Trail network.

As described in Chapter 8, current projects meeting these criteria include:

Wildhorse Creek Trail: Approximate cost for constructing a 10’ wide concrete trail for three miles is $1,500,000 in 2008 dollars.

Dry Creek Trail: Approximate cost for constructing a 10’ wide concrete trail for ten miles is $5,000,000 in 2008 dollars.

Goodnight Arroyo: Approximate cost for constructing a 10’ wide concrete trail is $3,000,000 in 2008 dollars.

An estimate of the PACOG share of the Transportation Enhancement pool of funds (which would also require a local match if trails projects are selected through the Region 2 procedures) for 2008-2035 is a total of $ 8,623,000. Project selection will depend on the timing of various improvements along the drainage channels and the availability of Enhancement and other funds.

9.5 Implementation Plan and the 2008-2013 Transportation Improvement Program (TIP)

With the extreme disparity identified between funding availability and estimated project and program expenditures, it is impossible at this time to develop a long-term schedule of improvements. As a result, the Implementation Plan must now be developed incrementally for shorter time periods, based on the availability of “known or reasonably expected revenues” – a criterion that, along with the fiscal constraint requirement, is met in the 2008-2013 Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). The detailed funding information for projects in the PACOG MPO/TPR area is contained in the 2008-3013 TIP, a separate document now available in both printed and electronic forms. The overall TIP funding program is shown below in Table 9.4.

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-12

Page 353: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN Table 9.4 Summary of the PACOG 2008-2013 TIP Program

STIP # Summary of PACOG MPO/TPR

Programs Total FY 08-

13Multiple Bridge On-System Projects in PACOG MPO Federal $ 11,174 State $ 2,794 Overmatch $ - Total $ 13,968 Multiple Bridge On-System Projects - PACOG NON-MPO Federal $ 1,600 State $ 400 Overmatch $ - Total $ 2,000

Multiple Regional Priorities Program in PACOG MPO/TPR Federal $ 3,267

State $ 9,233 Overmatch $ - Total $ 12,500

Multiple SAFETEA-LU Earmarks in PACOG MPO/TPR (Safety and Local Projects) Federal $ 4,280

(Local earmark request for Joe Martinez not included in totals) State $ -

Local $ 1,070 Overmatch $ - Total $ 5,350

Multiple Transportation Enhancement Projects in PACOG MPO/TPR Federal $ 1,623

(place holder estimate only from Reg 2 Pool funds) State $ -

Local $ 406 Overmatch $ - Total $ 2,029

Multiple Total Defense Access Road Projects in PACOG MPO/TPR Federal $ 6,000

State $ 500 Local $ 1,700 Overmatch $ - Total $ 8,200

Multiple TOTAL ALL ROADWAY PROGRAMS IN PACOG MPO/TPR Federal $ 27,945

State $ 12,926 Local $ 3,176 Overmatch $ -

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-13

Page 354: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

Adopted January 24, 2008 Page 9-14

Total $ 44,047

STIP # Summary of PACOG MPO/TPR

Programs Total FY 08-

13

Multiple FTA Transit Programs in PACOG MPO (Urbanized Area) Federal $ 30,767

State $ - Local $ 15,280 Overmatch $ - Total $ 46,527

Multiple FTA Transit Programs in PACOG NON-MPO (Rural Areas) Federal $ 1,325

State $ - Local $ 339 Overmatch $ - Total $ 1,694

ALL MPO PUEBLO MPO/TPR GRAND TOTAL - TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS Federal $60,037

All Roadway Programs plus All Transit Programs State $12,926

(Some totals may include place holders and/or estimates - for Local $18,794

details, please see individual program spreadsheets) Overmatch $ -

Total $92,267

PBxxxx PROPOSED US 50 W CORRIDOR - earmark requested

Joe Martinez Blvd extension from Purcell Blvd Federal $ 8,000 in Pueblo West to 24th St at Pueblo Blvd (SH 45) State $ - in the City of Pueblo - not included in totals Local $ 2,000 (note: Earmark requested by Pueblo County via Overmatch Senator Salazar's ofc - subject to future approval) Total $ 10,000

Page 355: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

DRAFT PLAN

January 2008

NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding from the United States Department of Transportation. The United States Department of Transportation assumes no responsibility for its contents or use thereof.

Page 356: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

DRAFT – January 2008 Page ES-2

ES.1 THE CONTEXT OF THIS 2035 PLAN

If this 2035 Long Range Transportation Plan (LRTP) – an update and extension of the 2030 LRTP – had to be summarized in a single word, that single word would be “uncertainty.” Although some level of uncertainty is always present in forecasts and plans for the future, there are a number of factors that emerged during the research, analysis, and preparation of the 2035 LRTP to increase the amount of uncertainty to an extremely high level. Several of these factors are discussed in the next sections. ES1.1 Uncertain Policy Factors The development and adoption of the 2030 LRTP in 2004 met the MPO planning standards from the federal Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21) as implemented by FHWA policy guidance and CDOT planning guidelines. In August 2005, a new federal transportation authorization law took effect: the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU). The new law added several new “planning factors” to be addressed in LRTPs, including safety, (homeland) security, transportation operations, economic development, and, critically, environmental and land use interactions with existing and future transportation networks. Subsequent policy guidance from the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Federal Transit Administration (FTA), and Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) helped to clarify the requirements, but did not address many of the institutional constraints faced by a small MPO such as PACOG. Much, if not all, of the responsibility for planning for some of these added factors already rests with other independent agencies or established inter-governmental coordination committees outside the structure of the PACOG MPO/TPR. For example, the Pueblo Economic Development Corporation (PEDCO), while partially local tax-supported has a considerable amount of independence in pursuing major economic recruitment and employment opportunities. Most of the negotiations with private firms are thereby very sensitive and require a substantial amount of confidentiality until final contracts are signed. While PEDCO has a designated representative on the PACOG Transportation Advisory Commission (TAC), its input to the process is necessarily very general. Since specific economic development plans and strategies are typically not available, the MPO -- through the use of the Transportation and Economic Land Use Model (TELUM) – considers only general impacts on development, employment, and growth patterns in the region. A somewhat similar situation exists with respect to the MPO’s involvement in security planning, especially for homeland security issues. This sensitive

Page 357: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

DRAFT – January 2008 Page ES-3

planning is conducted under the auspices of a County-wide Emergency Planning Committee composed primarily of agencies with public safety (law enforcement, fire protection, disaster protection, etc.) responsibilities. A representative of the MPO serves on this Committee and provides requested transportation planning input for the other agencies -- jointly and separately -- but also recognizes the need for substantial confidentiality for plans and strategies developed cooperatively by the public safety agencies. This necessary level of confidentiality also may extend into the security plans and programs for public transportation providers and common carriers in the region. ES1.2 Uncertain Financial Factors The primary purpose of modern transportation planning is to provide a means for MPOs and their members to develop improvement programs and projects consistent with “known and reasonably expected” revenues forecast to be available during the planning horizon. CDOT has the primary responsibility, in cooperation with MPOs, for developing the statewide Revenue Forecast and Resource Allocation (RF/RA) for federal and state funds and allocating the funds to the CDOT Regions for each program and investment category. In this plan, for the first time, CDOT has also provided a non-binding formula for the approximate programmatic RF/RA for the PACOG MPO/TPR area. The formula is based on 15% of Region 2 program allocations or 3% of statewide programs. The below tables from Chapter 9 show the Region 2 totals for 2008-2035 for each of CDOT’s highway investment categories and the PACOG approximate share.

Table 9.1A: Roadways (Constant 2008 Dollars)

CDOT INVESTMENT CATEGORY

CDOT REGION 2 TOTAL 2008-2035

PACOG PLANNING ESTIMATE 2008-2035

Strategic Projects $ 1,356,371,000 *$ 81,893,000

System Quality 1,254,322,000 188,148,000

Mobility 533,112,000 33,054,000

Safety 343,986,000 51,598,000

Program Delivery 160,051,000 24,008,000

Regional Priority 121,823,000 **20,709,000

GRAND TOTAL $ 3,769,665,000 $ 399,410,000

Page 358: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

DRAFT – January 2008 Page ES-4

Table 9.1B: Roadways (Year-Of-Expenditure Dollars)

CDOT INVESTMENT CATEGORY

CDOT REGION 2 TOTAL 2008-2035

PACOG PLANNING ESTIMATE 2008-2035

Strategic Projects $ 2,499,393,000 *$ 219,522,000

System Quality 1,992,313,000 298,847,000

Mobility 719,584,000 44,596,000

Safety 451,546,000 67,732,000

Program Delivery 209,996,000 35,194,000

Regional Priority 150,626,000 **25,051,000

GRAND TOTAL $ 6,023,458,000 $ 690,941,000 *Assumes new Strategic Projects (“8th Pot”) funding in 2025-2035.

**Includes $4,280,000 federal earmark for Dillon Overpass project. While these revenue forecasts are based on reasonable assumptions, they remain very uncertain since both federal and state revenue sources are currently being reviewed. The SAFETEA-LU authorization bill expires at the end of FY 2009 and future revenue sources and amounts will be fully reviewed by Congress for the next transportation re-authorization law. Part of the input to that process will be the recommendations of two independent panels established by SAFETEA-LU to consider the problems associated with the current motor fuel tax system and the Highway Trust Fund. Both have been diminishing in recent years because of greater vehicle fuel efficiency, higher fuel prices resulting in lower demand for petroleum-based fuels, and the emergence of alternative fuels or power sources. In addition, several natural disasters in the past few years have increased federal transportation funds for emergency relief in the affected areas and some offsets to other areas through increases in the federal “obligation limitation” and rescission of funds which have not been obligated for actual expenditures. With the depletion of the Highway Trust Fund in 2008-2009, the near-term estimates for the obligation limitation range from 60% to 90% and will depend on Congressional appropriations decisions. If a 60% limitation is imposed, federal funds to Colorado would be reduced by as much as $250 million (approximately 25% of the annual CDOT budget). Concurrent with the reduction in fuel tax revenues at the federal level, the same factors have combined to cause the fuel tax contributions to the State Highway Users Trust Fund (HUTF) to level off or decline in recent years. The attenuation of this source resulted in the appointment by the Governor of a Blue Ribbon

Page 359: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

DRAFT – January 2008 Page ES-5

Panel on Transportation Finance and Implementation. After a nine-month series of meetings in all areas of the State, the Panel concluded that additional revenues of $1.5 Billion per year are needed to maintain the existing system adequately and provide for some – although certainly not all that were identified - strategic improvements between now and 2035. Because many of the potential revenue sources to support such an increase in funding are tax increases, TABOR will require that any such proposals be submitted to the voters of the state. The outcome of any such election for increases in fuel or sales taxes, especially in the face of all-time high and increasing motor fuel prices, is extremely uncertain. Another possible source of revenue for local transportation improvements would be the creation, under state law, of a Regional Transportation Authority (RTA) with the ability to levy up to 1% in general sales tax and up to $10 per non-exempt licensed vehicle. The establishment of such an RTA requires the participation through Intergovernmental Agreements of local government units and approval by the voters. Again, it is extremely uncertain what the outcome of such an election would be in the Pueblo area, especially in light of the recent failure of two different approaches to creating such an RTA in the Fort Collins-Loveland-Greeley area. While there was a successful creation of an RTA in El Paso county three years ago, the election was held before the more recent rapid increases in fuel prices and was the culmination of two years of concerted efforts from both the private and public sectors. In addition, the levels of congestion in that area were considerably higher than those existing in Pueblo and most of the voters who approved the RTA cited the prospect of reducing congestion and travel delay as primary reasons for their support. With the completion of this LRTP, one of the major work efforts for the MPO in the coming year will be an in-depth study of the possibility of establishing an RTA in the PACOG region.

ES.2 THE CONTENTS OF THIS 2035 PLAN ES2.1

ES2.2

Previous PACOG LRTPs depended heavily or exclusively on the work of external consulting firms and in some cases there seemed to be little continuity in the transportation planning processes used. For the 2035 Plan, no consultants were employed, and a very concentrated effort was made to create databases and analyses to serve as a basis for future LRTPs and other transportation planning efforts in the PACOG region. These databases were designed, insofar as possible, to be shared in electronic formats at no additional cost to interested parties. The nine Chapters of the LRTP can be summarized as follows. Chapter 1 is an overview of the laws, regulations, policies, and issues involved in creating a new LRTP under SAFETEA-LU. Extending from the 2030 Plan,

Page 360: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

DRAFT – January 2008 Page ES-6

the Regional Vision is presented along with the results of the Public Participation Process used to identify regional and local transportation issues and needs and a discussion of possible Environmental Justice issues in the region. Chapter 2 describes the existing transportation system and its primary elements: Roadways, including special routing needs, pavement condition and operations; Freight and Rail Systems including discussions of potential future commuter rail, freight needs, and bus rapid transit; Non-motorized Transportation with recommendations for corridor locations, safety considerations, and recommended design standards; and Aviation with a discussion of the current plans for Pueblo Memorial Airport, commercial air carriers, hangar development, military aviation, and air freight. Chapter 3 provides significant analysis of the integration of Environmental factors into the transportation planning process; the development of a regional comprehensive environmental database and mapping system; the FHWA “linking planning and NEPA” initiative; environmental constraints such as water; and the role of existing and future land uses in the PACOG transportation planning process. Chapter 4 is an in-depth socio-economic and demographic profile of the region and a description of major regional developments which affect transportation and potential growth. Combining these into a Transportation Economic and Land Use Model (TELUM) provides detailed forecasts for 2035 population, households, employment, and income at the regional, census tract, and transportation analysis zone (TAZ) levels. Chapter 5 serves as both the Transit Element of the LRTP and the Human Services Coordination Plan required to establish eligibility for several new or expanded federal transit programs. It contains an inventory of existing transit providers; identifies gaps between transit needs and transit availability; identifies potential service improvements to close gaps; and discusses the amounts and potential uses of funding from federal, state, and local (including user fees) sources. Chapter 6 is an extensive Mobility Demand Analysis which identifies the classification of the regional roadway network; congestion on existing facilities; forecast congestion levels in 2035, and a range of potential alternatives to address congested corridors. The major congested corridors (I-25, US 50, SH 45, SH 96, and SH 47) are discussed in more detail with identification of alternatives in each corridor. The demand for transit and non-motorized transportation facilities is

Page 361: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

DRAFT – January 2008 Page ES-7

discussed along with the methodology for evaluating multi-modal project priorities. Chapter 7 and its detailed appendix provide specific information on the major roadway corridors in the region, the vision for their eventual transportation uses, and the CDOT investment categories most applicable to each corridor. Chapter 8 develops the recommended Roadway Corridor Preservation Plan and Preferred Plan of improvements for 2035 with detailed project locations, estimated improvement costs for each Quadrant (NW, NE, SW, SE) and the total system. The improvement costs are based on the future total development of the facilities in the corridors without prescribing any particular timing or phasing of potential construction. The total cost of the Preferred Plan would exceed an unattainable level of $5.6 Billion, so a Corridor Vision Plan is developed to identify only the highest priority corridors for future improvement. The cost of the Corridor Vision Plan, including seven off-system corridors, is approximately $2.1 Billion. Similar analyses are provided for system-wide transit and non-motorized facilities. Chapter 9 presents the state (including federal) and local Revenue Forecast and Resource Allocation (by CDOT program). There is very little “known or reasonably expected revenue” over the 2008-2035 period, so the six-year Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) is developed and presented as the fiscally constrained implementation plan until such time as more is known about possible long-term revenues and timing. Priorities for long-term improvements are shown with a small allocation of funds as “place-holders” for projects if or when unexpected roadway revenues become available. Similar plans are provided for transit and non-motorized programs or projects. The following tables summarize the Fiscally Constrained Plan (TIP plus long range priority corridors).

Page 362: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA

2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN

DRAFT – January 2008 Page ES-8

Short-term (TIP) funding for Roadways is based on the following priorities:

1. Complete the 4th Street (SH 96) Bridge Project: Funding for this project was secured in previous years, but will be expended during the 2008-2011 timeframe.

2. Complete the I-25 Pueblo EIS: Completion of the I-25 Environmental Impact Statement will provide an assessment of design alternatives for I-25 through Pueblo and funds for some preliminary design work.

3. Complete the Dillon Flyover 1601 Study, EA, and P/E. These funds are a Congressional earmark for the project and are available only for a limited time so must be obligated along with the 20% local matching funds.

4. Complete the Defense Access Road to the Pueblo Depot: On-going demilitarization work at the Chemical Depot will be served by finishing all of the safety and access improvements to this corridor using an additional $6,000,000 in DAR funding.

5. US50 West Corridor Improvements: Congestion relief along the US50 Corridor between Purcell Blvd in Pueblo West and I-25, especially on the segment west of Pueblo Blvd (SH 45). (See also the West Pueblo Connector off-system priority project.)

Long-term funding priority for Roadways in the LRTP Corridor Vision Plan. (After adjusting for RPP funds in the TIP, the RPP program has a total remaining balance of approximately $3,929,000 in 2008 dollars or $8,299,000 in YOE dollars. While this is a very small amount, projects should be established in priority selection, based on any future funds which become available, in the following corridors.)

1. I-25 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

2. US50 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

3. SH47 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

4. SH45 (Pueblo Blvd.) Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

5. SH96 Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

6. SH227 (Joplin/Erie) Corridor. $500,000 for studies or improvements.

7. SH78 Corridor. $329,000 for studies or improvements.

8. SH233 (Baxter Road) Corridor. $300,000 for studies or improvements.

9. SH231 (36th Lane) Corridor. $300,000 for studies or improvements.

Page 363: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted – January 24, 2008 A7-1

Appendix - Ch 7: Corridor Visions

Details and Context

Adopted

January 24, 2008

Page 364: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted – January 24, 2008 A7-2

Table of Contents

7.1 CORRIDOR VISIONS – DETAILS AND CONTEXT...........................................................................5 7.1.1 Explanation of Background Graphics.................................................................................5 7.1.2 Corridor Visions, Investment Categories & Transportation Modes...................................6

FUTURE CORRIDORS.........................................................................................................................10 FUTURE CORRIDORS.........................................................................................................................15

I-25 - New Mexico State Line to Stem Beach ..............................................................................17 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................17 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................18 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................18

I-25 - Stem Beach to Purcell Blvd (Exit 108)..............................................................................19 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................19 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................20 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................20

I-25 - Purcell to Future South Powers Blvd (Exit 123)...............................................................21 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................21 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................22 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................22

State Highway 10 - I-25 to US 50................................................................................................23 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................23 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................24 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................24

State Highway 47 - I-25 to US 50B .............................................................................................25 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................25 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................26 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................26

State Highway 45 - Pueblo Boulevard - I-25 to US 50 ...............................................................27 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................27 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................28 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................28

US 50A - Canon City to McCulloch Blvd West ...........................................................................29 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................29 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................30 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................30

US 50A - McCulloch Blvd West to I-25.......................................................................................31 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................31 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................32 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................32

US 50B - I-25 to Kansas State Line.............................................................................................33 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................33 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................34 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................34

US 50C – Santa Fe Ave to US 50B..............................................................................................35 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................35 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................36

Page 365: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted – January 24, 2008 A7-3

Strategies: ................................................................................................................................36 State Highway 78 – State Highway 165 to Beulah......................................................................37

Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................37 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................38 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................38

State Highway 78 - Beulah (incl Spur) to State Highway 45 ......................................................39 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................39 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................40 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................40

State Highway 96 - Westcliffe to State Highway 45 (Pueblo Blvd.)............................................41 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................41 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................42 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................42

State Highway 96 - SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) to State Highway 47/ SH 50B ....................................43 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................43 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................44 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................44

State Highway 96 - State Highway 50B to Crowley County .......................................................45 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................45 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................46 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................46

State Highway 165 - State Highway 96 to I-25 (Colorado City) ................................................47 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................47 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................48

State Highway 209 - Boone Cutoff (US 50 to State Highway 96)...............................................49 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................49 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................50 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................50

State Highway 227 - US 50C (Santa Fe Drive) to State Highway 96 (4th Street) ......................51 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................51 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................52 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................52

State Highway 231 (36th Lane) - US 50B to US 50C .................................................................53 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................53 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................54 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................54

State Highway 233 (Baxter Rd.) - US 50B to US 50C ................................................................55 Vision Statement: ....................................................................................................................55 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................56 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................56

7.1.3 Future Corridors ...............................................................................................................57 Downtown Couplet – 4th and 5th Streets............................................................................57 Pueblo Blvd. ........................................................................................................................58 US 50 Relocation.................................................................................................................58 Pueblo to Colorado Springs Freeway..................................................................................58 Pinon-Pace Parkway............................................................................................................58 36th Lane Link ....................................................................................................................59

Page 366: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

Adopted – January 24, 2008 A7-4

South Pueblo Expressway ...................................................................................................59 State Highway 96 Downtown CBD Couplet................................................................................60

Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................61 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................61

State Highway 45 Extension........................................................................................................62 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................63 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................63

State Highway 50 North of Airport .............................................................................................64 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................64 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................65

SH 47 Extension North Along Pueblo-Colorado Springs Freeway ............................................66 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................66 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................67

Pinon / Pace Parkway .................................................................................................................68 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................68 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................69

36th Lane Link..............................................................................................................................70 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................70 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................71

South Pueblo Expressway ...........................................................................................................72 Goals / Objectives: ..................................................................................................................72 Strategies: ................................................................................................................................73

List of Tables Table A7-1: Corridors By Principal Investment Category ________________________________ 6 Table A7-2: Corridors By Travel Mode ______________________________________________ 12

Page 367: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-5

7.1 Corridor Visions – Details and Context

7.1.1 Explanation of Background Graphics

As part of the analysis of the future roadway network, the potential for development was considered. Those areas with the least development potential include Ft. Carson and dedicated conservation easements. Those areas with very low development potential include State Land Board Stewardship Trust areas, wildlife management areas (PCD), State and Federal land, and lands that are comprised of steep slopes. Those areas with a low development potential are generally rural ranchland without water service, or fire protection. Areas with moderate development potential are those areas with water service only. Areas with moderate to high development potential are those areas with water service and sewer service, or existing platted lots with water service, large enough for duplicate septic systems. The areas with highest development potential are those areas within the City of Pueblo, or areas that are designated for future non-agricultural development by the 2002 Comprehensive Development Plan. The graphic below is a section of Pueblo County with the land development potential depicted according to the color scheme on the left.

Page 368: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-6

The Corridor Visions analysis for the PACOG MPO utilized the environmental baseline data presented in chapter 3 and the resulting developable lands map shown here to provide context for classification of transportation corridors using the statewide lexicon. Principal investment categories and the mix of transportation modes for each category consider the land use context within which the corridor functions.

7.1.2 Corridor Visions, Investment Categories & Transportation Modes

Table A7-1 below groups the 25 transportation corridors in the county by principal investment category. For fifteen existing corridors and five future corridors, mobility is the primary investment category. System quality was primary for three and co-primary for an additional two. Safety was the principal emphasis for two.

Table A7-1: Corridors By Principal Investment Category Principal Investment Category

Corridor Objectives Modes

Mobility I25—NM State Line to Stem Beach

1. Reliability 2. Commuter Travel 3. Reduce Crash Rates

1. Passenger vehicle, 2. bus service, 3. Passenger rail, 4. Truck freight, 5. Rail freight,

Page 369: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-7

6. Bicycle and 7. Pedestrian facilities

Mobility I-25—Stem Beach to Purcell Blvd (Exit 108)

1. Reliability 2. Reduce Congestion 3. Reduce Crash Rates

1. passenger vehicle 2. bus service 3. passenger rail 4. truck freight 5. rail freight 6. bicycle and

pedestrian facilities 7. aviation and 8. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility I-25—Purcell to Future S. Powers Blvd (Exit 123)

1. Reliability 2. Reduce Congestion 3. Reduce Crash Rates

1. passenger vehicle 2. bus service 3. passenger rail 4. truck freight 5. rail freight 6. bicycle and

pedestrian facilities 7. aviation and 8. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility US 50A—Canon City to McCullock Blvd West

1. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

2. Support commuter travel

3. Provide for tourist-friendly travel

4. passenger vehicle 5. bus service 6. rail freight 7. bicycle and 8. pedestrian facilities,

and 9. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility US 50A—McCullock Blvd West to I-25

1. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

2. Support commuter travel

3. Accommodate growth in freight transport

1. passenger vehicle 2. bus service 3. rail freight 4. bicycle and 5. pedestrian facilities,

and 6. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility US 50C—I-25 (Ilex) to US 50B

1. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

2. Support commuter travel

3. Increase bus ridership

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, and

5. Transportation Demand Management (telecommuting and

Page 370: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-8

carpooling) Mobility and Safety

US 50B—I-25 to Kansas State Line

1. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

2. Support commuter travel

3. Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

1. passenger vehicleus service

2. truck freight 3. rail freight, and 4. aviation

Mobility SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd)—I-25 S. to US 50 to I-25 N.

1. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

2. Improve access to public lands

3. Provide improved freight linkages

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight, and 4. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility SH 47—I-25 to US50B

1. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

2. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

3. Accommodate growth in freight transport

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle 5. Pedestrian facilities 6. Aviation

Mobility SH 96—SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) to SH 231 (36th Ln)

1. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

2. Support commuter travel

3. Accommodate growth in freight transport

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight, and 4. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility SH 231 (36th Lane) 1. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

2. Support commuter travel

3. Eliminate shoulder deficiencies

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities

Mobility SH 233 (Baxter Rd)—US 50B to US 50C

1. Support commuter travel

2. Provide improved freight linkages

3. Increase air travel availability

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities 5. Aviation

Mobility SH 227—US 50C (Santa Fe) to SH 96 (4th St)

1. Support commuter travel

2. Accommodate growth in freight transport

3. Increase bus ridership

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities

System Quality and Mobility

SH 78—Beulah (incl Spur) to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd)

1. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

2. Support commuter travel

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Truck freight and 3. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities

Page 371: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-9

3. Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

System Quality and Mobility

SH 96—Westcliffe to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd)

1. Support recreation travel

2. Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

3. Promote transportation improvements that are environmentally responsible

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Truck freight 3. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities

System Quality SH 10—I-25 to US 50

1. Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

2. Eliminate shoulder deficiencies

3. Preserve the existing transportation system

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Truck freight

System Quality SH 165—SH 96 to I-25 (Colorado City)

1. Provide for tourist-friendly travel

2. Improve access to public lands

3. Eliminate shoulder deficiencies

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Truck freight 3. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities

System Quality SH 209—Boone Cutoff (US 50 to SH 96)

1. Support commuter travel

2. Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

3. Preserve the existing transportation system

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Truck freight

Safety SH 78—SH 165 to Beulah

1. Support recreation travel

2. Improve access to public lands

3. Eliminate shoulder deficiencies

1. Passenger vehicle and bicycle and pedestrian facilities

Safety SH 96—SH 231 (36th Ln) to Crowley Co. Line

1. Support commuter travel

2. Improve access to public lands

3. Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Truck freight

Page 372: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-10

Future Corridors

Mobility State Highway 96 Downtown CBD Couplet

1. Accommodate growth in freight transport

2. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

3. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, 5. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility State Highway 45 Extension

1. Support commuter travel

2. Accommodate growth in freight transport

3. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, 5. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility State Highway 50 North of Airport

1. Increase air travel availability

2. Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, 5. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility State Highway 47 Extension North Through Northeast Pueblo County

1. Support commuter travel

2. Accommodate growth in freight transport

3. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, 5. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility Pinon / Pace Parkway

1. Support commuter travel

2. Accommodate growth in freight transport

3. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, 5. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility 36th Lane Link 1. Support commuter travel

2. Accommodate growth in freight transport

3. Reduce traffic

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, 5. Transportation

Page 373: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-11

congestion and improve traffic flow

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Mobility South Pueblo Expressway

1. Support commuter travel

2. Accommodate growth in freight transport

3. Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

1. Passenger vehicle 2. Bus service 3. Truck freight 4. Bicycle and

pedestrian facilities, 5. Transportation

Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling)

Each of the corridors is described in more detail below, along with its investment category, vision, goals and objectives and strategies.

Page 374: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-12

Table 7-2 groups the corridors by transportation mode. Six corridors are fully multi-modal, including rail corridors. Seven are multi-modal without rail. Four corridors serve passenger vehicle use and truck freight only. Four serve passenger vehicles and/or truck freight, along with bicycle and pedestrian use. All seven of the proposed future corridors serve multi-modal purposes without proposed rail use.

Table A7-2: Corridors By Travel Mode Modes Principal

Investment Category

Corridor Objectives

9. Passenger Vehicle 10. Bus Service 11. Passenger Rail 12. Truck Freight 13. Rail Freight 14. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities 15. Aviation And 16. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility I-25—Stem Beach to Purcell Blvd (Exit 108)

4. Reliability 5. Reduce

Congestion 6. Reduce Crash

Rates

9. Passenger Vehicle 10. Bus Service 11. Passenger Rail 12. Truck Freight 13. Rail Freight 14. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities 15. Aviation And 16. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility I-25—Purcell to Future S. Powers Blvd (Exit 123)

4. Reliability 5. Reduce

Congestion 6. Reduce Crash

Rates

10. Passenger Vehicle 11. Bus Service 12. Rail Freight 13. Bicycle And 14. Pedestrian Facilities, And 15. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility US 50A—Canon City to McCullock Blvd West

16. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

17. Support Commuter Travel

18. Provide For Tourist-Friendly Travel

7. Passenger Vehicle 8. Bus Service 9. Rail Freight 10. Bicycle And 11. Pedestrian Facilities, And 12. Transportation Demand

Management

Mobility US 50A—McCullock Blvd West to I-25

4. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

5. Support Commuter Travel

6. Accommodate

Page 375: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-13

(Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Growth In Freight Transport

8. Passenger Vehicle, 9. Bus Service, 10. Passenger Rail, 11. Truck Freight, 12. Rail Freight, 13. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities

Mobility I25—NM State Line to Stem Beach

4. Reliability 5. Commuter Travel 6. Reduce Crash

Rates

5. Passenger Vehicle 6. Bus Service 7. Truck Freight 8. Rail Freight, And 9. Aviation

Mobility and Safety

US 50B—I-25 to Kansas State Line

4. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

5. Support Commuter Travel

6. Reduce Fatalities, Injuries And Property Damage Crash Rate

6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, And 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility US 50C—I-25 (Ilex) to US 50B

4. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

5. Support Commuter Travel

6. Increase Bus Ridership

5. Passenger Vehicle 6. Bus Service 7. Truck Freight, And 8. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd)—I-25 S. to US 50 to I-25 N.

4. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

5. Improve Access To Public Lands

6. Provide Improved Freight Linkages

7. Passenger Vehicle 8. Bus Service 9. Truck Freight 10. Bicycle 11. Pedestrian Facilities 12. Aviation

Mobility SH 47—I-25 to US50B

4. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

5. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

6. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

5. Passenger Vehicle 6. Bus Service 7. Truck Freight, And 8. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility SH 96—SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) to SH 231 (36th Ln)

4. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

5. Support Commuter Travel

6. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

5. Passenger Vehicle 6. Bus Service 7. Truck Freight 8. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities

Mobility SH 231 (36th Lane)

4. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

5. Support Commuter Travel

6. Eliminate Shoulder

Page 376: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-14

Deficiencies 6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities 10. Aviation

Mobility SH 233 (Baxter Rd)—US 50B to US 50C

4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Provide Improved Freight Linkages

6. Increase Air Travel Availability

5. Passenger Vehicle 6. Bus Service 7. Truck Freight 8. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities

Mobility SH 227—US 50C (Santa Fe) to SH 96 (4th St)

4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

6. Increase Bus Ridership

3. Passenger Vehicle 4. Truck Freight

System Quality SH 209—Boone Cutoff (US 50 to SH 96)

4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Reduce Fatalities, Injuries And Property Damage Crash Rate

6. Preserve The Existing Transportation System

3. Passenger Vehicle 4. Truck Freight

System Quality SH 10—I-25 to US 50

4. Reduce Fatalities, Injuries And Property Damage Crash Rate

5. Eliminate Shoulder Deficiencies

6. Preserve The Existing Transportation System

3. Passenger Vehicle 4. Truck Freight

Safety SH 96—SH 231 (36th Ln) to Crowley Co. Line

4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Improve Access To Public Lands

6. Reduce Fatalities, Injuries And Property Damage Crash Rate

4. Passenger Vehicle 5. Truck Freight And 6. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities

System Quality and Mobility

SH 78—Beulah (incl Spur) to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd)

4. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

5. Support Commuter Travel

6. Reduce Fatalities, Injuries And Property Damage Crash Rate

4. Passenger Vehicle 5. Truck Freight 6. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities

System Quality and Mobility

SH 96—Westcliffe to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd)

4. Support Recreation Travel

5. Reduce Fatalities, Injuries And Property Damage Crash Rate

6. Promote Transportation

Page 377: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-15

Improvements That Are Environmentally Responsible

4. Passenger Vehicle 5. Truck Freight 6. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities

System Quality SH 165—SH 96 to I-25 (Colorado City)

4. Provide For Tourist-Friendly Travel

5. Improve Access To Public Lands

6. Eliminate Shoulder Deficiencies

2. Passenger Vehicle And 3. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities

Safety SH 78—SH 165 to Beulah

4. Support Recreation Travel

5. Improve Access To Public Lands

6. Eliminate Shoulder Deficiencies

Future Corridors 6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility State Highway 96 Downtown CBD Couplet

4. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

5. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

6. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility State Highway 45 Extension

4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

6. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility State Highway 50 North of Airport

3. Increase Air Travel Availability

4. Increase Travel Reliability And Improve Mobility

6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility State Highway 47 Extension North Through Northeast Pueblo County

4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

6. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service

Mobility Pinon / Pace 4. Support Commuter Travel

Page 378: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-16

8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Parkway 5. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

6. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility 36th Lane Link 4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

6. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

6. Passenger Vehicle 7. Bus Service 8. Truck Freight 9. Bicycle And Pedestrian

Facilities, 10. Transportation Demand

Management (Telecommuting And Carpooling)

Mobility South Pueblo Expressway

4. Support Commuter Travel

5. Accommodate Growth In Freight Transport

6. Reduce Traffic Congestion And Improve Traffic Flow

Legend Full Multi-Modal, Including Rail Multi-Modal, No Rail Passenger Vehicles and Truck Freight Bicycle/Pedestrian and Passenger Vehicles or Truck Freight

Page 379: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-17

7.2.2 I-25 - New Mexico State Line to Stem Beach

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway I-25 Beginning Mile Post 0 (starting in Pueblo County at Mile Post 69) Ending Mile Post 91

Rural Freeway Corridor serving principally interstate and inter-regional transportation.

MOBILITY.

7.2.2.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the I-25 - New Mexico State Line to Stem Beach

corridor is primarily to increase mobility as well as to maintain system quality and to improve safety. This corridor serves as a multi-modal Interstate facility, connects to places outside the region, and makes north-south connections within the South Central Pueblo County area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus

Page 380: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-18

service, passenger rail, truck freight, rail freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, aviation, and Transportation Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling). The transportation system in the area primarily serves destinations outside of the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, passenger traffic volumes are expected to increase while freight volume will remain constant. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on tourism and agriculture for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.2.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Support commuter travel • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

7.2.2.3 Strategies: • Add new Interchanges/Intersections

• Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Promote use and maintenance of variable message signs • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management and

Incident Management • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Bridge repairs/replacement • Promote rail studies

Page 381: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-19

7.2.3 I-25 - Stem Beach to Purcell Blvd (Exit 108)

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway I-25 Beginning Mile Post 91 Ending Mile Post 108

Urban Freeway through Pueblo including downtown business district, shopping centers, parks, and civic attractions.

MOBILITY (should be considered for future Strategic Corridors projects)

7.2.3.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the I-25 - Stem Beach to Purcell Blvd (Exit 108) corridor is

primarily to increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal Interstate facility, provides local access, and makes north-south connections within the Pueblo Urbanized Area including CBD and major commercial area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, passenger rail, truck freight, rail freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, aviation, and Transportation Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling). The transportation

Page 382: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-20

system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on manufacturing and commercial enterprises for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists, commuters, freight, and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area. Any need to reference the EIS and schedule?

7.2.3.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Promote transportation improvements that are environmentally

responsible • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

7.2.3.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Add High Occupancy Vehicle and toll lanes • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Improve Geometrics • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Bridge repairs/replacement • Reconstruct roadways • Promote rail studies • Promote environmental responsibility • Control advertising

Page 383: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-21

7.2.4 I-25 - Purcell to Future South Powers Blvd (Exit 123)

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway I-25. Beginning at Mile Post 108 (Pueblo County Line at Mile Post 116) Ending at Mile Post 123

Rural freeway connecting Pueblo urban area to Colorado Springs urban area.

MOBILITY

7.2.4.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the I-25 - Purcell to Future S Powers Blvd (Exit 123)

corridor is primarily to increase mobility as well as to maintain system quality and to improve safety. This corridor serves as a multi-modal Interstate facility, connects to places outside the region, and makes north-south connections within North Pueblo County between

Page 384: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-22

the Pueblo and Colorado Springs areas. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, passenger rail, truck freight, rail freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and aviation. The transportation system in the area primarily serves destinations outside of the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on agriculture for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists, commuters, freight, and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area. Update to include possibilities presented by the potential large-scale developments in the NE Quadrant.

7.2.4.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Support commuter travel • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Preserve the existing transportation system • Rehabilitate/replace deficient bridges

7.2.4.3 Strategies: • Add roadway bypasses

• Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management and

Incident Management • Replace old signs • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Promote rail studies • Develop data collection • Promote environmental responsibility • Control advertising

Page 385: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-23

7.2.5 State Highway 10 - I-25 to US 50

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 10 Beginning Mile Post 0 (in Pueblo County from Mile Post 28 to 43) Ending Mile Post 73

Rural highway cuts across southeastern Pueblo County connecting La Junta and Walsenburg.

SYSTEM QUALITY

7.2.5.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 010 - I-25 to US 50 corridor is primarily to

maintain system quality as well as to improve safety and to increase mobility. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, connects to places outside the region, and makes east-west connections within the Rural SE Pueblo County area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle and truck freight. The transportation system in the area primarily serves destinations outside of the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment

Page 386: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-24

levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to stay the same. The communities along the corridor value connections to other areas. They depend on agriculture for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural character of the area while supporting the movement of farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area

7.2.5.2 Goals / Objectives: • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

• Eliminate shoulder deficiencies • Preserve the existing transportation system • Maintain or improve pavement to optimal condition

7.2.5.3 Strategies: • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Use improved striping paint / beads • Replace old signs • Add/improve shoulders • Add turn lanes • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Bridge repairs/replacement • Preserve Rights of Way • Control advertising

Page 387: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-25

7.2.6 State Highway 47 - I-25 to US 50B

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 47 Beginning Mile Post 0 Ending Mile Post 5

Urban Expressway providing a continuous route for east and westbound traffic on US 50 and some local access.

MOBILITY (should be considered for future Strategic Corridors Projects).

7.2.6.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 047 - I-25 to US 50B corridor is primarily to

increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides commuter access, and makes east-west connections within the North Central and NE Pueblo Urbanized Area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, bicycle and pedestrian

Page 388: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-26

facilities, and aviation. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on manufacturing, commercial activity, and Colorado State University-Pueblo for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists, commuters, and freight in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area. Mention of Wm. White Blvd. and potential for increased traffic.

7.2.6.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

7.2.6.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Expand air service • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Add Interchange reconstructions • Develop airport master plans • Preserve Rights of Way • Control advertising

Page 389: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-27

7.2.7 State Highway 45 - Pueblo Boulevard - I-25 to US 50

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 45 Beginning Mile Post 0 Ending Mile Post 20

Expressway and major arterial loop connecting US 50 to I-25 on west side of Pueblo. Residential, Retail, and Commercial development. Future connection North of US 50 connecting back to I-25 at Purcell Blvd (Exit 108).

MOBILITY

7.2.7.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 045 - Pueblo Boulevard - I-25 to US 50 to I-25

corridor is primarily to increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes north-south connections within the Western Pueblo Urbanized Area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, and

Page 390: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-28

Transportation Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling). The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on manufacturing and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters and freight in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area. Improvements to 24th St. intersection. Joe Martinez & implications for traffic volumes?

7.2.7.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Improve access to public lands • Provide improved freight linkages • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible

7.2.7.3 Strategies: • Extend corridor to I-25 to relieve I-25 & Hwy 50 West

• Add general purpose lanes • Add new Interchanges/Intersections • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Add Traffic signals • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Add Interchange reconstructions • Preserve Rights of Way

Page 391: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-29

7.2.8 US 50A - Canon City to McCulloch Blvd West

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway US 50A Beginning Mile Post 280 Ending Mile Post 305

Rural expressway connecting employment centers in Canon City and Florence to Pueblo Urban Area and serving east-west interregional travel.

MOBILITY

7.2.8.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the US 050A - Canon City to McCulloch Blvd West

corridor is primarily to increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal National Highway System facility, provides commuter access, and makes east-west connections within the Pueblo to Canon City area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, rail freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and Transportation Demand

Page 392: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-30

Management (telecommuting and carpooling). The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, passenger traffic volumes are expected to increase and Freight should increase to support the growing population along the US Hwy 50 Corridor west of Pueblo. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on tourism, agriculture, commercial activity, and employment at public prisons for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists, commuters, and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.8.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Support commuter travel • Provide for tourist-friendly travel • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Preserve the existing transportation system

7.2.8.3 Strategies: • Add new Interchanges/Intersections

• Consolidate and limit access and develop access management plans

• Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Add lights for crosswalks and highways • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Add Surface treatment/overlays

Page 393: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-31

7.2.9 US 50A - McCulloch Blvd West to I-25

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway US 50A Beginning Mile Post 305 Ending Mile Post 315

Urban Expressway with substantial retail and commercial development at intersections and interchanges.

MOBILITY, SAFETY (this corridor should be considered for future Strategic Corridors Projects)

7.2.9.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the US 050A - McCulloch Blvd West to I-25 corridor

is primarily to increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal National Highway System facility, provides commuter access, and makes east-west connections within the Pueblo West to Pueblo Urbanized Area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus

Page 394: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-32

service, truck freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and Transportation Demand Management (telecommuting and carpooling). The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on manufacturing and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.9.2 Goals / Objectives: • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

• Support commuter travel • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible

7.2.9.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Add roadway bypasses • Add new Interchanges/Intersections • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Add Surface treatment/overlays

Page 395: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-33

7.2.10 US 50B - I-25 to Kansas State Line

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway US 50B Beginning Mile Post 315 (Pueblo County Line at Mile Post 349) Ending at Mile Post 468

Urban Expressway with substantial adjacent retail, commercial, industrial, and residential development transitioning to rural highway serving adjacent low density residential and agriculture areas.

MOBILITY in Pueblo Urban area and SAFETY in rural areas.

7.2.10.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the US 050B - I-25 to Kansas State Line corridor is

primarily to improve safety as well as to maintain system quality and to increase mobility. This corridor serves as a multi-modal National Highway System facility, connects to places outside the region, and makes east-west connections within the SE Colorado area. Future

Page 396: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-34

travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, rail freight, and aviation. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, connections to other areas, safety, and system preservation. They depend on manufacturing, agriculture, and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban and rural character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters, freight, and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.10.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Support commuter travel • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Eliminate shoulder deficiencies • Preserve the existing transportation system

7.2.10.3 Strategies: • Construct this corridor to 4 lanes through Colorado

• Add new Interchanges/Intersections • Add Traffic signals • Improve Geometrics • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Add passing lanes • Add turn lanes • Add Medians • Add/improve shoulders • Improve railroad crossing devices • Add Surface treatment/overlays

Page 397: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-35

7.2.11 US 50C – Santa Fe Ave to US 50B

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway US 50C Beginning at 4th and Santa Fe and Ending at Mile Post 332

Urban-Suburban Arterial serving moderate commercial and retail, transitioning to rural highway serving adjacent low density residential and agriculture areas

MOBILITY.

7.2.11.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the US 050C - I-25 (Ilex) to US 50B corridor is

primarily to increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides commuter access, and makes east-west connections within the St. Charles Mesa, Blende, Avondale, Vineland area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and Transportation Demand

Page 398: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-36

Management (telecommuting and carpooling). The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, passenger traffic volumes are expected to increase while freight volume will remain constant. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, and connections to other areas. They depend on manufacturing, agriculture, and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban and rural character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.11.2 Goals / Objectives: • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

• Support commuter travel • Increase bus ridership • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Maintain or improve pavement to optimal condition

7.2.11.3 Strategies: • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Market transit services and provide incentives • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Add drainage improvements

Page 399: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-37

7.2.12 State Highway 78 – State Highway 165 to Beulah

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 78 Beginning Mile Post 0 Ending Mile Post 12

Unpaved mountain pass through undeveloped portions of the San Isabel National Forest.

SAFETY.

7.2.12.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 078 - SH 165 to Beulah corridor is primarily to

improve safety as well as to maintain system quality and to increase mobility. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes east-west connections within the Southwestern Pueblo County area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle and bicycle and pedestrian facilities. The transportation system in the area primarily serves destinations outside

Page 400: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-38

of the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to stay the same. The communities along the corridor value connections to other areas and safety. They depend on tourism and agriculture for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural and mountain character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.12.2 Goals / Objectives: • Support recreation travel

• Improve access to public lands • Eliminate shoulder deficiencies • Maintain or improve pavement to optimal condition • Rehabilitate/replace deficient bridges

7.2.12.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose

• Improve Geometrics • Improve visibility/sight lines • Flatten slopes • Flatten curves • Add/improve shoulders • Add Guardrails • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Bridge repairs/replacement • Reconstruct roadways

Page 401: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-39

7.2.13 State Highway 78 - Beulah (incl Spur) to State Highway 45

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 78 Beginning Mile Post 12 Ending Mile Post 34

Rural highway serving adjacent low density residential, transitioning to urban arterial with adjacent moderate density residential, suburban commercial, and retail land uses.

SYSTEM QUALITY with MOBILITY improvements in Pueblo Urban Area.

7.2.13.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 078 - Beulah (incl Spur) to SH 45 corridor is

primarily to maintain system quality as well as to improve safety and to increase mobility. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides commuter access, and makes east-west connections within the Southwestern Pueblo County area. Future travel modes

Page 402: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-40

include passenger vehicle, truck freight, and bicycle and pedestrian facilities. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, passenger traffic volumes are expected to increase while freight volume will remain constant. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, connections to other areas, safety, and system preservation. They depend on agriculture and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban, rural, and Suburban transition into Pueblo Urban Area character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.13.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Support commuter travel • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Preserve the existing transportation system • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible

7.2.13.3 Strategies: • Add new Interchanges/Intersections

• Market transit services and provide incentives • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Add passing lanes • Add turn lanes • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Bridge repairs/replacement

Page 403: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-41

7.2.14 State Highway 96 - Westcliffe to State Highway 45 (Pueblo Blvd.)

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 96 Beginning Mile Post 25 (Pueblo County Line at Mile Post 29) Ending Mile Post 52

Rural highway serving adjacent low density residential, transitioning to urban arterial with adjacent moderate density residential, commercial, and retail land uses.

SYSTEM QUALITY with MOBILITY improvements in Pueblo Urban Area.

7.2.14.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 096 - Westcliffe to SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd.)

corridor is primarily to maintain system quality as well as to increase mobility and to improve safety. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes east-west connections

Page 404: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-42

within the Western Pueblo County including Lake Pueblo State Park area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, truck freight, and bicycle and pedestrian facilities. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, passenger traffic volumes are expected to increase while freight volume will remain constant. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, connections to other areas, safety, and system preservation. They depend on tourism, agriculture, and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural, mountain, agricultural, and Suburban transition to Pueblo Urban Area character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists, freight, and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.14.2 Goals / Objectives: • Support recreation travel

• Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Maintain responsible water quality procedures • Maintain statewide transportation connections

7.2.14.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Add new Interchanges/Intersections • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Add passing lanes • Add Medians • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Add turn lanes • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Add drainage improvements • Reconstruct roadways

Page 405: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-43

7.2.15 State Highway 96 - SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) to State Highway 47/ SH 50B

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 96 Beginning Mile Post 52 Ending Mile Post 59

Urban Arterial with substantial adjacent retail, commercial, industrial, and residential development.

MOBILITY.

7.2.15.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 096 - SH 45 (Pueblo Blvd) to SH 231 (36th

Lane) corridor is primarily to increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes east-west connections within the Central Pueblo Urban Area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, rail freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and Transportation Demand

Page 406: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-44

Management (telecommuting and carpooling). The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, connections to other areas, and safety. They depend on manufacturing, tourism, and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters and freight in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area. Mention of need to accommodate high levels of pedestrian activity without compromising vehicular mobility.

7.2.15.2 Goals / Objectives: • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow

• Support commuter travel • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Maintain statewide transportation connections

7.2.15.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Add Traffic signals • Add turn lanes • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Bridge repairs/replacement

Page 407: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-45

7.2.16 State Highway 96 - State Highway 50B to Crowley County

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 96 Beginning Mile Post 69.5 Ending Mile Post 88.

Starting as an urban arterial with adjacent moderate density residential, commercial, and retail land uses and transitioning to a rural highway serving adjacent low-density residential and agricultural areas.

SAFETY

7.2.16.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 096 - SH 231 (36th Lane) to Crowley County

Line corridor is primarily to improve safety as well as to maintain system quality and to increase mobility. This corridor serves as a multi-modal National Highway System facility, connects to places

Page 408: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-46

outside the region, and makes east-west connections within the Eastern Pueblo County area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle and truck freight. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to stay the same. The communities along the corridor value connections to other areas, safety, and system preservation. They depend on agriculture and Pueblo Chemical Depot Demilitarization Project for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural and Suburban transition into Pueblo Urban Area character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.16.2 Goals / Objectives: • Support commuter travel

• Improve access to public lands • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Preserve the existing transportation system • Maintain statewide transportation connections

7.2.16.3 Strategies: • Construct, improve and maintain the system of local roads

• Consolidate and limit access and develop access management plans

• Market transit services and provide incentives • Add Traffic signals • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Add passing lanes • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Add turn lanes • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Implement truck restrictions - relocate/restrict heavy loads

Page 409: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-47

7.2.17 State Highway 165 - State Highway 96 to I-25 (Colorado City)

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 165 Beginning Mile Post 0 (Pueblo County Line at Mile Post 19) Ending Mile Post 37

Rural highway serving adjacent low density residential, transitioning from recreational and tourist functions in the San Isabel National Forest to Rye and Colorado City and I-25.

SYSTEM QUALITY.

7.2.17.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 165 - SH 96 to I-25 (Colorado City) corridor is

primarily to maintain system quality as well as to improve safety and to increase mobility. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes north-south connections within the Southwestern Pueblo County and San Isabel National

Page 410: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-48

Forest area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, truck freight, and bicycle and pedestrian facilities. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to stay the same. The communities along the corridor value connections to other areas, safety, and system preservation. They depend on tourism and agriculture for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural and mountain character of the area while supporting the movement of tourists and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.17.2 Goals / Objectives:

• Provide for tourist-friendly travel • Improve access to public lands • Eliminate shoulder deficiencies • Preserve the existing transportation system • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible

7.2.17.3 Strategies: • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Improve Geometrics • Add passing lanes • Add turn lanes • Improve visibility/sight lines • Add/improve shoulders • Add roadway pullouts for breakdowns and slow vehicles • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Bridge repairs/replacement

Page 411: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-49

7.2.18 State Highway 209 - Boone Cutoff (US 50 to State Highway 96)

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 209 Beginning Mile Post 0 Ending Mile Post 2

Connector from US 50 to State Highway 96 at Boone. Rural highway with adjacent low-density residential and agriculture.

SYSTEM QUALITY.

7.2.18.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 209 - Boone Cutoff (US 50 to SH 96) corridor

is primarily to maintain system quality as well as to improve safety and to increase mobility. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes north-south connections within the Northeast Pueblo County area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle and truck freight. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the

Page 412: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-50

corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to stay the same. The communities along the corridor value connections to other areas and system preservation. They depend on agriculture for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.18.2 Goals / Objectives: • Support commuter travel

• Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Preserve the existing transportation system • Maintain or improve pavement to optimal condition • Maintain statewide transportation connections

7.2.18.3 Strategies: • Construct, improve and maintain the system of local roads

• Consolidate and limit access and develop access management plans

• Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Improve railroad crossing devices • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Bridge repairs/replacement

Page 413: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-51

7.2.19 State Highway 227 - US 50C (Santa Fe Drive) to State Highway 96 (4th Street)

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 227 Beginning Mile Post 0 Ending Mile Post 2

Urban arterial running from 4th Street to Santa Fe Drive connecting the St. Charles Mesa, Salt Creek, and Northern Avenue areas to east side neighborhoods of Pueblo with Arkansas River crossing.

MOBILITY.

7.2.19.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 227 - US 50C (Santa Fe) to SH 96 (4th Street)

corridor is primarily to increase mobility as well as to improve safety and to maintain system quality. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides commuter access, and makes north-south connections within the eastern City of Pueblo area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, and

Page 414: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-52

bicycle and pedestrian facilities. The transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, and safety. They depend on manufacturing and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters, freight, and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area. Don’t we have a proposed realignment here?

7.2.19.2 Goals / Objectives: • Support commuter travel

• Accommodate growth in freight transport • Increase bus ridership • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate • Rehabilitate/replace deficient bridges

7.2.19.3 Strategies: • Add roadway bypasses ???

• Add new Interchanges/Intersections ??? • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Market transit services and provide incentives • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Improve Geometrics • Add turn lanes • Bridge repairs/replacement • Reconstruct roadways

Page 415: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-53

7.2.20 State Highway 231 (36th Lane) - US 50B to US 50C

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 231 Beginning Mile Post 0 Ending Mile Post 2

Rural connector between US 50B and US 50C with an Arkansas River crossing and some low density residential.

MOBILITY.

7.2.20.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 231 (36th Lane) - US 50B to US 50C corridor

is primarily to maintain system quality as well as to increase mobility and to improve safety. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes north-south connections within the Eastern Suburban Pueblo area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, and bicycle and pedestrian facilities. The transportation system in the area primarily

Page 416: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-54

serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, and connections to other areas. They depend on manufacturing, agriculture, commercial activity, and a major landfill south of US 50C for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the rural and Suburban low-density residential character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters and farm-to-market products in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.20.2 Goals / Objectives: • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility

• Support commuter travel • Eliminate shoulder deficiencies • Rehabilitate/replace deficient bridges • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible

7.2.20.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Consolidate and limit access and develop access management plans

• Market transit services and provide incentives • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Add signage • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Improve visibility/sight lines • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Bridge repairs/replacement • Reconstruct roadways

Page 417: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-55

7.2.21 State Highway 233 (Baxter Rd.) - US 50B to US 50C

Planning Region 4 - Pueblo Area State Highway SH 233 Beginning Mile Post 0 Ending Mile Post 2

Semi-urban connector between US 50B and US 50C providing access to with an Arkansas River crossing and adjacent residential.

MOBILITY.

7.2.21.1 Vision Statement: The Vision for the SH 233 (Baxter Rd.) - US 50B to US 50C corridor

is primarily to increase mobility as well as to maintain system quality and to improve safety. This corridor serves as a multi-modal local facility, provides local access, and makes north-south connections within the eastern Pueblo suburban - access to Memorial Airport area. Future travel modes include passenger vehicle, bus service, truck freight, bicycle and pedestrian facilities, and aviation. The

Page 418: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-56

transportation system in the area primarily serves towns, cities, and destinations within the corridor. Based on historic and projected population and employment levels, both passenger and freight traffic volumes are expected to increase. The communities along the corridor value high levels of mobility, transportation choices, connections to other areas, safety, and system preservation. They depend on manufacturing, agriculture, and commercial activity for economic activity in the area. Users of this corridor want to preserve the urban and suburban transition to Pueblo Urban Area character of the area while supporting the movement of commuters, freight, farm-to-market products, and access to Pueblo Memorial Airport in and through the corridor while recognizing the environmental, economic and social needs of the surrounding area.

7.2.21.2 Goals / Objectives: • Support commuter travel

• Provide improved freight linkages • Increase air travel availability • Eliminate shoulder deficiencies • Maintain or improve pavement to optimal condition

7.2.21.3 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Add new Interchanges/Intersections • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Expand air service • Improve Geometrics • Consolidate and limit access and develop access management

plans • Add Acceleration /Deceleration lanes • Bridge repairs/replacement • Reconstruct roadways

Page 419: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-57

7.1.3 Future Corridors

Based on the work done in the preparation of the PACOG MPO/TPR

2035 LRTP, the following corridors have been identified and are included in the Corridor Visions section of the 2035 LRTP. As identified elsewhere in this report, the growth in the Pueblo region is shifting towards the north, away from the existing developed areas as had been expected in the 2030 LRTP.

Downtown Couplet – 4th and 5th Streets One change to the existing SH96 Corridor Vision is in the Central Business District of Pueblo. As with many similar communities that have a state highway running through them, there is always a conflict between the operation demands and traffic capacity and creating a walkable multi-modal corridors. Proposed in the 2035 LRTP is a concept that appeared as part of the New Pueblo Freeway Project to create a one-way pair in the Central Business District. With the start of the construction of the 4th street bridge project, which is designed for a possible total of 6 lanes of travel, the need to accommodate more traffic through the CBD is needed. The proposal is to change the existing 4th street section of SH96 into a one-way couplet. As a

Page 420: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-58

result, the two streets both could have broad sidewalks, landscape buffers, wide shoulders, multiple crosswalks, bus pullouts, and sidewalk bulb-outs. The existing corridor is not pedestrian or handicapped friendly, or in places accessible. The proposed changes would eliminate these problems and create streets that are more attractive for business access.

Pueblo Blvd. As a result, the extensions and connections of corridors to the north will be a significant issue during the planning horizon of this plan. In 1999, an alignment for the northern extension of State Highway 45 / Pueblo Blvd was adopted and included in subsequent planning documents. During the process of developing this plan, questions about the prior alignment and termination point have arisen. The PACOG/MPO/TPR has sent a letter to CDOT requesting that this corridor be studied further in the near future to reexamine the conclusions and recommendations of the 1999 Pueblo Blvd study.

US 50 Relocation This plan continues to show this project and is adding it to the Corridor Visions section because the relocation provides for improved connections between the developing Airport Industrial Park and the northeastern quadrant of the PACOG MPO area. This is because the current alignment is adjacent to the railroad lines and crossing the existing railroad lines adds to the cost of any connectivity improvements to the existing roadway.

Pueblo to Colorado Springs Freeway This plan also identifies the extension of State Highway 47 north of the proposed relocation of State Highway 50. This corridor would establish a parallel route to Interstate 25 and provide access to and from the potential large-scale developments in the NE Quadrant from both El Paso County and the City of Pueblo. This corridor could connect to either the proposed southern extension of Powers Blvd, or Connect to the Banning Lewis Parkway on the far eastern side of the City of Colorado Springs.

Pinon-Pace Parkway This is the connection between the extension of State Highway 45 / Pueblo Blvd, Interstate 25 (New Pinon Interchange), and the State Highway 45 extension / Pueblo to Colorado Springs Freeway. It is expected that this would be one the first improvements needed as part of any large-scale development in the NE Quadrant.

Page 421: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-59

36th Lane Link This corridor would connect the relocated SH50 and the SH45 extension and would allow traffic to avoid having to travel into the existing I-25 corridor if that is not the final destination.

South Pueblo Expressway This corridor is a connection in the southwest quadrant of the PACOG MPO that would connect Interstate 25 to State Highway 96 south of the Pueblo Reservoir. This corridor would serve the developing southwest portion of the City of Pueblo and is expected to develop over the planning horizon of this plan.

Page 422: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-60

7.3.1 State Highway 96 Downtown CBD Couplet

One change to the existing SH96 Corridor Vision is in the Central Business District of Pueblo. As with many similar communities that have a state highway running through them, there is always a conflict between the operation demands and traffic capacity and creating a walkable multi-modal corridors. Proposed in the 2035 LRTP is a concept that appeared as part of the New Pueblo Freeway Project to create a one-way pair in the Central Business District. With the start of the construction of the 4th street bridge project, which is designed for a possible total of 6 lanes of travel, the need to accommodate more traffic through the CBD is needed. The proposal is to change the existing 4th street section of SH96 into a one-way couplet. As a result, the two streets both could have broad sidewalks, landscape buffers, wide shoulders, multiple crosswalks, bus pullouts, and sidewalk bulb-outs. The existing corridor is not pedestrian or handicapped friendly, or in places accessible. The proposed changes would eliminate these problems and create streets that are more attractive for business access.

Page 423: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-61

7.3.1.1 Goals / Objectives: • Streets and Roadways that are designed for safe access for all

users: pedestrians, bicyclists, transit vehicles and users, and motorists of all ages

• Utilization of Context Sensitive Design Standards • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Support commuter travel • Preserve the existing transportation system • Increase bus ridership • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate •

7.3.1.2 Strategies: • Add lights for crosswalks and highways

• Add Surface treatment/overlays • Add turn lanes • Add/improve shoulders • Broad sidewalks, • Bus pullouts, and • Consolidate and limit access and develop access

management plans • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Landscape buffers, • Multiple crosswalks, • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Sidewalk bulb-outs • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Use improved striping paint / beads • Wide shoulders

Page 424: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-62

7.3.2 State Highway 45 Extension

Part of this corridor is the adopted future extension of Pueblo Blvd. The PACOG MPO has requested that due to development proposals since the adoption of the this alignment in 1999, the adoption of the Northwest Quadrant Plan, and the adoption of the 2030 LRTP the proposed alignment needs to be reexamined in terms of its role as the western parallel to Interstate 25. Due to the development of the development buffer around Ft. Carson Army Base, the previously proposed Pinon Loop has been removed from this planning document. Thus the role of the Pueblo Blvd Extension assumes a greater role in the regional and inter-regional travel patterns and could significantly benefit the burdened I-25 corridor by providing a parallel route through the Pueblo community.

The termination of the extension is now being shown further to the north requiring about 4.5 miles of additional roadway and connecting to the Proposed Pinon Interchange.

Page 425: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-63

7.3.2.1 Goals / Objectives: • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

• Streets and Roadways that are designed for safe access for all users: pedestrians, bicyclists, transit vehicles and users, and motorists of all ages

• Adequate ROW for future expansion as may be required • Utilization of Context Sensitive Design Standards • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Support commuter travel • Preserve the existing transportation system • Improve access to public lands • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Provide improved freight linkages • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate •

7.3.2.1 Strategies: • Add High Occupancy Vehicle and toll lanes

• Add lights for crosswalks and highways • Bridge repairs/replacement • Consolidate and limit access and develop access

management plans • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Control advertising • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management

and Incident Management • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Promote environmental responsibility • Promote rail studies • Promote use and maintenance of variable message signs • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities

Page 426: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-64

7.3.3 State Highway 50 North of Airport

Studied as part of the Northeast Quadrant

Develop airport master plans

7.3.3.1 Goals / Objectives: • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

• Streets and Roadways that are designed for safe access for all users: pedestrians, bicyclists, transit vehicles and users, and motorists of all ages

• Develop airport master plans • Adequate ROW for future expansion as may be required • Utilization of Context Sensitive Design Standards • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Support commuter travel • Preserve the existing transportation system

Page 427: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-65

• Increase travel reliability and improve mobility • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Provide improved freight linkages • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

7.3.3.2 Strategies: • Bridge repairs/replacement

• Consolidate and limit access and develop access management plans

• Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Control advertising • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management

and Incident Management • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Promote environmental responsibility • Promote rail studies • Promote use and maintenance of variable message signs • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Wide shoulders

Page 428: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-66

7.3.4 SH 47 Extension North Along Pueblo-Colorado Springs Freeway

7.3.4.1 Goals / Objectives: • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

• Streets and Roadways that are designed for safe access for all users: pedestrians, bicyclists, transit vehicles and users, and motorists of all ages

• Adequate ROW for future expansion as may be required • Utilization of Context Sensitive Design Standards • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Support commuter travel • Preserve the existing transportation system • Improve access to public lands • Increase bus ridership • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility • Accommodate growth in freight transport

Page 429: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-67

• Provide improved freight linkages • Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

7.3.4.2 Strategies: • Add High Occupancy Vehicle and toll lanes

• Add lights for crosswalks and highways • Add roadway bypasses • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Consolidate and limit access and develop access

management plans • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Control advertising • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management

and Incident Management • Landscape buffers, • Multiple crosswalks, • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Promote environmental responsibility • Promote rail studies • Promote use and maintenance of variable message signs • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Use improved striping paint / beads • Wide shoulders

Page 430: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-68

7.3.5 Pinon / Pace Parkway

7.3.5.1 Goals / Objectives: • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

• Streets and Roadways that are designed for safe access for all users: pedestrians, bicyclists, transit vehicles and users, and motorists of all ages

• Adequate ROW for future expansion as may be required • Utilization of Context Sensitive Design Standards • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Support commuter travel • Preserve the existing transportation system • Improve access to public lands • Increase bus ridership • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Provide improved freight linkages

Page 431: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-69

• Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

7.3.5.2 Strategies: • Add lights for crosswalks and highways

• Bridge repairs/replacement • Bus pullouts, and • Consolidate and limit access and develop access

management plans • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Control advertising • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management

and Incident Management • Landscape buffers, • Multiple crosswalks, • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Promote environmental responsibility • Promote rail studies • Promote use and maintenance of variable message signs • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Use improved striping paint / beads • Wide shoulders

Page 432: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-70

7.3.6 36th Lane Link

7.3.6.1 Goals / Objectives: • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

• Streets and Roadways that are designed for safe access for all users: pedestrians, bicyclists, transit vehicles and users, and motorists of all ages

• Adequate ROW for future expansion as may be required • Utilization of Context Sensitive Design Standards • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Support commuter travel • Preserve the existing transportation system • Improve access to public lands • Increase bus ridership • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Provide improved freight linkages

Page 433: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-71

• Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate

7.3.6.2 Strategies: • Add High Occupancy Vehicle and toll lanes

• Add lights for crosswalks and highways • Bridge repairs/replacement • Bus pullouts, and • Consolidate and limit access and develop access

management plans • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Control advertising • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management

and Incident Management • Landscape buffers, • Multiple crosswalks, • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Promote environmental responsibility • Promote rail studies • Promote use and maintenance of variable message signs • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Use improved striping paint / beads • Wide shoulders

Page 434: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-72

7.3.7 South Pueblo Expressway

7.3.7.1 Goals / Objectives: • Coordinate transportation and land use decisions

• Streets and Roadways that are designed for safe access for all users: pedestrians, bicyclists, transit vehicles and users, and motorists of all ages

• Adequate ROW for future expansion as may be required • Utilization of Context Sensitive Design Standards • Promote transportation improvements that are

environmentally responsible • Reduce traffic congestion and improve traffic flow • Support commuter travel • Preserve the existing transportation system • Improve access to public lands • Increase bus ridership • Increase travel reliability and improve mobility • Accommodate growth in freight transport • Provide improved freight linkages

Page 435: Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 · Chapter 1 Introduction and Plan Overview January 24, 2008 NOTE: This document has been prepared using Federal funding

PUEBLO AREA 2035 LONG RANGE TRANSPORTATION PLAN –

.

Adopted – January 24, 2008 Page A7-73

• Reduce fatalities, injuries and property damage crash rate •

7.3.7.2 Strategies: • Add general purpose lanes

• Add High Occupancy Vehicle and toll lanes • Add lights for crosswalks and highways • Add roadway bypasses • Add Surface treatment/overlays • Add turn lanes • Add/improve shoulders • Bridge repairs/replacement • Broad sidewalks, • Bus pullouts, and • Consolidate and limit access and develop access

management plans • Construct and maintain Park’n Ride facilities • Construct Intersection/Interchange improvements • Control advertising • Improve Geometrics • Improve ITS Traveler Information, Traffic Management

and Incident Management • Landscape buffers, • Multiple crosswalks, • Promote carpooling and vanpooling • Promote environmental responsibility • Promote rail studies • Promote use and maintenance of variable message signs • Provide and expand transit bus and rail services • Provide bicycle/pedestrian facilities • Reconstruct roadways • Replace old signs • Sidewalk bulb-outs • Synchronize/interconnect traffic signals • Use improved striping paint / beads • Wide shoulders